CA2086613A1 - Structure consisting of primary structure and secondary structures - Google Patents

Abstract

ABSTRACT

It is regarding a free composition system constituted of secondary structures (B), as modifiable portions such as external walls, boundary walls, partitions, columns, beams or equipment piping or the like and a primary structure (A) composed of columns (1), beams (2), walls (3), and slabs (4) or the like to support the secondary structures (B).
The primary structure (A) is composed of reinforced concrete, steel frame, steel frame concrete or steel frame reinforced concrete, and anchors (6) are set up an on the upper sides, the lower sides or the lateral sides of columns (1), beams (2), walls (3), slabs (4) or the like of the primary structure (A) on the initial construction or on the after construction.
Secondary members (B-1, B-2, B-3) as the composition members of the secondary structure (B) are supported by and connected to the anchors (6) of the primary structure (A) directly or indirectly through receptacles (12), intermediate structures or inter-structural members (13) or the like.

Description

1992~ 31E3 2~:q1 ~3 322~ 6172 AUR1~Ji~71~;~'ri~ 005 P0~

SPECI FI CATION
STRVCTUR1;: C:ONSIS~ING 017 PRI~A~Y STRllCTURE ANl~ SECCINDARY
STRVCTURES

TEC~tNICAL ~lELD
The p~ro~nt invontion rclat~ to th~ ~tructure oonRisting o~
'the ~upportin~ ~tructure' w1th dur~blity (herein0,fter, this w111 be ter~ed 'a pri111ary structure' )to be con~truct~d 10 similarly to skelton of coluD~n6 a1ld ~eams etc. of ~ g~ner~l bllilding m~àe of reir~forc~d collcrete ~tc., aDd 'ths support~d ~tructure ' ~l~pportod by thi 8 primary structur~ ~ her~i~aI ter, these wlll be ter~ d 'secondary ~trUoture8~ ) as the chan~e~bIe part to be reformd fr~ely: ~uch compon~nt As seoondary column~, 15 beams, extern~l w~ , bound~ry wall~ ra~es for door~ ~nd wlnd~w~, p~rtition~, furrin8 strip~, ~quip~nent pipinBs or ~he ': like, and bro~dly ~pplied to house~, stores~ offices, hospital~, school~, ~nd 8~ buildinB~

~0 ~ECHNICA~ BACKaROUND AND PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVl~D
By con~truoti~g pri~ry structuro ~composed of ~kcleton part:
columns, be~ms, wall~,~lab~ urthe like ofa gen~r~l buildin~) : ~3 '~n invArisble structure,' ~nd by oonstructing ~cond~ry ~ 25 structure~compoqed ofsecond~ry p~rt:colu~ns, be~ms, external -: walls, bound~ry w~lls, frR~es fGr door~ and ~indows, : pnrtitions, ~urring ~trip~, oquipment pipe~ or th~ likc) supported by this prim~ry structure, ~ 'thevsri~ble structure " to ~ke rebuilding or expnndinR possible to meet the needs of 30 time~', there hava been various propo~A~ ~bout WhAt i~ c~ d ~n srtificial land and ~n artifi~ial ~ulti-lsyor l~nd ~ tho ~ethod to keep fre~ly pAce with ~he ch~nge of the tim~s in ; v~iou~ building~; hou~e~, ~tore~, offioH~ or th~ like. But there h~v~ b~en followin~ proble~ f~r a prior ~rtifici~l lhnd 35 ~nd artificiRl multi-l~yer l~nd.

19~ fl31E~ 21:42 03 3~29 61~2 AURI~rif~ 005 P04 Proble~ oonc~rning to structural planning ~ dosiBn o~ prior ~rti~i~ial land Lik~ a prior urti~icial lAnd~ ln ~a~e that th~ secondAry structure th~t iB ~ heavY objcct ~nd h~a l~r~o influoncc to primnry struct~re i~ suPpDrt~d by ~ horizontal platfor compo6ed of ~l~b~ or sm~ll bea~ or thc like of a primary structure. Th~ liv~ lo~ds beco~e quitc lar~e ~alue bsc~u~e of a~sumin~ thP l~r~e~t loadq in order to correspond fr~ely to v~riou~ scAl~ and ~tructure o~ sacond~ry 3tructuras in futura, and further becau~ of assumin~ th~ CQ~e th~t th~ ~onc~ntra~cd lo~da of th~ columns ~tc. of secondary structur~s act~ on free positions of a prl~ary structur~. It is th~r~for~ ~ener~l to have d~ ned structure in ~uch ~ WAy th~t thosc lo~d~ ar~ :
unl~or~ly ~is~ri~uted ov~r thi6 hori~ont~l plat~orm of the 1~ primary structure, But, in uch a ~upport by the hori~ontal plat~or~ o~ slab or ~mall bcam or the li~e of ~ prim~ry ~trllCtUre, by AssUming the larg~st loRd and concentr~ed load of ~0condary memb~rs und~r the situ~tion to corre~pond to ~ future v~riAtlcn, th~ liv~
load value o~ this horizontal pl~t~orm ~mpli~los on ~ l~rge width, the ~lab sec~ion b~come l~r~er, and n;ore ~m~ll b~m~
bbco~ ~ore n~cessary than usu~l ~ituation ~in th~t the for~
~n~ position of the ~condary etruc~ure wlll be fixsd in ~uture~.
8y this m~tt~r, not only th~ llve loAd incr~s~s, but slso the de~d losd o~ thi~ hori~ont~l pl~t~orm increAsc.Q. The c06t ot' thls ~orizontal ~l~tform incr~es nore. Purther, th~ loAd~ of ~lrder~ colu~n~, ~nd qu~k~ resi~ing w~ll or the like to support it incrc~8~ ~or~ ~nd i5 ~mplifi~d furth~r more by ~ismic ~orcc. For thfit re~n the total CG~t of tho buildin8 skeloton lncre~ses ~ore, ~nd i~ baco~es quite uneconomlc~l oxtrom~ly. If eAch parti~l s~ctlon of ~ prim~ry ~tructure g~t~
3m~11 to be ~ trugal in ~trucLure a~ possi'ol~ for tho s~k~ of ~n economic d~lgn, ~ d~ficiency of a ~upport-strength of a pri~ry structure ocours, ~ccordin~ly u sc~le ~nd ~ for~ of ;~.

' '' . . ' ' ';, ' ~` . , '', `'~' ~' .

I ~I Y 2 ~H ~ 2 1: ~1 2 0 ~1 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUR l 'r~ " 3 0 0 5 P 0 5 secondary ~tructure~ are ~rently limited, a free extunt in expanding ~nd rebuilding of buildings i~ remarkably llmited, ~nd ~n initial purpo~e can'~ be achieved.
..
~ Probl~ of 'inlti~ t up type' anohor Ench co~position members oY s~cendary ~tructurss are 3et on a primary struct~re by ~nchors (~n anchor i~ defined hsre ~8 a suppor~ ~ixed p~rt, thAt i~ ~ mechanical ~astener including a we~ding, Oll a primary strllcture). A occurring the di~tance betwe~n ~nchor position~ and oomposition ~e~bers of ~econd~ry structures, they c~n't b~ joined, i~ A frae extcnt concerning second~ry structures' pl~n is large in casa that secoJId~ry struotures ~re newly ~on~truct~d upward a prinary ~truc~.ure.
Opposi~e, if joints of secondary ~tructures are fittud in anchors' position, a form of sacondary ~truotures i~ remarkably rsstrict~d.
A proble~ of ~nchor diamet~r and ~nchor arran~ent of 'initial 6~t up type' is di~ficult to ~uarantae th~ flexibility of secondary ~tructurcs, ~d to be eoonomic~l. Bec~u~ 9 the stren~th of anchor oan'~ be unlfor~ as there 1~ difference of ~he sup~ort-~tren~th of second~ry me~bers, and the positions of anchors on a primary ~tructure can't be uniform as there i5 differance o~ the support-positions of second~ry ~ember~. ~rom this natter, the problc~s of an anchor diamet~r And ~nohDrs' 26 ~rrangoment 1~ c~se of 'initiAl ~ up type' Rnchor ~ru difficult to ~uur~nteo u ~ree cxtent of aeoondary ~tructur~
economlcally. Further, in cs~e of '~n lniti~l ~ot up anchor typa', there i~ the problem how thc lo~d Or s~condary structure~ oan b~ tr~n~ltt~d ~n the position ~h~t support-strongth of u prl~Ary structure ~8 ~otton. If beinB by mean~ of ~econdAry ~e~bers, ' po~t constr~ction sot up type' n~hor is Bi~ r to thl~ ~tter; thoro i~ the ~robl~m how the lo~d~ o~ seoondury BtruCtures 4ro tr~n~itt,od in th~ po~ition '. thRt ~upport-s~ron~th o~ ~ ~rim~rY ~tructure i8 totten.
~ 35 " , ~, ,,; . .... .~. ..... __ .. _. _ 1 9 9 ~ 1 3 O ~J 3 2 2 g 6 1 7 2 ~U~ t~ 0 0 5 ~0 ~

Problem of 'post-oonstr~ction Bet Up typ~ A~ChOr In anchors of light-wei~ht ~ember~ ol ~inishes, ~urring strip6, ~nd a pspor hold~r or the lik~, it i~ possible thst their nvc~ss~ry numbe~s ~ru set up at ~ha Qcttln¢ po~ition on 5 ~ primary 8tructure ~t tim~ of their n~ce~sity. In c~e o~ the hea~y object in need of fix rein~orcing steel and in caBe of m~in bearing me~b~rs, such ~ method c~n't reaoh the support-strength. Even if such ~ ~ethod can be ~ound, the c~n~truction i9 troublesome ~nddifficult. Further,if ~nchors lU are setupby such a~ethod frequently onr~forming o~ seco~d~ry struGtures~ the prim~ry ~tructure i~ qu~etly d~ma8ed and the d~pres~ion of a support,-stren~th of a pri~ry ~truBturQ c~nnot be avoided ~y opening a hole and excising on a primary ~tructure.
lS
Ncc~s~ity of se~iperm~nent ~uarantee o~ anchor p~rform~nce In order to guarAntee free ~xpAndln~ and refor~in~ of ~condary ~t~ucture~ forthe future,thereis nec~s-~ityto make guarantee semipermanently on an ~nchor perform~nc~ ~o th~t 20 secondary structure can be taken off 3econd~ry stru~tures.
:`
Problem~ conccrning th~ law of posses~ion of ~partment rule~
~nd its pert~ining civil l~w ~: Inc~e ofapplyin~ ittoan ~part~ent hou8e building, therc is le~Al problem in the civil l~w~ c~used by the faet that secondary ~tructure, u ~onopoly psrt, ean't be se~arated ~rDm the pri~ry ~tructur~ thuti~ A common u~c part, and th~ problem in th~ eivil l~wu und the probl~m of d~mag~s occur, euch time individu~l us0r~ ~ore ~nehor hol~ on the pri~ary ~trueture 30 th~t 1~ aeom~onpart. The~oproblom~ ~re noeeqsury tD be 301vèd in t~heeonnee~iv~ method botweon~nehor80n aprim~ry structure ~nd ~eondary ~tructure~.

~ Probl~ of prim~ry ~ 8upport type sc~ondury strueturc ot : 35 prior type ' , - ~ ' '.:

' ' . ', ' .

12~131~ 21:44 03 3229 6172 AURl'~it71~ "3 005 P07 S
In c~s~ that secondary members are 3upported by the hori~ont~l plane o~ a~lab ~d b~a~ orthe like ofa pri~ary Qtruoture lik~

an intermediste layer of prior Artlficlal ~ulti-layer Bround.
; 5 and in cuse that the secondary structuri~ like an fabricat~d unit house (it is composad of a skel~ton of r2ctangul~r parallelepiped, i~ B self-support ~nd independent ~acondary structure from a primary ~tructur~, and i8 advantageous to be able to fablication industriali~tiQn r~te. Hereinaft~r, it i8 called 'a prim~ry ~alf-support type 6econdary structure' ~ is insert~d into ~ primary structure and is support~d by a primary structure, the overlap of their load tran~ission distance and th~lr ~Db~rs occurs, a waste o~ a primarY structure and second~ry me~ber~ occurs to~eth0r, and a load of a primary lS structure increases ~urther. That matter increaaed s constructlon cost, and further ~tory h~i~he, and a land co~t.
Furthe~ a8 u support place i8 only restricted to a horizontal plune o~ a primary structure, a free ext0nt of formln8 econdAry structuras W~8 ~xtr0mely restricted. There i8 nece~sity to i~prove these points.
.~
~roble~ of rcof layer In th~ roo~ layer, th~ m~thod thAt secondary ~tructures ~r~
support~d simply upon a pri~ry ~tructure, the seismic ~orc~
2S and the wind pre~sure lncrease, ~ compsred with ~h0 ground lev~l of the~, the a~oun~ of a be~ring w~ll and a brace lnside ~econd~ry ~tructuras was n~ces~Rry to be set up more th~n tha usuAl (thc ground level). An lnterior plan WA9 rem~rkably rest,rlcted for thi~ r~ason. Th0r~ 180 n~cessity to ~olve ~0 these points.
;'';
.~ ~ Problem of utory h~i~ht incre~o The 3tory hoi~htof a prior artiflci~l ~ultl-layerground type building get~ hiBher th~n a prior bullding, ~nd the 3~ conutructlo~ co~t ~nd the l~nd co~t ~re high~r j., ::.

': :: :
~: . . .- ~ : .

199'~ 2~131E~ 21:~ 03 ~2~1 6172 AURl'Jjt~ "3 005 P08 : 6 disadvantageously (bec~us~ th~ height o~ buildings i5 restrict0d by ~n oblique line rul~ or th~ lika, its numb~r of stori~ i8 18~ t~Rn a g~nerAI type building'Q). For the ~bove mention2d reas~n and ~lso thi~ re~sQn, th~re i8 nec~6sity to :~ ~ omit double str~ctur~ ~t th~ Ut~08~, ~nd thisshould be further worked a ~solution. In order to set freely equipment po~ltion~
of ~econdary structure~, Rn underfloor plenu~ o~ a primnry qtructure got ~rge. Thic mAtter ~190 increa:iled its st~ry hei~t. There i~ Al~o the neces~ity that these points ~re solved for the æ~ke ~f a story hni~ht reduction.

Pr~blem o~ connsction ~nd support o~ ~econd~ry ~e~ber on waterproof l~yer On ~ ~ooflayer ~nd i~t~rm0distel~yer, thore i8 ~he proble~ o~
waterprt~o~ing about ~upportin~ co~nection of s~condary membors ~t waterproofed slab. In short, in c~e th~t secondary m~bers are ~et up ~n n w~terproo~ l~yer, th~ro i3 neces~ity ~o think about the supporting connaction ~yste~ to thin~ about s wnterproof countersl~A~ure of the pl~o~ wh~re the scc~nd~ry 20 m0mbers ~re ~et up, Su~m~ry The preRent invention is propo~nd ~ n order to solve such probla~ a~ ~bove &nd Rn objQct. of the pres~nt lnvention i3 to 25 provide the the ~tructur~ consistin8 of a primary StrUG~Ure arld ~-300ndary strUctUres, wh~rein ~n economical design o~ ~ priu~ary structurc i9 m~de po.~s1b1~, th~ ~upport oonnection ïor the lov.d trAn~mis~ion ~etwoen s~condary ~tructure~ und ~ pr:i~Ary ~tructure occuring k~pt r~tiont~l and CertAin without feAr oï
3~ varioulr~ problo~, the Alt~r~tion oi` ~conds.ry structure~ ~or tha future is made po~sibl~ by frae po~ition, ~nd fr~e form, B
constrllctlnE~ C08t, 0. l~nd cost ~nd ~tory h(~i~ht oa~l be decre~ed by ~voidin~ unnoce~ary co~position~ of prim~ry ~truotures and ~cond~ry structure~, and ~urthcr ~ hi~her 35 frc0dom of ~ composition of l~eoonde.ry 8tX~Ucture8 i8 reali~ed.
. ,:' ;

.:: .. :
.
: ~: ,, -, . .

, ~ ', ' , ~ ' :

19g2~ 31E~ 21:47 03 ~1229 6172 f~URI~jf~ r~ `'3 005 P10 $ ~ ~

: 7 plAne ' .

.

., .

.,, ':

, , ~ `
i: " .

`.

19q~2.é33lE1 21:47 ~3 3229 6172 AURI~if71`;U'~tl;~"3 005 P11 ., ~8~
.

DISCLOSU~E OF THE; lNVENTION
Outllne The present invention rel~tes to n free construction ~yste~
consistin~ of second~ry structures a~ v~riable p~rts such ~
external w~113, boundarY walls, p~rtiti~n~, column~, be~ms, equipm~nts, plumbing etc., a~d ~ primary structure compo~d of columns, beam~, ~lsbs etc. for supportin~ th~ secondAry structures. The abov~-mentioned object i3 ~chie~ed by th~
followin~ means. A prim~ry structure of reinf~roed Gon~rete, steel, ~teel fr~med concrete, or steel reinforced concr~to con~truction is prov~ded, with a ~p0cific for~ ~s describ~d l~ter, and ~nchor~ ain o~ ~ d~finite form ~ntioned lAter, are set up at positions ~determined at thc beginnin8 of construction or ~fter construction Qf thepri~ary ~truct~lre) on the Upper~ lowor~ side surfac~sofcolumns, beam~, wnlls, slab~
of the primary structur~. SecondAry ~embers formin; the structurRlme~ber~ofthe s~rond~ry ~tructure~ Are ~uppor~ed by :~ and connected ~o th~ ~nchor6 o~ the prim~ry structure ~ither directly or indirectly through receptacle~, int~rmedi~t~
~tructurss, int0r--structurAl m~mbers. ~he ~econd~ry nembers ar~ con~truoted by using a specific co~position ns ~entioned later.
,:
~ Flex ~truotur~l planning of prim~ry structure ~StructurAl pl~nnin~ of the primary structure 1~ describ~d :first. On the ground l~yer and int~rmediAte l~ycr6, it i~
better to ~rr~nge the colu~n~ ~nd wAlls cf the pri~l~ry ~ructure ~o ~9 not to prevent ~lexibllity of the composition 30 of secondary ~tructure~, ~nd ~180 to ke~p the number o~ w~
;:~nd colulDn~ to a minimum, and a~peci~lly, it i~ better to arr~n~ that the width of columns and wAlls locatecl in ` ~ho outsidc of th~ depth direotlon ~balcony or corridor ~ide~ o~
th~ prim~ry ~tructure i8 l~all ~a~ured in the ~ronta~
36 directlon in order to allow i'lexibillty for ~xt~n~ion and ., ~.

" ' ' ', , ''" ' ~ ' ':' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ; '~`. ' ' ' lg92~12~3113 21:43 ~3 3229 617;~ AURl'r~t~ ri~l~"3 005 P12 : g robuilding of an ap~rtmen~ hous~ ~or exan~ple. Such structures hav~ ~any bedrooms ~nd oth~r li~in~ roo~3 on th~ balcony or corridor ~id~ b~sed on d~yll~hting c.on~ld~ratl~n~.
Forthe rooflayer, there are two methods. ~irstly there i6 the 5 cnse where the prim~ry structur~ i~ not constructed ~pw~rt on -tho roof ~nd the sscondarY ~truoture is ~upportcd dir~ctly by the roof. The othor i~ the cafie where A pri~Ary ~tructure is constructed up~ard on the roo~ to ~upport the sccondary structure. In th~ l~tter ca~e, the width of colum~s and walls lO constructed upw~rd in the ou~side of the depth directi~n of the prim~ry structure (balconyor corridor slde~ cAn be kept small, or the columns snd w~lls can be o~itt~d Alto~ether on the roof ~: b~ ms~ns of utili~ing the horizontAl ~racing capacity of .~' colum~s ~nd walls etc. construct~ upward in the mid-region of 15 -th~ depth direction o~ the prim~ry ~truc-turo for thP ~ke of fle~ibility of fiecondary structures in the same wny ~s for the ' ~round layer ~nd inter~edi~te l~yers.
;~:
~ Secorlc`sary structur~ c~3mposi~ion 20 (1) 'Prim-3ry ~elf-support type sacond~ry ~tructure'.
~:~ l'his syfite~ uses ~ prooess of i~sertin~ in~id~ ~ primary ~; structure and setting on the roof layer of a prim~ry str~ctura such buildin~ r~ady-mad0prefAbric~t~d ho~es etc. built on .:
the ~round. The proce~s ofin~rtionin3ide a prim~ry structure ~5 by th.is systcm i~ dis~dvAntageou ir terms c~f construction cost nd land cos~ bec~use o~ the result~n~ doubling sp o~
" struct~r~s, but i5 ~d~nt~ge~us in cnh~nci~
~: industri~ ation-rat~ os'production o~ ~econdary ~tructures, ' ~ ~nd i~ advantageou& in eases wher~ IA prim~ry structure is not '~; 30 ~ons~ruct~d upw~rd on th~ roof l~Yer of a prim~ry structur~', ~r in case of a loomblned compo~ltlon type where A prims.ry ,~ structurc both i8 And i~ not con~tructed upw~rd on the roof ,................... layor of ~ pri~ary ~truotur~'. But the me~hod i~ tot~lly ~:~ di~ad~nt~geous in the ca~e of l ~104rJ 1 l~yer in the h~; 36 interm~di~t~ l~yers.But, ~ the numberof ~torie~o~ ~oondary :, .

; , . , . , , ,: ~ ' .
: . .

19g2~12~3IE3 2~;49 03 322~ 6172 AURI'ri~i'r~ '`3 005 P13 i 3 }o structures per l~yer o~ pri~ry ~tructure increa~ss, as for - ca~es with two or ~ore floors per l~yer, this disadvantsga i ; alleviated.

(2) 'Pri~ry dep~ndent typ~ ~econdary structure' 5 In o~se~ where aecondAry me~ber~ (~olumns, wall l ~re supported by the horizontal plane (be~m8, sl~b~) of a primary structure in the sam~ w~y ~s tho ~round layer and int~r~ediate layer~ of prior artificial multi-l~yer ground, ~nd where 'a primnry self-~upport type second~ry ~tructure' such as an in(lust.riAli~ed unit house ~ supported by insertion into a primary ~tructur~, me~bers ofthe prim~ry 3tructure, secondary ~e~bers, and secorldary ~tructur~s and the trsnsmission dist~nce~ of these loads overlap~ach oth0r and are wRsted~ 1'h~
~tory hei8ht also incre~ses, and further, the free extent of 1~ the seoon~ary~emb~rsand ~cond~rystructureis reduced as the ~ second~ry m~mber~ and ~eoondary~truoturs ~re ~upportvd onlyby ;- th~ h~ri~ontal plane o~ the pri~ary ~truoture.
In order to impr~Y~ ~hese points, a method is adopt~d wh~reby ~nch~rs are ~et int4 the ~ide~ of colu~nq or wall~ with equivalent support-~trength of columns (bearing w~lls, shear ;~ w~lls, w~ o~ rigid fra~l~s or the like) ~ well as said horizontal pl~ne in the prim~ry structure, and the ~econdary members ~be~m~ b~ ~re supported by these Anchor~. By a ~:`
~ method whereby the memberswhich are a~le to dcpendon a primary `~ 2S ~tructure w~th.inth~ tructural m~ber8comprising the building ~r~ mhde to depend on the prim~ry ~tructure, and the _econdary structure~ ~r~ set up only ~t neoes~ary places by u~in~ ~s ~Any structures and menlbers comprising th~ prim~ry structure a9 : pos~ible, the w~ote fro~ ovorlap~ing members ~nd lo~d tr~lns~lisslon di~t~nce oAn be roduo~d to ~ ~inimu~,the loads of the sccondary ~tructures can be small, the lo~d of the primary ~ ~tructur~ can ~l~o b~ ~9 Bm~ll ~8 po8Bibl9, th~ wa~te b~CAUB~
of tho doubl~d BtrUCtUre~ c~n be ~vcd, ~d the construotion ce~t c~n b~ dr~tlc~lly cut by decre~sin~ the losd~ and ~en-ber~. The tory height can ~18D bo reduced, and an incr~a~e :

.. ~ . . ' ' :

1~9~ 313 2]:50 03 3229 6172 AURI~ t~:~"3 005 ~4 o~ 3 of bulldin~ volume r~tes c~n be achieYed in are~ o~ ~ver~
oblique line limit~ and shado~ r~gulation~ in the building 1AW~
~ well as Advanta8es in land cost. Mor~over, the free ~xt~nt ; of seccnd~ry st~uctures c~n incrsase by extendinx th~ ~upport5 to secondary me~ber~ iignific~ntly Q~ th~ ~eond~ry ~e~bers ~r~
supported by not only th-3 hori~o~tal plancs but also by thc v~r~ic~l planes of the primary structure.
However, this ~ethod c~rlnot be used in c~se~ wh~rs the prim~ry structure is not constructed upward on th~t roof lay~r.
10 Si~ilarly the mcthod cannot be u3ed in all o~ses wl~hin 'compo~ition-sy~tem of both prim~ry oonstruct~d upw~rd ~nd non-conRtructed upward ~yp0 on roof lAy~r~.
;~ ~3) Proper u~age o~ 'primary u~lf-support type secorld~ry structur~' and 'prlmary dependant type s~oondAry struct~rv' - 15 From the re~sons ~entioned abo~e, it is appropriAt~ to properly u~e the~e two types in considcrAtion of tha site form, indu3triAli~ation, the nu~ber of lAyers, lnterm~3diate layers, and roof layer. For adv~ntA~es i~ rnte~ of building volu~es, i~
i9 b~tter to adopt the 'primary dspendent typc si3cond~ry . 20 ~tl~ucture' in ca~es of ~ eround lay~r ~nd intermedi~te l~y~r~
' and it iQ better to ~dopt the 'pri~ary s~lf-supporL type ~Rcondsry ~truc~ure' or to ado~t thn 'primary d~p~ndont type ~' secondAry structure' with a roof of ~condary structure in the c~se o~ ~ roof lAyer.
". 25 ~1\ Support gystem 1) Secondary ~ber ol~ssifio~tlon ~, It is advantageou~ to cl~ssl~Y second~r~ memberfi n~ fo1lows for structural economy And for ~ fro~ extent of second~ry "
~tructure confi~urQtion. It is ~dVAnt~geOU~ to ol~s~ify a~
"~ follows by divi610n for e~ch support ~o~ltlon. The firRt group comprl~e~ the baAring ~e~b~r~ of ~eoondary ~tructur~s ~uch ~8 :. column~, beams ~nd slabs or the lik~ whioh h~ve suf~ic~ont .~ weight to iniluenc~ th2 ~t~enBth of the prl~ary ~tructure (heroina~ter th~se will be termed 'cecondLrybearing ~mbers';
~, ~'JY2~1]2~131~ 21:51 n~ 3229 6172 AURl'J~ "3 005 "IS

includin~ steel frames or PC membar~ in ~eneral use, b~t exceptin~ 'wood~n and other li8ht s~aond~ry b0arir~g ~e~bers';
mention will b~ mAde lAter re~rd~n~ twooden ~nd oth~r li~ht second~ry bearing m2mbers'). The ~econdly ~roup co~prise~
non-bearing ~mber6 of the sscondar~ ~tructure such as extern~l w~lls, boundury w~ , fr~m~s fordoors ~nd windows, p~rtitions ~nd furring strips or the like us~d extensively but of insufficient w~lght to hAv~ stren~th-influence on th~ pri~lAry struoture (hereinAfter these will be termed ' econd~ry non-b~Aring ~e~bers'), and lastly, are ~rouped li~ht-weight m~mbers for 3scondAry structures such ~s fini6hes, furring strip~, skirt~gs~ba~ebo~rd3), wall trim~, paperho1ders, hat ~: stands, lights and so on, us~d ~xten~iv~ly in more place at more frequent tim~s (h~reinafter th~ will be ter~ed 'secondary 11ght-weight members'). An additional ~roup is formed by other :.~ equip~ent ~nd plu~bin~.
~2) 'Support Yystem of secon~ry bearinB member by pri~ary : column ~nd be~m' ;~i In thi~ ~upport ~ystbm of~condary be~ring member by prim~ry colu~n and be&m', ~econdAry bearing n~e~bers ~re not fiupported on sl~bh of a primar~ structur~, rath~r Are ~upp~rted on beams of ~ pri~ary ~tructure or slabo to hhve support-strength equivalent to the besm~ (sl~b part to hnve structural function equivalent to beam: void slab, l~ttice b~am ~lab or the like;
~S thi~ will b~ termed 'an ~quival~nt ~lab' her~in~fter), on columns of a pri~ry structure or w~lls to hav~
rt-strenBth equivalent to th~ column8 ta wall of b~arinB
` wall ~nd wall-type rigid fram~, this will be termed ~An i equivalent wall' h~rein~fter) or th~ lik~, either diractly or ,~ 30 lndirectly through 'flex supporting connection memb~r~' (montioned lAtOr; rec~ptaolos ~ or intcrmedi~te struoturo~
inter-structural momber~). By suoh ~ ~ethod, a~ th~ losd~ of s~cond~ry 3tructure3 Ar~ direotly transmittod to beAm~, columns, w~118 whlch live load~ ~ather~ in ~nd which the ~5 decre~8in~ coef~ioientin the ~truotur~l calcul~tions ~cts on, `: ~

': . ' ':
-~
., :

19~12~ 31a 21:52 03 3229 6172 AURl'rit7~i'ri~l:J`'3 005 P16 P., ~

~ it i8 po8Bible to dr~tically r0duce the ~nbersectio~ of th~
`; ~labs And ~ams of tha prim~ry structuro, ~nd th~ girdcrs, -~ columns snd sais~ic r~sistint ~alls to support thece, a~d ~s a result the land oost and construction C08t ar~ decreAscd due to : ~ the r~ductionofstory height,compAred with 'support ~ysten~by sl~bs' of prior ~rtificiAl land. Further, it becom~s ; co~p~r~tively eu~y ~o remove sl~b~.
. This matt~r i~ explAined in det~il herein~fter. The ~thod of prior ~rtificial l~nd, that is, 'support system by the 10 horizont~l pl~tform' ~uch ~9 sl~bs or s~l~ll be~ms ctc. of prin~ry structure, ~plifies the li~e lo~d on 9Aid hori~ont~l platform to a level ~ro~ter than normal(assuming the ~itll~tion whcre ths ~econdnry str~cture is fixed ~nd its position is regul~ted ~ithout correspond~nce in the fut~re ), makes th~
15 ~ction of sl~b~ l~r~e, ~nd r~oreo~r ro~uilei m~ny be~r~s, in ssumin~ the ultir4ate lo~ds of fiecond~ry 3tructures ~nder fut~lre VArie"tion in v~rious ~3ituations ~nd in consid~ring the -. corre~pondenc~ ofconcentrated losds of secondary ~mbers ~Inder r~ s~id as~uming.This increA~os thed~adloads oisaid horizont~l `~: 20 pl~tfor~ itself, ~nd brings not only th~ co~t-increase Lo s~id . - horizont~l pl~tfor~ it~lf but also the loads incr~ s of . ~ girders, columns, seis~ic resi.~ting wallc or the like to upport ~id hori~ontal pl~tfor~, ~nd i~ ~mplified further ~y . ~.
the Rtructural desi~ning in con~ider~n~ th~ corr~sponde~c~ of 25 the hori~ontal force such BS the ~c1smic force and so on und~r ~; c~id ~ssuming, ~nd ~nore~es the gcner~l oo~t of th~ buildin~
~kel~ton, and b~como~ 0xtromoly w~toful.
~; This 'support system of socond~ry bearing members by pri~ry , column~ and bea~s1 rc8trict~ tho 6upport-positionof 6econd~ry ; 30 bearing me~bcrs that ~re of sl~nificant wo~ght to the colu~ns, b~ams, ~nd the part~ which h~vo the ~upport-stren~th oquivalent to tho columns and ba~s of tho primury str~cturo, alld th~
~upport-gositlon of load~ o~ socond~ry b~rin~ momb~r~ has merit ~ro~ load6 put together ~ener311y, 1n calculation of : 35 live lo~d, i~ i6 ~dva~t~x~ou~ ~or ~h~ po~ition th~t loads are " , . :. .
''` ' -~

. . : ... ::
,: . . . " . . , , -. .
:. . .: ~ :..... ::: ........ .
' , . . ~ . - , ~ , , 1392~12~ia 2I:53 03 3229 6172 AU~ t~"3 0~5 ~I7 . put to~cther ~o that ~ deereased ooef~iei~nt aOtB ~n).
Therefore thlx ~yst~ can carry ~orc lo~d than th~ s~pport sy~tem wherc ~ load is supported by slab ~nd sm~ll he~m or the lik~, and cHn also e~rry 6uffieiHnt eoneentr~ted lo~d from :~ 5 seeond~ry me~bers. And lt is v~ry Rdvanta~eous th~t the a~s~mption of ~xtra incr~se to allow ~or thi3 eonee~trated lo~d in th~ 1ivo lo~d value of s~eondnry me~b~r~ i~ not n~ces3ary becau~e of the position wh~re loAd5 are put to~eth~r.
Also, if the axtra increae in the 1OBd is necessury, In this 10 ~ystem it is only n~cessary to consider whether this extr~
;ncrea~e i8 incl~ded inside tho ~afety faetor of liv~ lo~ds that ~re put to~cther on the part~ of a 8irder, eolumn, aeismie re~isting w~ll orth~ like.If the extr~incrsas~ is ncc~s~ary, : this sy~tem need c~rry the cxtrainereu~ of the live load o~ly 15 in th~ p~rt of ~ girder, column~ or sois~ic rbsisting WAll or the like. This ~ystem does not hav~ an in~luence on th~ dou~le :~ a~plification of the extrA incrCRSe of the live load from conc~n~rated loads of seeondary members Qnd the dead lo~d :~ increase of ~lab~ ~nd sm~ll bea~ or the like by said extra ~' 20 increA~e o~ ~iv~ lond a~ A prior type ~rtifici~ d, And th~refore, the cost increas~ of ~ building skelet~n is li~ited to a sD~all amount. Bea~use, the ~lAbs ~nd sm~11 beAms can be of the thiclcness ~nd intervo.l of a ~ener~l buildin~ under ord~n~ry lo~ds ~s the loads of secondary b~Aring mamber~ wi th 25 signific~nt w~ight ~r~ not tr~ngmitted to ~lsbs ~nd smAll beAms ` ~ e~c. in thi~ ~rstem~
,: From tho re~b~ons mentioned ~bove, by thi~ support ~y~t~m, a primary ~tructure oan bo ~ohieved the ~koloton which i8 not ~r~tly dif~erenL ~o~ ~In ordin~ry building skeleton (~s .. ~ 30 montioned l~tar, by~xcluclin~ overlnpbetween ~scond~ry member~
e~nd primury Ytrur ture to the ~Itnlo~t, the loo.d fro~ 6econdary ,';~ structure~ i5 not BreAt v.nd o~n b0come not vory different from the r~m~inin~ p~rtiAl lo~d exccptin~ ~he sXeleton of an . .~ o~dinAry building ), o,nd the de~r~e o~ 1ncre~sed ~3koleton ~ay 35 only b~ du~ to the ino~a~ of the ~rin~ capacity ot' girders.

~:

19~ 131E~ 21:53 03 3229 ~]-~2 AURI~?l`~ "3 005 Pl~

c~lumn~ and sei~mic resi~tin~ wall~ or the li~ke. This supp~rt system thereforP becomos A ~ery adv~ntageous m~thcd ~o~p~red with ~ pricr type artificial l~nd~
For this re~on, thc construction co~t can be decre~sed v~ry much. ~`urthermo~e, as the loads of secenclary bearing ~e~bcrs th~t are h~Avy ~eight are not tr~ncmitt~d to slabs and ~all beams or the liko in thi~y~tem a~ ~ntioned above, the sectlon of slAbs ~nd bea~s canbe ~mall, and the ~irder-height to whlch the load i5 tr~n~mitted c~n also be small and this system contributes to story height reduction. In additio~ to these points,a~ the beam interval can bemad~ l~rge, thissyctem u~ed in f'ree water sections situ~tion~ ~s m~ntioned later has furth~r effe~t to reduce storY hei~ht, and it is also very ~dvant~eous in terma of land cost.
Purther, Lhi~ system h~s little WASt~ the e~ch section of receptnoloandintermodiAtostructurefinter-structurA} ~ember 1~ designed by r~sponding to each 3pecific lo~d condition o~
second~ry nlembers or second~rY ~tructures. Fin~lly, in cases where secondary bearing mem~ers Ar~ supported by column~ or lequivalent wallst of a pri~ary structure, the load transmi~siondist~nceisshortened, ~nd~dvAntsges are ~chi0ved forbothprimAry structure ~ndsecondary~tructures(espec~lly in c~eswher~ SUpport-poQitiOn o~loAd i8li~it~d ~s ~entionad later), and members of secondary ~tructure~ can be saved ~lso.
Furth~r, this syst~m hAs the lator mentioned of~est of waterproo~ing ~or the ~upporting conn~ction of second~ry ~cmber~ o~ a w~terproofocl 61~b on the roo~ l~yer ~nd intermediate layer.
l'his ~y~em ~n bo cla~6ified into three typ~s as ~ollow8.
1) ~Support syst~m by prim~ry vertic~l plane' In thec~se that the ~nchors for ~econd~ry bc~ring members ~re ~et up only in the l~teral sidea of column~ or 'equiv~lent ~w~lls' or the like, ~n~ th~t tho ~nQhor~ ~upport horlzontal .:;member~ ruch ~8 bea~ etc. of secondAry be~ring ~embcrs, the ~3~ lo~d tr~n6~i~sion di3tance can become ~hort, th~ ov~rl~p :. , :- . , . ~:
. . . . . ~ .
, . ~ ,, 19~2~ 31~ 21:54 03 3229 6172 A~IR~ '7~ "3 005 P19 ~8~ ~ 3 ~6 bet~een ~acond~ry ~arin~ m~lbor6 and primary structure ~sy beco~e very sh~rt, and the nu~ber of anchors can greatly d~craase, all ~aking the ~ystem advant~goou~. In case9 where :; ~h~ settinU positior~ of the anchors for s~condary be~rin8 5 m~bers are restrlcted, the str~ctural analysis of th~
~ horizontal forces ~ro~ s~ismic ~ction ~tc. which AC~ on the ; primary ~truc~ure from secondAry ~tructur~s becomes eBsy~ and : the ~ethod becomes Adv~ntageous in terms of structural stren~th. The numbcr of anchors al80 decrea~ gre~Lly, a lO further advarta~e.
: In this system, though 'a pri~ary dep~ndent type secondary .~ structure' i~ u~ad pensr~lly, '~ pri~y self support type y second~ry structure' can ~læo be ufied.
2) 'Support ~stem by prim~ry horizontal pl~ne' ' 15 In ~his syste~, anchors forsecond~ry bearing member~ ~re only -; set into tke upper, lower or lateral sur~Ace~ of beams or ~: ~equivQl~nt sl~bs' or Lh~ like. This c~ae can become most ad~antngeous in the corresponder1ce of the horizontal force due to a ~ais~ic ac~ion etc.which ~cts on ~ prim~ry structure ~rom ~ 20 secondary b~ring menlbers. Here the ~nchors become very few, : and this syste~ become-e advantageou~. ~his ~ystem can use both the 'prim~ry ~elf-support typ~ se~ond~ry structura' and '~ri~ry dopondant type s~cond~ry ~tructure' ~s mentioned `~ Q~ove.
25 3~ 'Support ~y~te~ by both primury verticul and horizontal plane' In thi~ sy~to~, anchors for secondary bearing ~enlbers ~re sot up to uppor~ louer or l~terAl side~ of a column or 'the aquiv~lent wall' ~nd a be~lor 't~ equiv~lent ~lab'.
~0 q`hisaA~e beao~e~ Advant~eous ~a the froe extent of secondary ~truoture~ ri~o~. simllAr ~d~ntago~ ari~e for tho '~upport ~ ~y~tem by pri~ry vortical plAne', in Ca80M wher~ the position ; of ~nchor~ for ~econdary bo~rin3 ~emb~r~ is re~trlcted. The ~tructur~l An~lysiu of the horizontAl ~oros du~ to 4 sels~ic ~5 Action etc. th~t ~ct9 on ~ pri~ry struoture ~rom s~oond~rY

. ~ ~

'19'J2~ 31~ 21:55 03 3229 ~172 AURI~'JI~ , 005 P20 structur~s become~ easy, and the syst~m is advantageou~ in terms of structursl ~trength. Furthor, the ey~ta~ o d~cre~es the numb~r of anchors, brir~gin~ fur~th~r sdv~ntag~.
l`hough '~ primary dcpendent typo ~condary structure' is u~od 5 ganerally, 'a pri~Rry self-support type seoond~ry ~tructure' can Al~o be used in this sy~tem.
~3) 'Support syste~1 of 4econdAry non-beArin8 membera ~nd secondAry light-weight mambers by prim~ry structure l) 'Pri~ary Gelf-supportillg typ~ second~ry str~cture~
`~10 Secondary non-b~aring mambers are ~upported mAinly by :secondary be~ring members. In ~he p~rt directly adjoining 8 primary ~tructure, the second~ry non-beAring Members c~ be ~ttached to a primary structure directly, and a~so it is possible to substitute secondary non-bearing members by a ~l5 prim~ry structure.
42) 'Pri~ary d~pendent type 3econdury ~tructure' ~Exc~p~ for inter~ediAte floors etc. oP secondary besring ~n,embers, 3econd~ry non-bearing me~ber~ ~r~ set directl~ to A
primary structur~ m~;nly without inter~ction with sec~nd~ry :i20 bearing ~embers, ~nd also it is p~ssible to substitute ~econdary non-bea~ing m~mbers by A prlmAry structur~.
Similarly, except forMembers of~inishesetc. set to second~rY
bearlng ~e~ber~ ~nd ~econdhry non-be~ring member~, second~ry ht-w~ight ma~bers ln the pArt directly ~djoinin~ a pri~ry 25 structure sre set on the prim~ry structure direotly, or it l~
posstble to sub6titute second~ry light-wei~ht members by prim~ry ~tructure. These thin~s c~n preven~ doublir~ of ~r1lcture, ~nd the story height o~n ~lqo be reducod.
(4) 'Exclusive support system of wooden And other light 30 s~condary bearing members' .~o8~rdinB the~upport-~tr~nRthofsupport~yst~m forsecondary - hq~ring ~e~berslimitod to the be~rinB ~e~berso~wooden, li~ht qteel, ~nd new light cera~icc or the like (hereinafter, the6e . ~will bo termed 'wooden ~nd othor light ~eoond~ry bearing :35 me~ber~'), e~cept for the be~m wlth large sp~n ~nd thc column :, :
. . : , . .; : :
.

,, . ~ : , , ;

992~ 3l3 ~1:56 ~ 3229 6172 AURI~ i"3 OOS P21 to support be~ms with large ~pe~n which h~ he~vy weight, there i9 not ~ l~rge di~P~renc~ in th~ support lo~d o~ secondary bearin~ m~mber~ ~nd s~condnry non-bee~ring ~ember~, And theref~r~ iti~ better tocon~idersAid ~upport-str~tn~thas the quiY~lence to 'the suppor~ systom of ~econdary non-be~ing members', or it is better to consid~r s~id support-strength as the mid-support-strength betwee~n 'the ~upport system of secondary bearing m0mbers'(in the gener~l-purpo~el cAse to be ~bl~ t~ ~upport st~ol frames L~nd PC or the like) and 'the 10 support ~ystem ctf secondary non-b~aring ~embers' aa ~entioned bove. Even the equivalenee to 'th~ ~upport ~yctte~ o~ th~t secondar~ron-beFLring~emberQtc~nbeconsider, in th0position of the support of be~ms with large span of heavy support load ~nd thetsupport of columnR to Rupport said b~eLm~, it is good to

3 15 c~nsider els the equivalence support-strength to the ~bove-mentioned 'support system of ~ondary be~ri~g members' f'or ~eneral purpose, or it i Bood to conQider eLs tho middle sup~ort-~treny~h for 'the support ystem of the seoond~ry be~ring members' ~nd 'the suppc,rt syste~ of the secondfry 20 non-be~rin~ mombers' (hereinelftor, thio will be ter~ed the 'exolusive support s~stem of wooden ~nd other 1ight s~condAry beAring ~emb~trs t ) ,~
~ Roo~ l~y~r co~po-Qition 2~ 'ThQ roof l~yer composition sy8te~' to use the roof layer L~iY~ Ll.~t froo ~txtcnt of ~cond~ry 3truoture~, Lnd io eLdv~nL~oous to constru,;tion co~t b~c~ there 13 no o~erl~p ofrn~mbers. A1AO, a~ the compo~itionin ~roof layor of~ hi~hly frco form of ~ccondary structures CRn oa8ily p~S thc shsdo~
ra~ ion~ ~nd oblique line re~triCtionQ, thi~ Qystam can reduoe l~nd C08t9.
Th~t ~bove-m~ntioncd 'prlm~ry d~pendent typo ~eco~dary ~tructure' chowt~ oan effectinthi~ 'rooflayar composition ~y~tem'. On prior type ~rtificlal l~nd it wà~ to pl~ce And ~5 ~upport ~tcond~ry structures on the roof lAyer~ Thi~ ~ype had :. :
- i : :- - : : , , :
; ., I ~! 'J 2~ 3 31 a 2 1: 5 7 0 3 ~12 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUR I ~ 0 0 5 P2 2 ~9 fr~e ~xtent of the axt~rn~l ~or~ of second~ry ~tructur~s, but noedcd be~rin~ wall~ ~r bra~ inside s~cond~ry structure~, which r3stricted the interior free ~xt0~t. The method to ~olve thi~ is that th~ columns or 'equiv~lent walls' or th~ like of primary ~tructure thAt An support s~cond~ry structure~ i~
constructed upward on the roofl~yer of aprimary structure ~nd :-that ~id columnsor 'equival~ntwa1ls' or the like con~tructed upward ~r~ made to support the horizont~l bearing members of ~econdary struotures. 'rhen if ~ prin~ary Qtructur~ iB ~de to oe~r horizont~l force such ~s sei~mic ~ction etc. acted on said s~condar~ ~tructure, it i~ possible tc roake b~rin~ w~lls or br~ces unnecessary insid~ s~condary structure~ and to incr~se ; the free ~xtent of its interior ~p~ce progre~ively~ It i9 n~tura~]y assuoled with Lhis ~ethod that a column is set in the middle of ~ horizont~l bearing member of ~ s~cond~ry structur0 ~nd ~ha~ thi~ column supports the horizontal be~rin~ ~emb~r.
Ifby properlyusing the method ofthis 'primary depsndent ~ype secondary structure' and the ~ethod of 'primary self;support ' type secondAry structure' that th~ primary structure i~ not ~O constructed upw~rd And th~tsecond~ry structures arc supported on the roof, or by uQin~ them tog~ther, it is yo~sibl~ thct an interior flexibility and ~n extern~l fresdom o~ secondary structural for~ are ~chieved wh~ch ~mply respond to needs.
~ he above-mentioned points are org~niz~d in the followin~
.~ 25 summ~ry.
~i 1) 'Compo~1tlon-system of prlm~ry noncon~tructed upward type on roof l~y~r' Inthls ~yst~ ~he colu~nsor'eguiv~lent wnlls' or the like of A pri~Ary ~tructure ~re not oonstructed upwnrd to the roof l~yer of th0 pri~ry struotur~. It i~ ~d~nt~Beou~ through incre~in~ the free ~t0nt of th0 extern~l for~ of s~cond~ry struct~res not to bo bound t~ it~ colu~n ~nd w~ But thi~
,' sy~te~ need~ be~rin8 w~ nd br~0~ in~ide ~oondsry : struoture~ which rootriot~ th~ intcrlor ~roe extent. ~hlY
~6 syst~ is ~ ~ate~ ~hich Allow~ the in~t~ tlon of ~ ic .. : : ... , :

..
: i . , ., , - , ~ i ,. . . ..
~: .: . .
,.; . . . ~ ~ :

1 ~ ~ 2 .~ 1 a 2 1: 5 ~ o ~ ~ 2 2 9 6 -, 2 huR ~ ? ~ " 3 0 0 5 P 2 3 r 3 iso1ation sy~tem~. .
2) 'Compo~ition-sy~t~ of primary oonstructed upwsrd typs on roof layer' In this syste~ where columns or'~quivA1ant w~lls' or the 11ke S of aprim~ry structure ~leto support seco~d~rystructures src ~ construct~d upward on a roof lnyer of a prlmnry stru~ture, it: is ad~nt~eous in that ~he pri~ary ~tructure can bear horizont~l force from ~ei~ic action3 or the like acting on secondary structures, And this ~ystem oan reduce interior l~ bearin~ walls and braces of 3econd~ry structures and cRn raise ~: the i~terior free extent.
D\~osit~on-system of both primaryccnstructed up~ard and ~: non-constructcd upward type on roof l~yer' Thi~ ~y~tem iR n ~ethod to use pro~erly ~he cases of not ; 15 constructin~ upward on the roof layer of A primary structure and th~ case to construct upward co1umns or 'equivalent walls' to be abletosupport secondAIy~tructuro~or the like,~nd Also ~ i~ A method ~here khe hei~ht constructed upward ~Iroperly uses : the hi~hest ~loor or intermediate ~loor, ~nd further, if the ~0 ~wo ~ethod~ are used properly or together, this sy~tem ~akes the interior and extern~lfr~edo~ o~ secondary structural form possib1e. Includin~ this, a~ the ByStem iS concluded with a upward ~or~ o~ a pri~ry ~tructure and secondury structural for~ on the roof 1ayer likely to be hble to phSS re~trictions from shadow and obl.lque 1ine regulations, it can reduce land co3ts in Are~s severely restri4tod by these re~u1ation~.
'' Anchor ~lA3sl~ic~tion In ord~r to reali7e un economic structure and flexibllity of .q~cond~ry structure~, it is ~dv~nt~ou~ to classify ~g ~; ~ follo~s~ ~nd to make division6 for e~ch ~upport position and: ~ch anohor position of ~ prim~ry rtructur~ for e~ch s~cond~ry~omber c1as~1fic~tion, ~nd to dlvide r~pectively bA~od on wh~ther 3Aid ~nChOrB ~re sot up at th~ be~inning o~
cons~ruction (~lniti~l ~et up typo ~nchor'), or ~ft~r , :, - :

- , ~ :

~3~2~ 31E1 21:59 03 3229 61~2 AU~l'Jif~ 'fi~li"3 005 P24 ; con~truction ('post-construction ~et up type ~nchor'). The cla6OEifications are for ~econd~ry b~arinB ~embers of weight sufficient to have a strcrl~th influcnce on the primary . structure (~n~ral UB~ c~sos includin~ ~te~l fr~m~ or PC
: 5 ~embcr~, but ~xcepting 'wood~n ~nd o-th~r li~ht secondary beAring ~e~bers'~, for s~condary non-~uring men~bers used ~xtensively but no~ of ~ufficien~ wei~ht to bring ~n influenc~
bn strength t~ the primary ~tructure, and for secondary light-weigllt members, ~ade of light substance~, used in more pl~ces more frequently.
(1) Anchor classification (~upport-stren~th separAtion) It is po6sible to standardi~e Anchor di~eter by cl~ssifying : secondQrymembersinto bearing membar~,non~bearing m~mbers and light-weigh~ m~bers, ~nd by cl~sifying the anchors on a l~ primAry ~tructure to correspond ~o each cl~6sification of the~e secondary me~ber~ (in ~ddition to th~e, by ths Adoption of anchor at dcfinite interYAl and equ~l interval, ~nd by the ~doption of 'flex ~upporting connection' ~s mentioned lat~r), snd it brings greAt ~afety, certainty and ~conomy in the achievement of a supportin~ and bondin~ strength in acc~rdance witheaohc~.au6ificAtion ef the6e secondAry~0mb~rs by deciding on each position and extent of th~ ol~s~ified ~nohors set into the prim~ry structur~ ~'initi~l set up type anchors' and - 'po~t-construction ~et up type ~nohor.q' ) . and moreover, it beco~les very ndvAnta~eous in the utructural ~n~lysis and o~lculations, ~s the extent ~nd pOBitiOn of the lo~ds in uccordsncewitheuchclù~ificationof~econd~ry members c~n be deeided when desi~nin~ the strueture at the outset of the con~truetion. ColDpuring the c~s~ of considering ~11 anchors ~s nnchor~ for see~nd~ry boaring mem~er~, e~mp~ring the cA~e of not docidirlg the ~nchor's s0t up posltion$ or e~t~nt, ~nd co~parin~ the en~e of not deeiding eaeh anehor' 8 Bet Up position or extent i~ aeeordnnee with 0~eh ela~ifle~tion of the ~eeend~ry mernber~, thi~ meth~d ~n gre~tly reduee the lo~d relat~d to ~he structural b~aring e~paeity of the prir~ry '~

.. . ~ .

1~92~12~131~3 22:00 03 '3229 617~' AURl'r,~ r;~ "3 OOS P25 structur~, ~nd can also preYentwast~ of thsconn~ctiv0 members such as the ~nchor me~hsrs and th~ rae~ptaeles nnd thc intermadiate m~mber~ ort,he like Arising frornthe difference of e~ch anchor di~metor. Naturally, s~oondar~ members with lower be~ring capacity c~n be support~d by nnchors ~or second~ry ~embers with higher bearing eapacity, and for axample, ~scondary non-bearing ~embers o~n be supported by anchors fo~
second~ry b~arin~ ~embers~
In the case where secondary bearin8 members are ' wooden And other light ~econd~ry bearir~g mernber~l, the free extent o~
~econdary mombers and secondary 6~r-lcture~ becom~s lar~e by ~doptin~ the combined use of ~nehor~ for seeondary benring ~enbers and ~econdAry non-be~ring oember~ (herein~ftor, this will be ter~ed 'nnchor for both seoondary bearing and ron-benrin~ m~mber~), without divi~ion into anGhors for s~condary be~rin~ ~embersandanchorsforsecondArynorl-b~aring members.
(2) Anchor cl~sification Or 'initial set up type' nnd 'post-oons~ruction ~et up ty~e'.
By classifying anchorc for secondary me~bcrs into ths anchor type for s~t up ~t a new con3truction to n prim~ry str~cture ~ (hereina~ter, this will be ter~ed 'An initial s~t up type :~ Anchor') and the ~nchor type for ~tup at nny timo on ~ prin~ry structur~ when cvnstructillg an extension and rebuildin~ of secondary structurcs nfter eonstrueti~n (herelnafter, this wi~l be termed 'n post constructionset up type nnchor'), it i8 possibl~ to ~chicve flexibility ~nd economy o~ s~condary ~embers ~can sAve labor ir~ eonæ~ruetion for an initi~l cons~ructien,eompnredwithconsidering ~ nehors Ag ~ nltl~l ~ 30 construction 6et up type'j nnd al~o ~to achi~vo rcli~bility o~
the support ~nd bond strength suited to ~ch cln~ification of be~rin~ ~mb~r ~nd ~on-bearingrnc~ber.
~3) 'Anchor type ~ttln~ extent for ~nohor At initi~l construction' Even lf adoptin~ 'nn i~itl~l ~e~ up type' or 'a _ _ , _ .................................. _ . :;. ~ , '"

19~i2~ 131~ 22:01 ~3 3~29 61~2 AURIk;~ i'ritl~"3 005 i'26 `:

po~t-co~l~truction set up type' as IDentioned ~bove, deciding the position or ~xtent for settln~ anchors ut the lnitial construct,ion of priD~ary ~tructur~ ~if ~blo to confirm r~B~rdinB
the support-~tr0n~th in po~t-con~truction, and if not bein~ a 5 problem of a bearing cap~city reducction in the primsry 4tructure; her~inaft~r, thi~ will be termed 'extent for setting ~nohors at the initi~l construction'~ kes it possible to design the support-~trength ~nd bondin~ stren~th at tbe initi~l cons~r~lction, th~r~fore becomes very adv~nta~eou~ for 10 structural ~nalysis and ~;tructural calculation, and the burden of bearin~ capacity of primary ~tructurs i8 decr~as~d largely, ~; comp~red with the case of not decidin~ the position or extant of anchors 1:o be s~t up at inltlal con~truction.

(4) Anohor types classified by seoondary member6 , 15 1) Anchor for cecondary boaring m~mbors ~` lt is better to adopt 'An initiAl sat up type anchor', AS
~: ~;econd~ry be~ring members ar~ he~y and hAv~ an influence on the prim~ry qtructure stren~th. The ~nchor position and 'the ~xtent for ~etting anch~r ~Lt the initial con~truction' are ~ .
20 located in the upper, lower or later~l ~urfaces (the extent ~hould not cut reinîorcing stee~ to r~l,ain bond ~t:rength~ of the columns or ~the equiv~ nt wAl18l ~bearin~ wall, wall of wull-type rigid fram~, the beams or 'the equivalent sl~b' i (slab part to have the functiorl equiv~ nt to b~m of void slab, 25 l~tticQ benm 81~b etc.) or the like of o, primary structure by adopting '~upport system of secondary bearin~ members by primRry colulun und beanl'. This method reduces thc load on th~
prir~ry ~tructure, s.nd i8 DLdvD.nto.geous in ~chi~vsment of a :~ oertAin s.nchor ~tren~h.
30 2) Anohor for ~cond~ry non-b~rlnB mamber~
A secondary non-be~ring m0mbcr i~ not of great w~ight nnd h~
little inf~.uence on the stron~th of the pri~ ry Eltructure. It is ad~antagaous to decide po~ltion~ olnd 'the extent ~or E;ettin~
at th~ initial con~truction' f~r anchors of A prim~ry structure ~; 35 in thc ovcr~ sk~l~ton of columns, wall~ I)e~m~, hnd ~lab~ or :
,~

: , . : ::. .:: , 19~ 131~ 22:01 03 3229 6172 hUl~l~TA'J~f~rf~ 3 OQS F'2~
2 ~ 3 the like wi thin ths prinlary strl~cture becnu~3 of the mg~ny locatiens of their use.
' Initial ~t up type ' i~ the most ~dvanta~ous m~thod which will not re~ult in problems. In the C~SB of 'post-construction S set up type', it i~ bett~r to us~ '~nchor type se~ting extent for anchor at initial construction' deciding the position and eXtetlt 50 th~t there is no influence on the bearins capRcity during placing of r~inforcement in~primary structur~ and that the support-stren~th can be Acbiev~d. In th~ ca~ of condominium building, th~ method is adv~nt~geou~ in ~hat an individua~ us~rc~n ~ nchorsup ~rooly for post-cons~r~ction by employin~ a regulation for '~ mor.op~ly part' for th~
required ext~nt.
3) ~nchor for both second~ry bearin~ And non-be~ring mcmbers : 15 R~g~rdin~ anchor~ for 'exclusi~e 8UppG2`t sy3tem of wooden ~nd other li3ht secondary bearin~ ~e~bers' as mentioned above, ~here are thr~e methods; ~nch~rs with support-strerl5th equival~nt to 'anchor for ~econd~ry be~rin8 memb~rs', ~nchor~
with support-strength eq~iv~lent to 'anchor for sscondary non-b~drin~ member~', and anchors with support-~trength i nt a rme d i ~te be twee n ' ar cho r f or ~cbnd~ry h~rit~g ~e~bcrs' and '~nchor for secon~ry non-~e~rint ~ainbers'. However, ~s thix :anchor does not requir~ ~s ~uch Rtren~th ~s that to be ab-le to xupport a ~cond~y b~aring ~l~mber, the method of anchors with support-~tr~ng~h e~ui~alont to anchor for secondary no~-bearing m~mbc~, orthe methodof'~nchor forboth second~ry b0~ring nnd non-b~rio~ members' wlth 6upport-stren~th ;~intermediAta between'~nehor~or~eeond~rybonring members' ~nd '~nehor for ~eeor.d~ry non-be~ring ~e~bors' c~n ~ive ~ fr~e oxtent o~ s~cond~rY strueturos ~nd ~re Adv~nt~eous ~ethods.
4) Anehor for ~econd~ry li~ht-w~ight ~e~b~r~
.:R~g~rdinB ~nchor for s~cond~ry li~ht-w~ight mcmber~ whieh i~
i:
light, u~ed in many pl~ee~ &nd h~s mhny frequonci~-~ of use, ther~ i~ the above ~entioned ~ethod for s~cond~ry nonbosring 3S me~ber, and th~re is the ~thod to d~eid~ ele~rly the p~r~ ~nd .
.
;~
~ : . . :
: ~ . . ,,- .
'' ~ : :.'~ .

1 9 ~ 2 ~ ] 2~ 3 1 ~ 2 .': ~l 2 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ 1 7 2 AUR I ~ " 3 C10 5 P 2 8 extent forthe anchor onthc prim~ry structure At the beginning of th~ construction o~ primAry ~tructure by setting up extra uddit.ional concretootc. not tohavo aninfluonce concerning to bouring capucity of A prim~ry str~cture (this Also is one type for lanchor type Qettin~ extent f~r snchor ~t initi~l con~tructior~ nd then, in cas~ of a condo~iniun~'ouil~ing, th~ method i~ ~dvantaReoua that tho ~r~ can frealy set up ~nchor individually ~ft~r construotion by decidin~ said p~rt and extent for the anchor as ~ ~onopoly part with ~ regulation rul~ ~thi~ AlSO i5 one type for 'type fr~ely setting anchor in post-con6~ruction' in 'type s~tting oxtent for anchor at initi~l con~truction').
t5) Eff~ct of anch~r cl~s~ific~tion To clas~ify anchor for secondAr~u~mbers as mentioned ~bovo, to divide 'initial set up ty~e' or 'po~t-construction ~et up type', to ~dopt th~ m~thod of '~nchor type Retting ~xtont for anchor ~t init,~l con~truction' which decid~ the position or :ex~ent for being able to set ~nchors at the initial construction of pri~ry structure even if adopting 'an initi~l :~20 set up type' or 'a post-construction setup typ~', and to divide ` each ~thod settin~ ~nchor in accord with each classific~tion oftheso ~condAry members, canguarantee ctructuraleconomy of ;................ ~ primAry structur~ ~nd the reli~bility of ~nchorstr~ngth, cAn .,gu~rant~e the freedom of second~ry structures snd secondary i 25 members extendin~ over the future, And o~n solve the problem i` !
.~oono~rni~ to the l~w of oondominiu~ and tho oi~il law and ~he .,;pro~lem concernin~ to the depre~sion of ~upport-~tr~n~th of a primary ~truoture,whichoccur~ byaett1ngindlvidu~lly ~nchor~
in nece~sary ~06itions oY ~ prlt~ry ~tructllre ~fter .

30 construction of a primary ~tructur~.

Anohor o~rrAngo~ent The initi~l s~t up typ~ anchor i8 built not for ~Ach s~cond~ry 8tructur9 constructi.on, but only oLt tbe beRinning of pri~ry 36~tructurecon~tructlon. Thus, it w~ llow the ~Inchor . ;

.
., ; ~ , . : ~ . .. .

~3~2~12,131~ 25:~3 03 3229 6172 A~lRl~t~ "3 005 P29 2~8~ ~ 3 roinforcing b~r~ to be connec~ad in the ~keleton concrete, making l~rger strength of ~nchor connection. U~lng thi~ type anchor; ther0 i8 no n~d to op~n n ~ole or cut the surface concrete in A pri~ry structure w~ich i~ alre~dy construct~d, so it will not decrease th~ stl~fn~ss of A pri~ry structu~e, but it can lose the flexibility and econo~ic efficiPncy of the secondary ~e~bersin CAS~ thoso are mis-arr~n~ed. So the desi~n of anchor ~rran~ement becomes ~n in~port~nt problem. In c~se of not prop0rly ~ettinB in ~nchor arran~en~enL, flexib~lity of secondhry member ~lloca~ion i8 ~u~r~nteed by 'th~ flex supporting connection' of r~c~ptacles, an $ntermediata structure or int~r-structursl ~e~ber But ~5 freedom of second~ry ~emb~rs i8 ~ss~lred b~ ~nch~r ~rr~n~ement module to soma extent, it is an import~nL proble~l where snchor arrange~ent should ~e placed.
`~ This Anchor ~rr~ng~merlt is quite neoessQry for ~n initiAl set up type ~nchor but also ~or an po~t-con~truction set up type ~nchor ~or so~e occ~sions.
1) Definite interval ~nchor, eQual interv~l ~nchor 20 l'he ~nchor di~meter and ~nchor interv~l depend~ on thc lo~d of second~ry members s~pported by th~ anchor. ~t is better to use the anohor which hAs the s~e support-strenath. But as the supportin~ load of an &nchor i~ different dep~nding on the secondary ~ bers, each anchor ~u~t haYe different support-stren~th~ This problem is solved by 'the ~nchor ~; clas~ification' in AocordAnce with the support-strength ~
men~ioned ~bove The difference of th-~ supporting lo~d on the me clAs~ifiad anohor c~n be solv~d by using thc dc~in1te interv~l ~nchor or ~q~al interv41 ~nchor (thou~h e~ch anchor interv~l is different by esch c1~88ifi~d ~nchor) which limit~
the losd extent of the supported second~ry members. And if the ~upporting loAd o~ th~ ~nchoris over tho limiting lo~d cxtent, ~doptin8 'th~ fl0x supporting conn~ctlon' ~ m~ntionad l~ter c~n s~and~rdi~e thH ~upport-~treng~h ~nd di~etor of snchor.
Th~ ~upporting in~crv~l of ~the flox ~up~ortin~ conn~c~ion , , . .. . , ~.:
: ~ , . : . : . :: .
. .
.

lYY2~12~31~ 22:04 ~3 3229 ~172 ~URI~ "3 OOS P30 nlembsr) co~po~d of the recepta~le or intermedi~te structuret inter-~tructur~l m~mbercan be kept inth~ constant lnterval by the definit~inte~val ~nchororequAl intervsl ~nchor. Further, the support-str~n~thof'th~ flex.supportin~ connectiorl~ember' is Qlso restricted to an e~t~nt, ~nd therefor~ 'the flex supporting connection mer~ber' c~n be uniformed. Therefore, ~s it becom0s unnecessary to make e~ch different r~ceptQcle etc., the wor~billty ofconstruction c~nbb am~llor~d h~d the C09t of construc~ionget more econo~icAl.As the size o~ receptacles and the diamet~r of bolt can be uniformed, it ~nables the m~ss production ~hich n~akes this systam more economical and th~
construction o~n be ~ore efficient.
2) Rcstricted ~rrangem~nt It is ~ore adv~ntageous for the construction workability of second~ry structures to keep anchor interv~l small, which decr~ase~ the numbor o~ recept~cle~, the intermedlate structure~inter-structural mem~er. To the con~r~ry, i~ is better for d~cr0asing th~ con~truction cost o~ prim~ry structure to ~ake th~ ~nchor interv~l lArger ~nd increase th~
numb~r of receptacles, an intermedi~e structure/
inter-structural m~mber. In both w~y, a ~r~edom of secondary : structure~ is ~uar~nteed. Thcrefor~, it i9 ~00~ to choo~e the right Anchor intervAl ~ccording to the frequ~ncy of usage and i;~ thc place to be fitted.
E-~pecially,inabove-mentioned 'supportingbyprimary vertical planc'~ Bupporting byprimaryvertical ~lane of '~upport system by prim~ry vertica~ plane' ~nd '~upport ~y~t~m by both pr;~ary vertic~l and horizontal plane'), it is Advant~geous to 3et up an anchor for ~eoon~ary b~arin~ ~e~lber accordin~ to the set : 30 e~tcnt of An inter~ediAt~. floor, 3) Oversll ~rr~n~mentO
If ~nohor~ ~or second~ry nonboarin~ ~ember Ar~ ~dopted in ; over~ rr~n~e~entwith definite interv~l and equ~l intdrv~l,it beco~os po~ible to ~andardize ths anchor diam~ter ~nd to 35 regul~r~ze and st~ndArdi~ the recept~oles A~d . . .

,: " :. :
- ~, . .. . . .
~: : . . ~
:

; J 9 2 5~ 3 1 e .' .': 0 5 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ ~ 7 2 AUR I '~ i t l i" 3 0 0 5 P 3 1 inter-~tructural ~embersbyre~ulArizing thelo~d~o~second~ry : nonbearin~ me~b~rs. And if u~ing ~nchors ~or socondary nonbeuring members in the s~me lnterval ag general furring strip's ~nohor (of cei1in~ or tha like) and form s~p~r~tor, S the3e furring strips' ~nchors ~nd form ~eparator~ c~n co~er Mlmo~t ~ll pl~ce~ d the nu~ber of the ~nchors for secondAry nonbearing ~e~rs to be ~et up except these places can be reduced dr~stlc~lly, that i~ morc economic~l. Furthe~, it becomes good fittingsize for ~ettin8 second~ry members,and it becomes possible to 3tandardi2eand re8ularize receptacles and inter-~tructur~l ~embers.

; ~ Anchor det~ils ~1) Anchor d~tail6 l) 'Anchor frame system' :~ In ca~e of formin~ ~nchors by conn~ctin~ Qnchor bolt~, ~nohor nuts, c~p nut~ or ~he like to an anchor fr~mo, the manufacture of these frames in M factory b~comes pos~ible And it can save much timo and al~o raise the conetruction precision, compared with setting thc ~nchors one by onc on tho sit~. Furthermore, i 'superficiQl anchor frame system' in this ~ystem anables toweld the second4ry ma~bers or 'the flex supporting connection ~mb~r' (mentioned l~ter) to a ori~ary ~tructure.
2) 'Anch~r hols system' 26 This syste~ i~ the method to set ~n anchor hole at the initiAl construc~ion, Rnd to~e1ect an~nchordi~mcter accordin~to th~
~upport~~tren~th of secondary~lembers whlch would be required '!~ in thc f~ture. Esp~ci~lly, in thls system lf anchor hole for secondary ~0mbers has larger di~met~r and dopth than expected ~0 at th~ bd~innin~, it w~ll h~vo ~or~ anchor-stren~th for supportin~ seco~dAry members. hlso, the pen~tr~-tion hole typc anchor in column~ ~nd be~m~ c~n obt~in e8peoi~11y 13r~e support-stren~t.h ~nd c~n be offerad to ~n ~nchor for ~econdary be~rl~ mombor.
3S 3) 'For~ sep~rator utlllz~lon aystem' .:
f,` ; .

'` ~ . ,' ` ' ' , '' ,' ' ` ` ',, ' . " ~ '' ~ ' ~'~ ' . ` ' . ' ' ' I ' ' , ' ' '` ', '' '~ '. ' ' ' ` "' ' ' ' ` ' .

~3~13 1~2~12~1E3 22:06 n3 3229 6172 AURl'rit~ 'Ti~l~"3 005 P32 To utili2e concrete form ~ep~r~tors in~tead of setting ths ~nchors one ~y o~e c~n snv~ ths nulD~er of a~cho~a ~nd i8 ~nore econo~ical.
(~) Guarant~ of anchor durability

5 Initial set up type anch~r~ ~ke possible to put anchor m~mbers such as the anchor frames, anchor nuts and cap n~ts inside concrete of a primary structure, which pre~ent oorrosion ~nd enabl~ the use of ~nchor s~iper~n~ntly. Also, this sys~om function~ se~ipernlAnently to be able to ~ubstitute an un~sable anchor by the ~ethods s~ch as usin~ sub~tltutabl~ '~uper~ici~l anchor ~rama syst~m',using the r~ceptacloswhich cancov~r the ~nchors n~alby, ors~tting an anch~r ~ra~e with an ancho~ to th~
: p~rt o~ the unus~ble ~nchor.
l3) D~tachable separate connectin~ ~yste~
: 15 Except the ca8a that s~condsry me~bers or r8ceptacl~s Are welded to Anchor fr~mes (not inclu~lng the secondnry me~bers weld~d to the anchor frame locked by boltssnd nuts), ~11 of the conn~ctions betw~an the anchors and s~cvndary members snd r~ceptacles h~ve the detdchable sep~r~te connectin~ syst~m usin~ bolts and nuts. So this det~chable separate connecting syste~ will solve the probl~m of ~cce88ion in the civil law and the problem of a d~m~e to a common part in a condominium building. Also thi~ mak~s it ~asy to take ~part receptacles and :secondary me~ber~ and facilit~tes the ~xtension and rebuildi~g of s~condArY ~tructures.

'Type fre~ly setti~g anchor in post-construction' in 'Ty settin~ ext~nt for anchor at initial oonstruction' 'The ~nchor ~et up After con8truction~ i~ put in th~ 'extent 30 for abla to set anchors~ whioh i8 set up ~or .i~ n~wly made such part4 additionally) at the po~ition cor the extent which àoe~n' t ~ect the stren~th of th~ prim~ry structure ~nd which it~i ~upport-~tren~th i~ ~Ott~ll D.t initial con~truction~ in ~ft~rcon~trutT~t there isn't a problem to bearin~ capacltY of 8 ~5 pri~elry sltructure, if bein8 Able to confirm it regsrdin~ ~ ;

.

' , ' , . : ' ~`' .'` .

1'J~'~12~ 2~ 3229 6172 AU~ 7~ "3 006 P02 support-str~n~th), and t~is e~t~nt ca~ be con~idered a~
tnonopoly part in c~se o~ a condominiu~ building. ~hus t~e position ~nd the ext~nt o~ the lo~d is already known in the ph~se of structural designin~ th~ primary structur~, which 5 makes th~ structur~l ~nu~yQis more ef~ici~nt and assures the s~reng~h to suppo~t eAchclassificd secondnry member which are - going to bullt on it Also this ~olves the problem of the ~ccession of civil law when the possessor of prim~ry structure und tl-~t of secondary structure ~re different, and the problem : 10 of the dAmage to commor~ part in a condominlum building.
'The extent for setting anchor~ at the lnitlal con~truction' for secondary light-~ight m~mber can be tiet in the ovPrall surface o~ the prim~ry structure skelton in many ca~0s. Still if th~ p~rt of ~dditional concrete for the purpose of finish or .i 15 covering ~re used aB I the extent for settin~ anchors at tha : initialconstruction'~orsecondary li~ht-wsight member, there ;~ is no problem of th~ ~sring cup~city reduction in the primary sLructure and ~Iso it ca~s~v~ the cost. Also if the dispo~able concrete ~orm which ~llows nailing is used, then thls ~orm i~
~ 20 to be 'the extent for ~tting anchors at the inltial construction', snd it make~ po~sible to set nails ~nd screw~
fr~ely to this p~rt 'Fl~x supporting connoction'.
'~lex ~uppoIting connection' gu~runtet~s the frcedom o~
eompo~ition o~ ~econdary men~bers set to the anch~rs fixed tc a primary structure t~uoh ~5 ~initi~l Bet up type ~nchor'. 'Flex supportin~ conn~ction ~emb~r' i~ composed o~ rcccptacles, an intermcdiat~ atructureJ inter-structural member. In ~ome 30 c~es, both of th~ae are us~d b~t also it is po~ible to use . only one.
R~garding a ~cond~ry bearing m~tnb~r, this 'flex supportin~
~ connection' hAs the function to tran~mit the lo~d of a !' secondary b0~ring member that is hold by '~up~ort systet~ of secondary b0arin~ metnber by prlmary column and b~atn' to th~
:~' : .;
,, .: . .. . .,~ . . :

!Y9~112~1319 2c: 11 03 3229 6~2 AuR~ 3~ 006 P03 colu~ns and b~ o~ a ~rin~ry atructur~; and ~ ha6 the function o~ i8 adjustment of 8upportlng conn~ction between unchors and a ~econdary baarin~ member.
Re~urdin~ a ~ccondary nonbearinB me~ber, thi~ role o~ the 'fle~ supporting connection' i4 ad~ustment o~ supportin~
connectio31 botween an~hor-s and secondary nonbearing member.
In supporting secondary bearin8 memb6r~l an intermediate .~ str~cture especiully pl~ys u fundarnental role to transmit the :~ load of ~econdary Rtructure ~o a colu~n and a beam of a pri~ry .
~ 10 structure, and becon~es an indispen~able clem~nt irl 'support ,~ system of second~ry bearing mem~er by prim~ry colu~n ~nd beam'.
Th~ adju~tment of supporting connection between anchors and second~ry mem~er by this method i~ necessary in case that position-adjust~ent is nece~sary because of the displ~ce~e.nt 15 of ~econdury ~embers from th~ unohor ~odule, in c~se th~t load-adjus~e~t i~ n~uded for sccondary ~e~bers bec~u~c o~
~ e.~ceeding ths support-s~reng~h of an anchorl in c~e thu~
; material adjustm~nt of ~econd~ry memb~rs is necess~ry because it is ~uterially i~properfor ~upporting connection, and after 20 all in case that sccond~ry members composltion requests a higher ~resdom a~ mentioned lster~
For th~ po~ition-adju~tment, an intermediate structure/
;~ inter-~truotural member is used for the l~rge 4 position-adjust.ment for the conncction betw~n ancholu ~nd 25 s~condary members . A receptacle iB used for the small ~ posltien-sdiustment Por the eennection betw~en the anchor and ; sccond~ry ~o~ber und the inter~ediate structure/
:l in~er ~tructural ~ember. ~y thi~ way, the freedom o~ po~ition of second~ry members is guaranteed, and the stren~th of ~O supporting conn~ction iB ~ured.
rrh~ muteriul-adjustment of supporting conneotion guarantees : u free choice of the m~terial of secondarynlelnb~r~ and assures the ~upporting oonnoction either by reo~ptRcles or the int~rm~di~te structure~ int~r-~truotur~1 m~mbor, or by both reoeptaolos and th~ intermediate ~tructure/ int~r~structur~l l9~12~2:12 ~3 ~2'J ~l72 ~URI~i-}'7~ "3 oc6 P~q 3~ `J~ 3 member betwe~n ~econdary member~ and anchurs on a prlm~ry ~ructura.
~n th~ load~ndjus~ment, in c~se th~ load of the s~cond~ry me~bers exceed~ the capacity of one anchor, ~ recept~cle or sn 5 intermediate structure/int.er-stru~turalme~bermake~ po.~slble to support thi~ lo~d of second~ry member b~ co~ering ~ev~ral Anchors in the same time. By this way lt is possible to ~tRndardi~e the anchor di~meter and ~h~ auppork-st.rength of ~nchor, ~nd ~l~o s01~'8 the problem mentio.ned Above 10 In this~,itis poRsib1etostandardize the anGhor pOSitiOII, the ~ncho~ diameter dnd the .su~.portlng-str~ngth of anchor, to gu~rantee th~ fr~edom of the form, the position, the structure and ~he material of second~ry ~Icmbers, and to assure the supporting ccnnection~
15 Furthar more, this systelrl al~o solv~s the followinR probl~m ~nd h~s th~ following effects.
In case th~t the preeision of col~struction of pri~ury structure i5 low and ~here is a l~rge difference betw~en the ~PPointed connectlon positior~ in primary structure and the 20 pO5i tion o~ second~ry structurcs, ~he receptacles And the inter~edi~te ~tructure~ inter-structural member c~n adju~t this disloc~tion, and it c~n a-~oid the distortion of s~cond~ry struature which h~s to fol1Ow the primary structure even if it is bad-constructed, and lt can enhance the con~truction 25 prec;~ion af ~eeondary ~tructure.
This~ystem~uar~oteesthe rreedomof theform and the materiAl of se~ond~ry structures, c~n ~ix the po~itions of anchor~ on th~ primary structure, therc~ore can enhAnce R performance un Anchor, ~nd make~ it-.semiperm~nent u~o possible. And by the 30 det~chable~epRrateconnectingsy~tom, thl~system f~cilit~te~
th~ e~ten~ion and r~builllinu Or ~Hcond~ry structure.~, Rnd c~n ~olve the probi~m col~cerning t.o the l~w o~ condominlum, the problem of Rcc~sion Andm~nuS~cturing ccnce~nin~ to the ci~il l~w ~nd the problem of the d~gos.
35 Further, thi~ sy~to~ c~n ~et up insul~tion to oach jolnt , . :

19'1~ 12~1~1EI 22:1J 03 J2~'3 6172 ~URI~ "3 ~ P05 betweon ~nchor~ ~nd receptscle and ~n inter~diate structure/
inter-structur~l oe~ber und sccondary memberf se~on~ry s~ructure. For this r~son, this ~y~t~m can e~hanc0 i801~tion ~ and sound insulation ofsecondAry structure~. Al~o, by settin~
j 5 up isolation qyste~ of seismic i~olator to this Joint, thi~
~qy~tem c~n rbduce the sei~ic force to act upon s¢condary : structur~ ndsimultaneouslyit can a1QO reduce itsstres~ to A primary structure.

~ Waterproofing ~ystem of supporting ~nd connecting secondary member on waterproof layer Herein~fter, thesupporting andconnecting method ofsec~ndary memberQ considering the waterproof me~sure when these are set : up on waterproof layer of the slab of primary structurc is explain~d.
W~-terproofing by 'support syst~m of secondary bearin8 member by primary column and beam' th~ supportin~ oonnection of 6~c~ndary bearing mcmber on tne w~torproof l~yer can not omit an Anchor, it becomes a di~ficult problem. Although the ri~k of a leaka~e of w~ter can nd in ~h~ position of~nchors on slab su~faces rather than in d~ the po6ition 0f ~nchors onupp~r sides of tho reversed beam. ~s ~:' 'support system of secondary bearing member by primary column ~:: and be~' support~ the secondary membar on upper sides or :~ 2~ eral ~id~ of oolumn~ or be~ms,not on the slab surface~, it `. i~ advant~eous ~lso ~or waterproofing.
(2)W~tcrproofing.qystsmofsupportingandconnecting secondary nonbe~ring mo~ber The waterproofing &yst~ms o~ ~upporting ~nd connectin~
secondary nonbe~rin~ member onthe w~terproof lay~r h~ve thlee m~thod~ ~uch~ l)'beamsui)port sy~tem',2)'putting ~oundation support sy~tom~, ~nd 3)'be~m and putting found~tion sy~tem';
u~ing the sy~tem which connect~ the prim~ry ~tructure snd putting found~tion with ~upporting conneotion such aa sleeper if n~ce~sary. The~e 0y~tams are a~ant~gaous to s~ve ~nchor~
''~

., :~ . : , , ; . ~

`

IY~ 2F~.:31Ei ;~2: 1'1 G3 32;~9 bl~2 AUF~ Pt'~ it~ ``9 006 P06 34 C~ $~ ~
for ~econdary member~ on thc wst~Iproofing l~yer, ~nd th~y don ' t n~ed to cut the w~terproof layer . Moreover, th~y don ' t need anchor itself or the waterproofing on the nn~hor, ~et~ing free of the rlsk o~ loQka~e of wAter. Thu~ they enable~ to set the second~ry members freely.
1 ) 'Bearn ~upport syste~' 'rhis system build~- a boam of socondary structure between beams o~ primary structure so it does not nced anchor~ that would brcD.k the waterproof layer.
10 2 ) 'Putting foundation support syr,tcm' When th~ second~ry mem~ers are to be set up on a ~aterproof layor, thi~ sy~tem i8 used to build a putting fourldation which ls fi.~ed to the water lnyer by itri wci~ht, and it ellpport.~ ~nd connects the secolldary members. If neces~ary, this putting founda~ion can b~ fixed by A supportin~ connection member such as sleeper to the primary structure. Thir~ syst~m enables the connection ~fsecond~ry structure ~o pri~ary structure without uhin~ ~nchor~ which break the waterproof l~yer.
- 3) l~ean~and puttin~ foundation 6upport ~st~m' 20 Thi~ 'bea~D And putting foundat~on support system' wi 11 oompsn~e tha both defect of ' be~m ~upport sy~tem' and 'putting foundstion ~upport ~yste~l. Althou~h thc beum of second~ry stru~ture c~n only be built str~ightly in ~doptir~
;only 'bc~m support ~y6tem' whera a be~m of secondary structure 2~ is built during bs~m~ of ~ prin~ry ~tructur~, in ~dopting thi~
~ystem by conn~cti~g ~he putting foundation to the b~am o~
secondary structure it is pos~ibl~ to h~ve the beam of riecond~ry 6tructure curved with the ~id of putting foundation put at the curved polnt, to mak0 the g~condary beam s~allcr by thc ~uppor~ o~ puttin~ found~tlorl put in th~ middle of socond~ry be~ nd tom~ke the suppor~ing connection strorl~er thrlrlin ~dopting on1ythe 'puttin~ ~ound~tion support system'.
:Further, ~imil~r to th~ Iputting f~und~tion support sy~tem', ;l thi~ sy~tem car~ expect 1~rger bearln8 c~pacity by u~ing the . 35 supporting conn~ction such as 81eeper to bind the prioary :, .

.
.

... .

. .

.. . . .

-:

1~92~ 2~ 1 03 e229 6172 AURI~ t~"3 ~6 P~

struc~ure with th~ second~ry beam or the puttinR found~tion.
A}so, tha ~bov~-~entioned w~tarproofin~ ~yste~ of ~upportlng and connac-ting ~econd~ry n~nb~aring ~e~ber cnn b~ applied ~o secondary bo~ring m~mber if there is erough ~upport-stren~th.
(3)Waterproofing systemo~ supporting Hnd connecting ~econdary 118ht-h~oight member A waterprooPing sy~te~ of ~upporting ~nd connectln~ s~cond~ry llght-weight me~ber on a waterproof l~yer, i~ by fixing by ~eight like ~he puttin~ foundntion support syst~m mentioned ~bove, by adhesive bùllding system or by the combination of hese sy~en~, By usin~ thssc ~y~tems, the supporting connection i~ as6urod and ther~ i~ no need to ~et anchors which ; would bre~k the waterpr~of layer, ~nd waterproof layer i~
:~ protected.
: 15 St~ry h~ight and ~Rxi~um height reducing ~y~em Prior artificiAl multi-layer ~round type buildin~ wns di~dv~nt4t~0u~ as the height of the building gets higher and cau6~ the higher ccst of construc~ion and lAnd (for it can't pa~s the r~trict of height of oblique line and ~hadow regul~tions). 5O the ~ethod of redu~in~ the st.ory h~i~ht And the maxi~um height iB yrovided ~s fcl].ows;
~ (~) Proper u~age Gf 'pri~ary structure dependent type s~condary ; structure'/'primary ~lf-Yupport type secondary ~tructure' For the sake of a reductio~ of the maximum height of ~
building, it i~ ~dv~tageou~ to ~dopt 'pri~ary depen~ent type secondary structur~' which ret~der the secondary structure dependant to primary structure if pos~ible, RS it can ~uve the ov~rl~pped ~tructure in the ground layer and inter~ediste layer. Especi~lly 'pri~lnry ~tructur0 depondent type ~econclAry structur~' get~ more f~vorablc a8 the prim~ry 8truoture ha~
less intern~ orie~ por one l~ycr llke one story per one l~y~r.
:~ The ~doption of ~prim~r~ ~elf-~upport type secondarY
~tructurc' for the roof layer ~nd the ndoptio~ of 'pri~ry , '',~'' .. . .

..
:~ , . . .
- : ... :

- : ., . ~, lYY2s~ 116 ~ 15 03 322~1 fil72 f~U~ f'~ 7~ 06 P08 s~

structure dependent-type secondAry ~tructure'mude D~ ~condary structure for the roo~ part, are ~ppropri~te ~or the building hei8ht regulation.
~ 2) Structural plannin~ of primary YtrUCtUre in ~round lsyer and intermadi~te layer.
Forthe ~tructural pl~nning ofprimary structure o~ collective hou~ings etc., th~ hori~ontal bo~ring capacity in Prontage direc~ion of the w~118 nnd columns ~ituntecl in the mid-region of the d~th direction of the primary 6truoture ~hould be ~p~
l~rge, whilc th~t of the walls ~nd the columns ~ituatcd ln the out~ide (bAlcony or corridor side) of the depth direction of th~ primary ~tructure ~hould be kept s~all. B~doing this, the deepest Birder is not locsted in the out~ide of the depth direction o~ the pri~ary structure, the height of this girder gets smQller, and the ceilin~ hei~ht of the room c~n be gre~ter whil~ the story height can be reduc~d.
The bedrooms isnorm~lly locatedint~ outerpart ofthe depth directi~n (balcony or corridor side) of the primary ~tructure for bottor d~yligh~ing condition and it ls reguired to get hi~her ceiling in this p~rt. The mid-region in -the depth direction of the prim&ry structure doesn't re~uire ~uch d~ylighting A~ therewould be onlythe duct space orthose space using water supply ~nd ~ew~e. ~he story height is determined by thec~ilin~ heightwhich i~th~ botto~nlevelof girderin the 26 bedroo~ in the outside of the dep~h direction, so it is ~dvantageous to put the deepest ~irder in the mid-region, und put Yhallower Birder in th~ outsid~ of the depth direction for kee~in~ thestory height ~mall.~urthe~more, it c~nenhance the ~lexibility of the extension as~d rcbuilding as thewidth ln the 3~ front~g~ dirootion of the columns ~nd w~lls could be ~m~ller ~o it is adv~nt~eou~ to~et daylighting) in the outer part of the depth direction ~the side of b~lcony or corridor).
~3) Structur~l planning of primary structure in the roof layer ~~h~ ~oof layer hus two cases, one i~ to support secondAry '~36 structure6 without con~truoting the pri~arY ~tructure~lpw~rd, ,., ' " !, ,`~.,~

.'', ,' i ' ~ `

I YYc'~ 12~131 E~ 2~: 16 :13 32~ 172 AU~ '71`~ 006 p~l9 the other iç to construct the prio~ry structure up~ard and support ~econd~ry st~uctur~ by it. In ca~e of the latt~r, B8 wlth the ground layer and interm~diate l~yer, it 1~
advAn~ageous tosupport sccond~ry~tructur~s by keeping lar~er the horl~ont~l bearing cnp~city in th~ frontnge direction of the wa11s and colu~ns ~i tu~ted in the mid-region of the depth direction and keeping s~A11er the horizont~l b~ring oapacity o~ ~he co1umas and walls in the outside of the depth direction (bslcony or corridor side) or not con~tructing the columns and wall~ upward, ~ to pAS5 the he~ght restrict of oblique ll~e restric~ions Andshadow regulation~, and inorder to keep large fle~ibi1ity of the compo~ition nnd for the ext~nsion and rebuilding of ~econdary struc~ur~.
14) Flexibility of the positlon of water supply arld ~ewage ystem ~nd story h~ight redu~tion ~y~te~
The story h~i~htha~ be~llincrea~ed since thcbeam o~a prim~ry atructure was designed ~o o~ A reversed beam lall reversed for b~am hei~ht) in order to assure the ~ree position of w~ter ~upply and ~ewage sy~te~. For raducing the ~tory height, t~o metl~od~ ~re availAble; on~ is the method of '~emi-re~ersed-beam', putting tlle raversad beam in the necess~y height of thr faoility piping ~e~pecinl1y the drain~ piping) for the fl~xibility o~ the po~ltion o~ wa~er supply ~d se~ge sy~em and putting th~ other beam p~rt under 25 the sl~b, the other i~ tne method to run the hori~ontal piping until the vertical dr~inage pipe in eACh beRm ~one 90 thAt the pipe doein't m~ke a hole in be~ For the implementation of l~tter m~:thod, it i~ neoe~sary to l~dopt the sbove-mentioned '~uppo~t ~ystem of ~econd~ry b~ring mambor by primary column and bea~'.
Morc precisely~ the proble~ or~ the reductlon of ~he story height and i~provemont of fr8e position of water supplY and ~ewn~e ~yate~, is the dr~lnnge ply~ ~with lArge diameter and ~ slope) A~ it requirec the mo8t Lp~Ce b~ne~th thc floor bo~rd ~ 35 Among the ~ther types of pipe. Bsc~uRe of this, the :

:~`
. .

.. ..

19YX~I~'H3l~ ~2:~7 0~ 3229 6l-~2 AURI~-J'7~ ` 3 006 Pl~

38 h ~ 2~
implementation of free po3ition of wat~r supply An~ seW~e ~ys~tem ne~dQ the height si~e b~ne~th the floor board includln~
the dia~t~r~ of the drsinage pipe snd the size for slo~ ~o that it will nllow to put the dr~ina&a pipe and to set the pipe S in any poci~ion freely. Further, wh~n n drainage pipe p~s~e~
through a be~m, the coverin~ depth for the upper relnforcing bar of the beam ls ~dded to its si~e. The re-ersed bsarn with more size than thi& ~ize incceases the story h~ight. For that reason, the method of A 'semi-rever~ed-beam', forming the reversed beam f nr the hei~lt necessary for the drainage pipe space und ~uttinE, the othsr beam part under the sl~b is an effectlve ~etho~ to r~Auce story hoiE,ht.
The next importan~ ~ethod of s~ury height reduction is the system which doesn't Bl low the drainage pipe go throu~h the beam. In this ~ystem, a ~srtiesl drains~e pip~ is set in each zone of beams and thes~ ~hi~ 1~ connected to th~ h~rizo~tal drainage pipe. ~As this msthod subdivides the horlzontal drAin~ge ~re~, ~t shortsns the l~th of pipe an~ the ; slope-hei~ht, and contribute~ for th~ reduc~ion of story 2U hei~ht).
The ~doption of the above-mes.~tion~d '~upport ~y~tem of second~ry b~arin~ ~le~ber by prim~ry column ~nd be~m' is neces~nry for thi~ story hei~ht reductiol~. As ths prior arti~lei~l ~round typ~ buildin~ ~upports ~h~eco~dnry be~rin~
~S men~b~ron a hori~ontnl platform of the primary structure, it . , needs more bea~s and oblige to p~netrato ~ drain~ge pipe in the beo.m oeu~;in~t bi86er ætory hsight ~B me~,ntioned abo~e. Compared ,~ to this~ thi8 'support system of s0condary be~ring member by primLIrg column snd be~m' ~an ke~3p the bee~m interva1 o~ ~ primary 30 ~tructure lar~e becau~e ~ ~econdnry b~ar~n~ memb~r loAd doesn' t ct upon slv.b~ of' ~ prim~ry struoture, ancl i t can avoid the ~;' p0netr~tion of v. dr~lnaae pipe in th~ beAm. l'hi~ ' ~uppor t ~ystem o~ sscond~ry bearin~ member by primsry column And b~enm', .' haP. no~ only th~ 0cono~y of' buildina sks~l~ton ~econouly of 35 construotion cost'J ~ but Al80 ~uarant,~e~ th~ flexibility of the ., j .

,, .. . .

. .
:-: . . . .

J ~ J I ~ fJ 0 ~ '2 ~h~ 'J~ t,~`~t ~o~. i'11 w~ter supplyand ~ewage system And reduc0s the story height ~nd the l~nd cost.
Tho items above-men~ioned Ar~ r~rran~ed ~s followed.
l) 'Semi-reveraed-beam ~yste~' It is udvAntAgeoua to u3e ~ha ~emi-rover~ed be~m of a primury s~ructure for the depth n~ces~ary for the ~lexibility o~ water supply and sewage system, as i~ enables the reduction of the story height and the cost of construction And land ~by passlng ; the oblique line limit and sh~ow re~ul~tior-31.
10 2~ Systo~n of horizont,al drainage pipe run to the vertical dr~inn~e pl~e in each ~.eam ~on0.
When the fle~ible wAter ~upply and drain~ge sy~tem i5 gu~r~nteed, this systen~enables the reduction of story height and the co~t of construction and lsnd (by p~s5in~ the obliqu~
~S line limit and ~hadow regulations).
3) Effbct of s~ory heigh-t reduction by 'support system of ; secondary bearing me~ber by primary colu~n and beam'.
Com~ared with the prior artificial ground that doesn't adop~
'support system of secor1d~ry bearing member by primary co~umn and bean~', thi~ 'suppor~ systsm o~ secondary bearing ~e~ner by prim~ry oolumn nnd be~m' reduca~ the beam hei~ht, and c~n ke~p the l~r~e interv~l of beam, and becomes easy to adopt the 'sys~em of horizontal drain~e pipe run to vertical draina~e pipe ineach beamzone'. Inshort, this 6ystemcan keep a larger be~m interval, set up fcwer vertic~l drainage pipe, snd avoid the pen~tration of A draina~e pipo in the beA~. Therefore, ~his syste~ shortens the ~tory hei~ht and en~bles the flexible :1 allocAtion of the water supply and sew~ge sy~tem.
4) Effect of the combined Use 30 To use these method~ a~ mentioned above ~im~llt~neously, it cAn m~k~ th~ s~ory he:lght oî ' ~he prir~ary structure dependent conàl~ry atructure ' equivAlent to the ~eneral bui ldin~ e.nd rrallze the free position of o. w~t0r 6ection.

~ Synth0tic e~feot '.

:
....... . _ ...... . .
.' , "
' '~ .

' ' ~' '` .. . :

IY'J2~12~ 22:19 03 ~s~9 ~172 A~IFi~ ?~ /`3 1~06 F~12 Consegue~tly,'thestructureconsistingofapri~Mry &truc~ure ~nd ~econd~ry ~tructur~' provided by th~ pre~ent invention çan be applied ~r~atly to v~rious buildings, such as ~ollective housin~8~ stores~ offices, hospitsl~, school~, or the like by 5 it~ hi~h flexibili-ty of ~condary structure and the excellent C09t perform~nce of both primary struct~re ~nd ~econdary c trUCtUre .
Also, with hi~h fle~ibilitY ~of sæcondary struc~ure), thc : buildin~ ~dopting the presentinv~ntion sn extend its durable time until its structural limit~ not untll the social]y determined limit(which depends onthe ~oci~l progre~s~. In thff : loni run, ~as the initial C05t doesn'~ differ Braatly compared to the ~enernl buildin~ th~ building with this lnvention become~ for more economical, and as its utility does not devalued, it will create the important ~ocial eapitsl.
Derived from these facts, the present invention ha~ the synthetic eff~cts as follows.
1~ ~le~lbili~y - The pressn~ in~e~tion c~n correspond to tha ~lexibility of ~orm, po~ition, str~lctur~, and ~ateri~l of second~r~ members ~ snd ~econd~ry structu~s in the initia1 plan and in the future ,~ plan. Also, the flexibilit~ ishigherth~n theprior nrtiEicial ground type building.
~ 21 Strength.
:~ 25 The present inv~ntion ~ssur~s the ~upport-strength and `~ connecting ~tren~th necessary to each second~ry member, which ~Rkes the systcm econo~ic~l.
3) Dur~bility.
he prqsent invention can re~liz~ lon~ durable y~srs ~s the whole by ~ ~ep~ration of n primnry ~truoture ~emipermanent structura) and ~econd~ry struotur0 (which corresponds to the functional chnn~e).
4~ Solution ot varioui~ prob1~s.
~ ~he prosent invention c~n 801Ve th~ problem o~ aco~s~ion ~ind i 35 ~anufacturin~ of tho civil law in ca8~ that the owner of B

' i ': ':
' . ,, ~, . ' ;. `:

', .
' , '~.
, ~ 1 2 ~1 1 2.t3 3 1 E3 2 ~: 2 0 C1 3 '~1 2 2 '1 6 1 ~ 1J~ 1 7 ~ 0 0 1~ f:' l J

prim~r~ structure d i~ f cr~ f rom thc own~r of secondary ~tructurc, ~nd ~19O ~olve th~ problem o~ waterproorin~ on th~
~upp~rtinR conn~ction of secondary me~b~r~ conn~cted to the ~t~rproof~d slab on the roof layer or inter~ocliat~ layer.
5) Econonicul perfo~mQncc The pr~ent invention can gu~rantee the flexibility of secondAry structure ~nd the structur~l safety more than the prior Artlficial ~round type building, ~nd can solve vnrious problems. ~ior~ov~r, the present inventioncansave the waste oi' mcmbers c~ secondary ~tructure snd pri~ly structuse and can keep their section smaller by the rationality of structure ~nd m~ber composition. At the initial con~truction ph~s~, the cons~ruction and land cost is equiv~lent to gen~ral buildiny.
As it ha~ lon~er dur~bility,this ~ystem ~et~0conomical in the lS lon~ r~n.

;, :

' .~.

' ''' j.`
.
. .
., i ,;
, ' , .
, , , .

'``"~ ~ ' ' ~`" ' `

I b c ~ 'J b ~ 1 '7 ~ t '~ r i ~ O U b ~ ~ 4 ~1~

BRIEF DESC~IPTION OF ~HE VRAWINaS
FIGS. l through ~-12 nnd FI~S. 10 throu~h 12-10 ~re ~n Axonometric of ~ prim~ry structur~ compofiad of ~C structur~.
FIGS. 7 through 9 arR an axonometric of ~ prim~ry structur~
composed of steel frame ~tructur~. FIGS. 13 through 70 ar~ th~
axonometric and the sectional views showin~ tbe metho~l of setting up ~nchor frame~, nnchor nut~, anchor bolts, recept~cle~, and intcrmediate structllr~ when the primary structure is composed of RC structure. FIGS. 11 through 77 are ~he axonomelric ~howing the ~ethod of ~etting up receptacles snd intsr~ediate structures when the primary structure is compo~ed of steel frame structure. FIGS. 78 through 80 are ~xonometric ~hvwing the method of settin~ up anchor franl~s, anchor nuts, ~nchor bolt~, and r~ceptscles when the primary gtructUre i8 oomposed from s~el ~r~ma reinforced concrete structure. ~IQ. 79 is aplan view thereof. FICS. Bl through 86 ~re the axonom~tric showin~ when secondary ~truct~res are supported by an int~r~odiat~ layer of ~ pri~ary structure.
FIGS. 87-l through 94-2 are the Axono~etric showing when ~econdary structur~s ~re supportrd by ~ rooi lsyerof a pri~ary structure, in which FIG. 81 is an axonom~tric showin8 when a 31~b of second~ry structurefi is ~de of A~C bonrd, ~nd FICS. 82 ; through 84-1 and FI~. 85-1 ~re axonometric ~howing when n clab of secondsry structures is ~de of PC bosrd, FIGS. 84-2, 84-3, 85-2, and 85-3 are sections nnd plan~ det~il drawing of the ; settin~ up p~rt, FIG. 87-1 is ~n axonometric of a prim~ry structure, FIaS. 86, 87-2, 8B-1, 89~ ~nd FIGS. 90-l throu~h 94-l ar~ ~xonometric of second~ry structures ~nd ~ pri~ary ~tructure, snd FIGS. ~8-2, 92-2, ~3-2, ~nd 94-2 are detailed axonometricdrawingofth~ support of~econdarystructures, and FIC. 88-3 ~how~ the section det~il dr~win~ oS th~t.
FIGS. 95 through 112-2 ar~ the axono~ctric ~howin~ when seoondary structur~ ~re ~ade of ~ woodsn or wood-like gùality materi~l, in whi~h FI~S. 95 through 97, FIGS. 104 through l07, ,' _ :

,: , ;;

', ' . , ~ ~ ' ~ , " '', ~;' ,. ' -, J~ 3~3113 22:21 0~ ~)229 617~ AURI'TX~71`;~ "3 01~6 I'l5 FIGS. 109 and 111 Are perspective vi~ws shvwin~ when s~condary struct~lres ~re supportccl by ~ prim~ry structure ~ And FIGS. 98 through 103 and FIGS. 108-1 through 108~6 ~re the part axonometric. FIGS. 113~1 through 128 show ~ position of the 5 anchor for s~t-tin~ u~ ~econd~rystructure, in which FIGS. 113-1 through 113-4, FICS. 116, 119-1, 119-2, 121, 123-1, 123-2, 1~6-1, and 126-2 ~r~ the floor framing plan, FI~S. 11~-1, 114-2, 117, and 1~7 are ceilin~ plan, ~nd FIGS. 115-l tll~ou8h 115-3, FIGS. 118, 120 1, 120-2,122-1, 122-X, 124,125, and 128 10 ~how a 8ection intorior el~vation.
FIGS. 129-1 through 131-3 sr~ detailed s~ctions of an anchor, in which FICS. 129-1, 129-2, ~nd FIGS. 130-1 through 130-3 ~r~
the section~ of an anchor for second~ry be~ring m~m~sr, ~IGS.
1~9-3 through 129-6 and FIGS. 130-~ through 130-6 ~re the soction6 of ~n anchor ~r secondary nonbeArin~ memb~r, ~nd FIGS. 131-1 throu~h 131-3 show the ~ection of An asl&hor for second~ry light-wei~ht me~ber.
FICS. 132 through 1~ showth~ method ofsettin~ up~n ext~rn~l w~ll, boundAry ~all ~nd p~rtition ~ade of l1tht concrete or light concrete-like ~teri~lof ~L~ bo~rd or th~ like, in ~hich ~ FIaS. 132 and 13~ ~re perspectiveview~, FIGS. 134, 135, 139 ~nd ; 140 ure p~rti~l ~xonometric, FIOS. 145 srd 146 are ~ parti~l brokorl-Away axonomstric, FICS. 136 through 138, FIGS. 141 throu~h l44, FICS. 148~nd 149~re th~ section~, and ~IG.147 is the pl8n.
FIGS. 150 throuRh 154 show the ~ethod of setting u~ ~n ~xt~rn~l wAll, a b~undnrywAll ~nd ~ p~rtition madæof reinforced blocks like concret~ blooks and briok or th~ lik~, in which ~IGS. 15 nd 151 ~r~ p~rti~l uxonometric~ FIG.152 is th~ plan, ~nd FIGS, 153 ~nd 1$4 ~re the ~oction~, FI~S. 156 and 156 are th~ section~ ~howin~ the method of ~ttln~ up an external wa11, boundary WAll ~nd p~rtition m~de ~f PC bo~rd.
FIGS. 157 ~nd 158 ~r~ ~ecti.onsshow1n~ the mcthod o~setting up ~n extern~l wAll, bound~ry wall and p~rtition ~ade o~ GRC

~, , 1 9 9 2 ~3 1 E3 ' 2 ~ 0 ~ ~ 2 2 ~ 6 1 7 ' f~JR I ~ O ~i ~, P ~ 6 boarcl ~
FIGS. 159 t,hrough 16~ ~how the method of s~tting up nn external w~ll, a boundllry WBll And A partition co~posed of wooden or wood-like mnterial, in which FI~S, 159 throu~h 182 are perspectiYe views ~ and FIGS. 1~ and 163 are the sections.
FIG. 165 is the section showing the method of setting up sn e~ternal ~all, boundary wa~1 and p~rtition compo~ed o~ light steel or light steel~like frsme ~aterial.
: FIGS.166 through I87 show the ~ethodo~ ~etting up a frame for doors and ~indows, in which FIGS. 166 and 167 are perspective ~iews FI~JS. 168 through 170 are partial axono~etric, And FIGS.
171~ 1759 176, and 17~ are th~ plans~ FICS. 11~ through 174 FI~-. 177, ~nd ~IGS. 179 through 182 ~re th~ section, and FIG.
183 is th~ s~ct.i~ns of doors ~de of steel, FIGS. 184 and 1~5 ~r~ Lhe plans, ~nd FIGS. 186 and 187 are pArtinl nxono~etric o~
;'~ wooden or wood~-like line~i~e doors ~nd windows.
.,, FIGS. 188 through 1~0 are section~ showing th~ me~hod vf se~tin~ up an o~ernal wa.ll of ~C or ALC, ~ fr~me for door~ and windows, a hAndrnil, ~nd ~icopi~g in the f~r e~d of ~ b~lcony.
FIaS. 191 through 193 ar~ axono~etric and the elevation~
howirlg the method of setting ~p ~ heavy equipm~n~ machine to the wall.
~,i FICS. lg~ through 206-3 ar~ 80ction8 showing 'a putting ~oundation system', in which FIGS. 194 through 197 show the cas~ o~ PC or ALC b~ard, FI~S. 198 throu~h 200 show the case of reinforcement blocks like concrete blocks ~n~ br.ick or the .~ like, FIGS. 201 throu~h 203 ~how tho c~e o~ ~ fra~e for doors ~nd windows, Rnd FI~S. 204 throu~h 205 ~how the c~se whcn n hDri~ontal support i~ adhere~.
~0FIOS. 206-1 throu~h 20fi-3 ~how 'beam sy~tem t putting ; ~oun~tion sy~te~', FIG. ~06-1 is an ~xonometric of it, FIG.
.~ 206-2 is a p~rtial axono~etric of it, ~nd FIQ. 206-3 is the section oE it.
: FI~S. ~07 through 209 ~how tho composition of ~ s~con~ary 3~ nonb~arin~ member and B sec~nd~ybearing ~b~ inthe case of " ~ .
.. - :. . . .
.
., , I

:~ ~ , i, , , , :;: ~, "~, ," ,., - . . . .

. :: . : , . .:
:

I ~ `J J ~ 1 O~) 3,'29 b l, ~ Al.J~ 7 ~ " 3 0~

*~ `3 2 floors to a layer, FlG. ~07 ls a section of the intermedi~e f`loor, thç ext~rnal wall, ~nd outside doors ~nd windows, t~nd FIaS. 20~ and 209 ~r~ the 6~ctions wl-en it has b~am ~inished.
FlC~. 210-1 th~ough 211-2 ~re th~ ~onometric showirlg Lhe relAtion betw~en prlm~r~ struCt~Jre nnd e~uipment dr~in~ge's piping, FICS. 210-1 And 210-2 ~re p~rti~ xono~etric showing the details of the c~tting up. ~nd FIGS~ 211-1 and 211-2 are uxonoo~etric ~howing the whole ~xplAn~tion.
.~. . . Prim~ry structure. ~. . . SecondAry structure. B-l...
lt) S~condary bealinR me~bel. B-2... Secondary nonb~aring ~,embor.
; R-3... Second~ry light weigh~ m~mb~r.
1Column. ~Beam and girder. 3W~ll. 4Slab.
5... hnchor frnme. 5-1... Frec anchoI fs~e~

6...Anchor. 6-1~.. Anchorrol secondary bearing member. 6-2...
Anchor for second~ry nonbe~ring ~ember. 6-3... anchor for bo~h se~ondary bearing and no1lbe~rin~ member. 6-4... Anchor for second~sy ]ight-weightn~ember.

7... Anchor bolt. 8... ~nohol nut or Cap n~. 9... ~i~ed n~.
10... Fi~ed bolt. l1... Washer, bearinB pressure bo~rd.
1~... Rec~ptacle. 1~... Inter~edi~te rtruc~ur~ or in~er-structural member.
1~... Anchor nut or c~p nut for fixing nnchor ~rame 15~o Anchor bolt for fixing ~nchor fr~me lfi... Bolt for fi.~ing anchor fr~n~e 17... Nut for fixin~ ~nchor fra~e lB... R~inforcing steel. 19... Steel fran,e me~ber.
~ `
20... ~or~ 6eparAtor the pi~otin~ foot son~e ~re anchor~e reinforoing steel. 21...Insul~tion. 21-l...Ashore adjustment ~nd isol~tion rubber. 21-2...Mortar grout ~Ateri~
22... Saismi~ isol~tor. 23... Extern~l w~ll, boundary wn}.l ~nd pnrtition. 24~.. Concrete block ~nd briok roinforcement block o f or the l i k~ .
25... R~inroroaal~nt rsinforcing ~tcel.
26... Putting foundAtion. 27... W~tçrproof lAyer. 28...
3~ Hori~ontal ~Upport menl~r. 29... P~rtition fr~mework. 30...

'' . :
. . : :, : .; .

: . . - . , , . . :

: . ~ ... : , . ~. :.. ' -;
-::
.. . , .. :

I Y ~1 3 ~10 1 d O l E~ 0 0: 3 2 ~ 3 3 2 2 'J ~:~ 1 7 2 AI-lR ~ 7 ~ t :~ O O I I ~ ~J 3 ~urrin¢ strip's memb~r. 31... Door~ And windows fr~me. 32,..
Copirlg. 33... H~ndr~il. 34... ~uipment pipln~,'s support mem~)~r. 35 . . . DrainAge ' s piping .
36... Extent ~or settll~g ~r~ allchor~; in post-constructior~' S ( in a c~:e of a condominium building as ~ monopoly part re~ulatlon seL up).
37... Soil and Planting.
.,.

:~ .
., ,.
I

.' ~b ~U ~c ~ ~2~ AU~ }J~ it,~", 0ûl P0~J

~17 2 ~

THE REST FORM FO~ CA~RYI~ OUT THE I~VENTION ANI) THE
POSSIBILITY OF USAGE FOR INDVSTQIAL PURPOS~S.
Hereinafte:, the present invention will be explained b~sed or e~bodiments being llustr~ted.
.
Compo~itlon outline.
l'he structu~e b~in~ illustrat.ed consie~sof ~rimary ~tru~ure ~A) ~nd secondary structure ~B) 6upported by this primAry strueture (A).
The primnry struc-turc (A) is con1posed of the s~ruc1u~
skel~ton~ such as columns, beams und slabs etc. of ~ general typ~ b~ ing, ~r it is ~n artlficial ~round or thu like :constr~cted for the purpose ofsecuring A site in the center of l~. the city, and is co~posed of minimum members so AS no-t to prevent the corre~pondence to living, functional and social v~zi~tlon of the sec~nd~Iy ~tructure ~B).
~ he secondary ~tructure (B~ is the part that can be changed ~ccording to the living, fu-lction~l and social changes and ~20 con~po~ed of outer covers of external walls etc., interior :~floors ~nd partitions or the like, composin~ a building ~;~xcepting the pri~ary structure tA)~
.~ .
Prim~ry structure ~u~lirle 25 l) Struct~rAl for~
Materi~l And bui.ldin6t 3ystem ~s ~ ~emipormancnt ~tructure is u~ed in primary structure ~A): for example, pri~ary structure (A) is co~po6ed of reinforced concrete, pr~cast reinforced c o n c r e t e , s t e ~ l f r ~ m e d c o n c r c t o , ateel-fr~me-and-reinforced-concrete or steel ~tructurc or the like, ~nd is co~posed ~f WA11 tYPe struoture, wall-type rigid fr~med structuro ~sea F`laS. 1 through 3, FIGS. l0 throuah 12), reinforced concreto rigid fr~medstlucture(se~ FIaS.4 through 6), stoel frnmo rigid frn~e 6tructure (~ee FIGS. 7 through 9), stael frnm~d bracin8 atructuro or trus~d ~truot.ure or the ', .

I `J 'J ~ 2 ' C J J 2 2 ~ G l ~ U~ r ~ 0 ~1 6 ~ ! ~

48 ~3~3 like.
- l'her~ ure C~505~i of one l~yer compo~ition Bnd lDu~ ayer composition in primnry structur~ (A). In the groun~ lnyer ~nd the int~rmediate l~y~r of ~ulti-lnyer~ composi~ion~ there i~
the C~S9 when one l~yer o~ prim~r~ structure ~A) is m~de up of 1 f100I ~s in 1 floori 1 layer construction, and another cnse when it is compo~ed o two or more floors as in two or more floors~ on~ 1ayerconst~uction ~e FIGS~ 3-7, 6-12,~nd 12-10, for embodiments of three floors/ one layer). And, in the roof 1n~er, there is the cnse ~hen the roof layer is used to b~ild secondary s-tructure (B) on the roof, And ~nother CASe when the roof lAyer is not used not to build sacondary ~tructure (B) on the rosf.
2) Structural plnnnin~
1~ Prima1y structure (Al is composed of structurnl ske1e~o~l~ of columns, beatns or 31abs or ~he like pl~n~ed not to prevent the correspondence to function~l, li~lng and social vari~ti~lls of second~ry structure (~). First, it i~ better to arrange the columns and w~llsof thegr~und layer and intermediate layer so 2U u~ not to preverlt the free compo~ition of secondRry structure (Bl, and to kecp the numb~r of walls ~nd columns ~ew.
'rhe width of column~ and wn11s located in the outside of depth direction (~aoing ~he b~lcony nndth~ corridor) is better to be smsll mea~ured in the frontage direction for cxtension nnd rebuilding of~pMrt~enthouse ~tc.~specially.In order to keep the horizont.al benrirlg cnpacity of the frontage direc~ion, it i8 n~oe~s~ry for the width of wAlls ~nd coIu~lns in the mid-regionof the d~pthdir~ction toget a l~r~e in the froll~age dircction (sce FIGS. l throu~h 3, FIGS. 81 through83,FICS. 115 througll 128). By thls w~y, bec~u~e the ~ir.~der with the mo~t hei~ht i9 r~ot ~et in thf~ balcony ~nd corridor slde~ (in tho out~ide of depth direction), the ~irder hoi~ht Can be kcpt small ther~, the c~ilinR heiBht ~nd~r thff ~irdcr of a cha~ber can be rni~ed nnd the ~tory height ~n be r~duced ~the ch~mbers ~uch AS bcdroo~ etc. are gener~lly set the b~loony ~id~ for ,:

,~ .

~, :. ~ . , .: , ~, . .
: -: " , , . ~ ~
.,~ . ~, ,~

l 'i ':~ J ~ l X M ~ 2 c': 2 5 n ~ j 2 2 ~J ~ 1 7 2 AUR ~ f 'J ~ t l :~ " 3 0 ~ 6 P l 9 4~ 6 ~ 3 dAyli~hti~g consid~rations. Althou~h tha girdar with the most bsam-height is set in the ~id-region of the depth directior., there i~n't a problem A~: the watur section ~tc. wh~re daylightin~ isn't necessary And wher~ th~ceiling heightcan be sm~1 is set in the mid-r~ion).
In the e~bodiments of F~aS. I through 3, FICS. Bl throu~h 83 ~nd FIGS.115 through 128, ~heboari~g wall-co~u~ns k~eping the hori~ontal be~ring cap~city of the frontage direction are loc~ted i~ th~ mid region of the depth direction, by which the outside parts of d~p~h dir~ction oan be deducsd the burden of horizontal bearing c~pacityoffront~gedirecticln, the width of the ~rontage directionof the colu~ns~nd walls in ~his p3rt c~n bn sm~ll, and the ~reedom of plans ~nd f~exibility of extensions and rebuildi~g of ch~mber~ in the outside of the depth direction is re~ ed.
~For this re~son, the girder-h~i~ht ~n the mid-re~ion of the ;depth direction is larger compared with the ~irder-height in ~he outside of depth direction. It do~sn~ m~tter because Lhe rooms such as water section etc. wharo dayli~htin~ ~ not required and ceil;ng hei$ht can ~180 be s~J1 are set in thiQ
mid-ra~ion of the dep~h direction. Then, the ch~mbers such us bedroo~s etc. where d~y1ighting is ~e~uired and ceilin~ heigh~
needs to be high c~n be set in th~ outside oF the depth direction ~s the girder-height can be kept small.
26 In th~ roof layer, there ~re two m~thod6. The ~irst ~ethod i~
that the roof ~upports secondary structur~s ~B~ without the primary ~tructure (A) being constructed upw~rds on the roof.
The second method i5 that the prim~ry str~oture ~A) is ~;constructed upwards on the rGof and 6upports secondary 30 structures (B). In the lE~ttor ca~e, in order to nllow the f~eedo~ of plAn-oomposition and the fl~xibility for extons~on ~nd rebuildina of s~condsry ~truckure ~B), by the ~imi1ur mo~hod to the c~s~ Of ground l~yor ~nd interm0di~te layer, ther~ ~re th~ methods by k~eping th~ horlzontal bearing C~pACity by constructing columns and wall~ ctc. upw~rd~ in the , .

' : ., ~ , . . ~ :
', ` . ~ ,. : : . .

: ~ :: '' ~: ' , .: .:. :, 15~ 31~ 22:26 03 3229 61~2 AURI~r~t~l~i'r~t~ 0û6 P~0 mid-re~ion of the dopth direction of prin~Ary s~ructure, the width ofcolum~ and w~llscons~ructed upward in thc outside of depth direction [fscing the balcony and corridor side) kecps ~mall in the front~ge direction, ~nd ~l~o, th~ columns and walls in the outslde ~f depth direction ~re not con~tructed upward~ ~t ~ see FIGS~ 90-l through 94-l).
Theembodiments of FIGS. 81-lt~rough87-2 and FI~. B9 show the case wh~n A prim~ry structure ~A) is not con3tructed upwards ~nd secondnry structure(B)i~ supported~sit is,by the roof.
In ~his case, though the e~tern~l form of secondary~ structure (B) is re~ e~ the flexibtlity, the interior flexibilit~ is restricted because of ~earing walls or braccs to bear horizontal force o~ eArthquak~s and stron~ wind~. The e~bodiments o~ S. 90-l through 9~ hat ~oi~e those probl~m~, show the methods of conctructing upwards on the roof of the primary structure (A) the walls, columns ~nd wsll-columns of the pri~ary str~cture th~t bear horizontal ~orce o~ aarthquakes and strong winds to secondary structllre (B3 and that~lao supportsaid secondary structure~B). ~y this ~U method, the bcaring wall and brace ~re not required inside the ~econdnry ~tructure which enhances the flexibility of the inside.

The e~bodiments of FIGS. 90-l through 9l 3 and 93-1 show the methods; by the si~ilAr ~ethod to the ~round layer and inter~edi~te layer, by keepingthc horizontal be~ring oapacity of the fronta~edir~ction brconstructin~the colu~ns and w~lls etc. upw~rds in the mid-region of the depth dir~ction of pri~ary structur~, ~nd ~y reducin~ the hori~ontal be~ring 30 C~pACity in the outside of the depth dir~ction, the width of eolumn~ And wall~ constructed upwArd in th~ outside of depth dlrection k~ep~ s~allin the front~godirection, and FIGS. 92-l and 94-l show th~ method of not con~tructlng upward~ colu~ns ~nd wall~ in the outside of depth direc~ion, and thi~ ~ethod : 35 enhanco~ th~ flexibillty for tho chamber pl~ns ~nd for the ' , .'.;

, , : , ~ - . ,: ~

19~1c~112~11EI 2 ~:2 7 0 '~ 3;~2 9 6~-72 AURI'J~?I`:~'J~ t 1:~"3 006 F'~l :.

. ext.ension 3nd rebuilding in the out~id~ o~ depth dir~c~ion ; FIG. 91-3 ~hows the m~thod ShAt incr~ase~ the horizontal bcAring ~pacity of primary structurr (A) by connecting the upp0r ~ides of the be~ring w~ columns or the like that h~ve been con~tructed upward~ by beam~.
These e~bodiments ~re the ca~e~ in which two bearing wall-columns and two ~irders are set in the mid-re~ion o~ the depth direction, and this mothod can be adopted in the ca~e of or.e girder or more, too 3) Structur~l design ~ swill ~ementioned ]ater~the following ~LIuctural desi~n i.s formed ~fter deciding whetherto adopt 'pri~ary dependent-type second~ry structulel or 'pri~ry self-suppolt type secondary structure', whcther to adopt the usag~ of roof layer or not, 1~ wh~th~r to adop-t'constructed upwardon roof layer'or not, and ~heth~r to ~dopt '~upport by vortical plane'~ 'suppor~ by horizont~l plAnr~/ ~supyort by bot~ verticnl And horizont~l plane', and in the case o~ adoptin~ 'support by vertical pl~n~', whether to adopt 'ovsr~ll support' or 'limited ~upport'.
The si~e of thc primary ~tructure when ~dDptin~ '~rlm~ry d~pendent type qacondary fitructure' is appropri~te if the ~ inside-~asur~m~nt involving t}le fini~h is tho si~e fulfilled : funct.ionally required ~p~ce becauseof using the ceilings, thefloors ant th~ walls of primarY structure (A) as interior ; members. 1`he ~ize of prim~ry ~tructur~ when adop-ting 'primary :~ self-support typ~ secondary ~tructur~' i6 reguired ~o be the infiide-me~surement in which 'primary self-support type secondary ~tructure' can be in~srted into prim~sy ctr~cture (A). Th~n, by adoptin~ the 6ize of 'pri~ary self-support type ~econdary struoture', th~ 6iZ~ becom~ al9o lar~e enou~h to .~ adopt 'prlmary depend~nt type ~econdary ~tructuro'.
The desi~n of girdors in th~ c~ Or ~ support by ver~ical planc' need~ only to ~e desi¢nod in the horizont~l stres~., a~
the vertlcal lo~d by second~ry bearing memb~r~ is not i' ~ ' ' .

, ,, '' ' ' ' ~' ' :
''' ~ . , .' :' - ~`

IY92$12~31~ 2~':2~ OJ 32~9 6172 AURI~r~ "3 006 P2 !
52 ~$&~
tr~nsmitted. On the o~her hand, w~llB nnd colun~n6 ne~d ~v be designed in Yertical losd by secondr~ry be~rin8 m~mber~ as woll ~s the hori~,ontal stress by caid vertlc~l lo~d. The desigrl of gird~rs in the case o~ 'support by hori30ntal plane' ne~ds to bo designed in the vertical load by secondary be~rin8 members ~8 well as the horizontal stress by s~id ~ertic~l lo~d. On the other hand, the w~lls ~nd columns need the ordln~ry structur~l de~i~ns to support said horizont~l plane. l`he design of girdor~, w~lls ~nd columns in the case of 'sUpport by both vertic~l and hori70nt~1 plan~' needs th~ ~bove-mentioned s~ructur~l de~i~ns in the both case~ of 'support b~ ver~ical plane' ~nd 'support by hori~ont~l pl~ne'.
In the rooflay~r constructing s~condary structure j~), i!l the c~se which walls and columns supporting cecondsry members are not constructed upwards, 'prim~ry self~3upport type secondary ~ structure' is adopt~d, and in the cas~ which walls ~nd columns : supportingsocond~ry membors arecvnstructed upwards, 'primrl.r d~endent t~p0 secondAr$ struoture' can be adopt~d. These structursl design~ of girders, walls ~nd columns c~n be done 20 similarly to above m~ntioned dosi~n6. The load of these secondary m~mbers cBn be calcul~ted e~timating the future extensions of 6econd~ry structure ~B).
Onthe oth~r hand, the slab~4) iR structurally desi~ned based on thc ordin~ry live lo~d ~nd iB co~pos~d so that it k~eps 25 enou~h whole 8tif~ness (the role of horizontal br~ce) with girder (2).
~h~ po~itio~, the e~tent ~nd the p~rt ~or the snchors to support the second~ry be~ring m~bers such a~ colu~s and girdersetG.~ the second~rynonb0~ring ~embers ~uchasexternal .~ 30 w~lls ~nd bound~ry w~115 etc., and the secorldary light-wcight members ~uch ~8 furring StripQ~ w~ll trims ~nd hatracks etc ., ~ Are set up on the ooncrote of column~ (l), ~irders and be~ms n ~2)~ wA}l~ (3), slab~ (4) bAs~d on the structural computution ~ t tho initial con~truction.
: 35 ~ ; ' "' ' ~ ' .
.. . : , i J I E3 ~ 'Y U J J~ ~9 ~i 1 7 2 AUR l 'ri ~'71~ 3 OO~i P2 3 53 ~ 3 Second~ry struct-lrc ~utline (1) Secondnry structur~ composition elament Secondar~ structuro (~) is compos~d o~ secorldary bearing members such a~ main olumns, girdor6 and slabs, secondary nonb~nring me~bers such as extarn~l wAlls~ boundary ~lls, door~ ~nd windows (including the frame), partitions, furring strips and f~undation~ for setting up qguipment rnachines, xecond~ry llght-w~ight member~ ~uch ns finishes, furring strip~, baseboards, wall trims, p~per holders and ha~racks, ~ 1~ othersecond~ryme~berssuchasequipmentpipings,and buildirlg compo~ition members which are ~ttached on them.
Furthormore, ~econd~ry bearing m~mbers mainly sre u~ed in the ~labs ~nd ~irders of secondAry ~truc~ure (R) of more thar~ 2 floors t~ one layer in the ground lay~r snd inter~edinte layar~, snd in the ~lnbs, ~ird~rs and columns of secondary structuro ~R) which i~ built on ~he roof l~yer. Secondary nonbe~rin~ men,ba.r~ can be u~ed in ~ll compo6ition types of ; ~rimary struc~ures ~A) regardle~s of composition types o~
primsry struc~ure (A). Furthermore, secondary li~ht-weight members ~dhere to these n~ober~ can be uscd in ~ll compositi~n type~ o~ primary ~tructure (A).
(2) Two secondhry structur~ co~posi~ions Second~ry structure compo~itions are devided irlto the following two types.
1) 'PrimAry ~lf-support type second~ry structure' ThesecondAry structure~)is plac~don topof the roof layer, or on th~ slab~ and ¢irder~ of thc primary structur~ (A) which can be shown in pricr types of artifici~l land, and compo~es hex~hedrnl structure independent ofthe prlmary structure (A).
For this roa~on, g~n~r~l buildin~s constructed on the lend can bo u~ed and it i pos~iblq to realizethq industri~lization and unltization, that is, to product the second~ry structure co~plet~d lnclud:lng f~ni~h;n8 in f~otorie~, ~nd to enh~nce the ; pre~bricntion-r~te. In FIC. 86, the embod~ent of the 3S inter~di~t~ layer~ l~given, ~n~in ~IGS. 87-2through 89, the , "~
' .',, : .

' , ' ' ' .' ' ' ' ' , .' l~g2~]2~l3la ~2:30 ~ 3Z2Y 61~2 AU~ 'r~ J~ ~24 ~2~ri ~3 ~mbodiments~f 'primAry ~lf-support typ~ second~ry ~true~ure' in th~ roof layer Are ~iven.
Tomnke full use of this sy~tem,it is n~ces~sry to er,hance th~
un;ti~tion-r~te so that the indu~trializAtion-rnte beco~es hign. It is n~ce~sary for~econdary behri~ ~ember~ to take the form of completed fra~e~ of columns and ~irders com~osing solid~ e rect~n~ul~r parallol~piped, &nd for tha secondary non~earing nlem~ers to be supported by the said ~econd~ry baaring members, and for s~condAry light-weight membcr~ to be supported by the s~id s~condary ~e~ri~g ~cmbers ~nd secondnry n~nbearing members. Like this, it is necessary for the 6ecor~dary nonb~aring member~ ~nd the ~econd~ry l.ight-weight ~e~bers to take tho form (the depend~nce-r~te to the secorldary bearin~ member~ by other second~rY members is high ) of : 15 connecting and supporting with ~he primnry st~ucture (A~
through secondary ba~ring members in oost cases to ~nh~nce the industri~lizati~n-rate of producti~nof secondary ~tructures.
;~) 'PrimAry dependent type secondary structure' This'primarydep~ndenttype second~rystructur~' is developeA
:~~0 for the purpo~e of improvin~ the def~cts cf 'primary self-suppor~ t~pe second~ry struoture' ~ mcntioned ~bove. In o~her wbrd~,this ~ethod reducesthe ~tory heisht and deeren~es the land and construction costs, by r~ducing the double ~tructure of primary structure~A) ~nd ~econdary structure ~B) ~5 arld by avoiding the overlap of member~, whiGh i~ the defect o~
'primary s~lf-~upport typ~ ~econd~ry structure'.
;.In 'primary self-support typc ~econdary structure', each menber ofthe pri~nry ~tructure~A)~nd second~ry structure (B) overlap in nl~o~t ~loments of thair composition~. Because of 30 th~t, the con6truetio~ cos~ incrc~so, the story height incr~scs, nnd ~he l~nd cost nl~oincr~u~e becnuse th~ building c~n not be built to full cnpacity o~ building volu~e r~ta~ for the s~ke of sh~dow regul~tions ~nd the restrict of height of obliquo line.
For th~tre~on~ 'primnryd~pendent typ~ seoond~ry structure', .. :.

~.. ___ .. .. _ .. .. ... _ .

~-: , ' ,' . . ' : : ' . ' , :

' . , ~ .' . .
- . : . . :, 12~ ;1E1 22:~11 03 322'J 617~ AU~ f'~ t~` 3 r~o~ P~5 which r~duces ov~rl~pping of m~mber~ by m~king seoondary ~cmbers depend on prim~ry Qtructure (A), i8 ~dvsnta~eous.
This 'primRry dcpendent type second~r~structure' i~ ~ sy~te~
~hat set~ not only second~ry be~ring members, but secondary nonbe~ring m~mber~ nnd 3ccondary ll~ht-w~ight members, directly ~o the primary structure (A) ( in many c~scs, h~ithout interaction with uecondE~ry bearin~ members). For this reason, this building system can omit th~ second~ry b~ring mem~ers, ~econdary nonbe~ring m~mbers, and ~econdary light-~eight IU members thnt c~n be subs~ituted by the primary structure lA).
Becaus~ in this 'yrim~rydependent type secondnr~ ~truet~lr~', ~econdary beArin~ member~ need not complete solid frames ~fi ~entioned ~bove, '~rim~ry self-support type secondary etructur~3s ' naeds the column6 ~nd ~irder~ of v~rtice.1 members 15 ~x th~ secondar y bearin~ memt)~rs compose the cornplet~d ,olid l`r~me~e~g~rectangular p~rallel~piped; the second~ry b~rin8 mcm'oerR c~n not be omitted as ~econdary nonbearing mem~ers arld : secondary li~h-t-weight ~lembers nec~ss~rily are conn~c~e~ to second~ry bearir~g members, ) And ee~oh secondary be~ring mem`oer is sct to the primary ~tructure (A) ~nd is supported by the prim~rystructure ~A~, a-ld other se-~ondury bearing mombersollly to co~pl~te ~olid frAme~ c~n be o~itted ~for ex~mple, when making second~ry beArin~ member~ ~uch as girders directly upported b~ primAry struct.ure ~A), secondary be~rinK members such as column6 th~t support s~id girder~ c~ b~ omitted).
Next, in 'pri~ry -~lf-suppor~ type seco~dAry struct,ure', as secondary nonbe~rin~ m~bers ~nd seco-~d~ry light-welght member~ can be ~et to ~econdary bearing mcmbers and do not need to t~pend on tho primary structure (A), i~ is pos~ible to : 30 con~plete to the interior finishing from skelton in factories, ~nd therefore, ~oid ~econdary mcmbers ne~d complete solid fr~mes in itself. ~ut, thi8 sy~tcm is to Yet ~nd ~upport ~econd~r~ nonbeurin~ members and ~econd~ry li~ht-wei~ht me~ber~ dir~ctl~ to the pri~ry ~tructure ~A) (in ~any cases, 36 without the lntermediate of secondAry b~aring ~embor~), and !

.:
..~

~ , : ' ' ' ', . ~ . ,.

IY92~ 2:32 03 3229 6l7~ AURlri~q~P~"3 OG6 P2~

o6 ~ ~ g ~ r3 therefore c~n omit numerous parts (for example; the parts of secord~ry members which face wslls, ~loors, And cellin~ of prim~ry structuro IA)) of seoondary nonbearin~ msDIbers and secondary light-~ei~ht ~embers whioh can b~ ~ub~tituted by primary structure lA). Consequently nll men~ion~d abo~e, tt~iB
system c~nomit n lotof ov~rlappin~ of secondary structure (B ~
and primary ~tructure ~A~ and lead~ to story h~ight reduction because the slabs and girders do not b~come doubled or tripled ~becnu~e in '~ri~ary self-sup~ort ~ype second~ry structuro', slabs ~nd girders of pri~ary structure (A) are placed botween slnbs and girders of seconuary structure ~
As mentioned above, comp~red with 'pri~lury self-support type secondary structure' of prior artificial land, this 'primLIry d~pendent secondary structure' reducqs the constru~tion cost ~nd the land cost by omittin~ overlappin~ ~f pr~mury ~tructure ~A) and secondnry structure ~R~, keeping the lond of the : ~econd~ry structure (B) s~all, ~eeping the load of the prilllary structure ~A) sm~ll, which furthermore leads to ~tory hei~ht reduction. Furthermor~, as the supportin~ p~rt of the prior artificisl land is only limited to the horizontal plane of primary Rtructure tA). the flexibility of Yecondary structure : (B) iB ll~ited. ~hi~ ~ystem cnn improYe ths probl~m; that is, a~ s~condary members ~re ~upported not only by the hori~on~al plane of primary 6tructure (A) but also by the ver~lcal plane, thi~ 3y~temexpands the supportextent of secondary mem~er~ And also ~i~nificantl~ increases the fle~ibility of second~ry ~tructure (~).
3) Proper U~Bge of ~ep~rAte use and combined u~e As will bo ~entiJned later, ~primsry self-support type 30 ~cond~ry ~ructure ' cnn be used on both inter~ediate lsycr~
nnd roof lu~cr. ~Prl~nry d~p~ndent type secondnry ~tructurc' oan b~ usod in interm~diAte layers and only on th~ roo~ layers whan the primary ~tructure is con~tructed upwards. Also, 'yrim~ry ~elf-support type ~3econd~lry ~tructure' iB very 35 disadvantageous, wherl tho primElry structure ~A~ is 1 floor/ 1 , , .
:

. . .

-. - , - ~: : ,.

199~12~31~ 22:33 03 3"29 6172 AURI~iJ?~ t~`'3 i~06 ~27 S7 ~ tl 3 l~yer, so '~ri~ry dependent type seoond~ry ~tructure' is generally ~do~tted. Reg~rding th~ reduction of the n~a~imum h~i~ht of B building, adoptin~ 'primary dependent ty~e secondAry ~truoturo' on the ground layer and intermedi~te lsyers, snd on the roof l~y~r, ~dopting 'primary aelf-support type se~ondary ~ructurel orlpri~ary dependent type sec.ondary structure' thnt h~s ~ roof p~r~ made of ~econ~ary stru~ture will n~BXimi3e the reduction in height.

~ support ~ys~eml s~condsry me~ber~ cotnposition ~nd prim~ry St-'UCtUl`~ St,lUOt~lr~l deSigrl.
(1) Sec~nd~ry me~ber class;fication.
To reali~e th~ fle~ibility of the ~econdsry ~ruct~re ~ nd ; the structural econom~, it i~ ~dvant~g~ous to cl~s~lfy secondary mombers; ~o secondary ~e~ring memberswhicn arelleavy ~nd gi~e strOng lnflusnca to pri~lar~ structure ~A)~in c~ses of gen~ral use, including steel frame or PC me~bers, e~cluding 'woo~en and other light s~condary bearillg member3'; it will be men~ioned later regardin~ 'wood~n and other llght secondary ~0 besring me~ber~'); secondary nonbe~ring member~ which are not ~o h~avy,~ed inn~any pl~ces and do not have ~strong in~lucnc~
to primarystruoture(~) secon~arylight-weightrnembers,~hich are li~ht, us0d in more places and more frequentl~; and e~u;pmen~ piping~. lt i~ ~lso a~v~ntaeeous to di~ide esch 25 supporting extent in accordanca with~ach classificationof the s~oondary members.
(2) 'Support ~ystem of secondary b~sring ~e~berj' R~3tricting the position and the ext~nt for supporting snd connecting 3eeond~ry beAring ~embers to the column~, girdere 30 ~nd the cquiv~lent ~upport ~trength part.~ ~f a pri~ary structur0 ~A) will solve the defect of the prior arti~icial l~ind. The prior artificlal lsnd hasdefects like the following.
Tho ~up~ortsy~tom by the horizontail platform ~ucha~ 91abs and ~mall be~ms ctc. of yri~ary s~ructur~ of the yrior artificinl l~nd typ~ incr~asos the live load act~d on this hori~ontal .. ~
.
i ~ : .
. :, . ~. - .

. . .
,. ~, . :
.

1~132~12~131EI 22:33 03 3229 ;il72 AURl'J~;f'71`;~ ` 3 U06 P2~

~ J~ 3 platfor~ moræ th~n the u8u~1 situ~tion ~when the secondary ~tructure ~ fixed ~-ithout h~ving concern for the correspondencs of th~ future)by as8uming the concerltrated lo~d of secondary member~ under this a~su~ptior as well a~ by nssu~ing the m~ximum load in accordance with the variation of secondsry strùcture ~B)in the future. ~or6ever, this leads the slab s~ction to largo, ~nd takes the forn~that ne~ds many small be~s, and therefore increa6ss the ~ead lond of the hori~ontal platfor~ itself, and increases the structural load o~ the primar~ structure. Thi~ matter not only incrcases the cost of ~he hori~ont~l platfolm itself, but ~ls~ increases the load of the girders,columns, shear wnll~or the like that support thi~
platfor~ and ~ore increases the load corresporlding horizontal force such a~ ~eismic for~e, whlch incresses the cost of the whole s~eleton, making the building uneconomic.
As this s~pport system by the columns ~nd be~ms of primary structùre ~A) r~st~icts the support-position for the loa~s of s~condnry bearin~ membersto the p~rt th8t has merit from loRds put tog~th~r (g~nerslly, in u live load calculation, it is advuntngec~us for the part that lo~d~ are put togsther so that dacre~s~d coo~ficient ncts)~ the system can c~rry ~ore load th~n the ~upport syste~ where a 108d is supported by slab ~nd ~mAll bea~ or the like, ~nd can ~lso carry sufficient concentr~tadlo~d rro~secondary ~mberQ.~herefore, it i9 vcry 2S advantn~00us thn~ the assumption of extra incre~se of this colllmns snd girder~ to allow for thi~ eoncentr~ted load in the liv~ load value of seoondnry ~e~b~rs is not nacessary because of the pArt hhere loads nre put to~ether, Even if extr~
incresses Al'e neoded~ this syste~ needs only extr~ increases for th~ vnlue~ of the live loads th~t ~ro put to~ether in the pnrts such ~s the ~irderA, oolu~ns, .~eismic resistlng wulls.
Also, the prior ~rtifici~ nd type h~ effect6 for the both lncroA~ of lo~d to airders~nd columns by ths increAsc o~ live lo~d on the sl~b and by the increA~e of dead load of sl~bs ~nd 3~ ~mull beamswith thisincrease ofli~e loAd, But this ~y~tem has `:
~. . .

' ~ : . ' : . ;: , , . -, 1 9 9 2 ~ 1 2~ 3 1~3 2 2: 3 4 O ~J 3 2 2 9 t; l 7 .~ UR ~ " 3 O i) 6 F~2 9 i6~

noL such eff~cts, and therefore, the increase in cost of whol~
buildin~ ~keleton c~n ~ mini~ized. This can be done because this system is a syste~ in which the lo~ of secondAry bearing members that ~rc he~vy is not transrnitted to slab~ or smMll besms, and becaus~ of this, the ~lab~ or ~mall beams ean be the ~ame in thicknese and intervAl ba6ed on the ordinary loa~ such as general type buildings.

From the reusons ~lention~d above, by thi~ support syste~, the prim~ry structure ~A) can be achieved skeleton which are not very diffe~nt from ordinary buildin~ skeletons (by ~dopting 'prim~ry depen~ent type secondary structure', which exclu~es ~uch as po~sible the overl~pping of primnry str~lcture (A) ~nd secondary oembers, the load o~ the secondary structure tB) is not so large and almos~ equ~l to the load of ordinary buildings excluding the skeleton), or may only be due to the ~ CoSt-inCreASe in the beMring part Gf girders, col~lmn~ or `, seismic r~sisting walls ~nd thus this 9up~0rt system is ~ very ~dvMnta~eous method compMred with n prior artificial l~nd.
Also, this system can be applied to both 'primary self-support Sype ~econd~ry etructur~ a-d 'pri~ary sel~-support type secondary struct~re'.
: Furthermore,this ~thod ls, as mentiened ab~ve, thosy~tem in :~ . which ~he lo~d o~ ~econdAry bearin~ ~mbersthat isheavyis not tr~nsmitted to ~lAb~ und small be~ms, and there~oreoontributes ~o story h~ight r~duction by keepin~ the s1~b-~etioll snd beAm-h~ight ~mall ~long with the girder~h~ight to which the lo~d ~s transmitted. On top of that, thiQ sy~tem will make possible th~ flexibilityof the poBitiOn of watersec~ions tha~
. 30 will be mentioned later, and is ~n indi8pen~ble methGd for story hei~ht reduction. Furthermore, this syst~m al90 has the ~ l~ter mentioned ef~f~ct of w~torproofing for t~he supportin~
conne~t~on of ~condary ~omb~rs on w~terproof~d 51~bs on the ; roof l~yer ~nd inter~edlata l~Yer8.
35 ( 3 ) ' Support ~y~tem of seoond~ry beArin~ ~mbers by prlmary .:

,'~

: .

:,~ . ~ :
. ~ .:
: : .~ .
:,:

1 '3 ~ 2 ~ 1 2 F~ 3 1 ~ 2 c': 3 5 ~! 3 ~ Y 6 1 ~ Z AU~ t'~ " 3 I~ O b F' J U

2 ~ 3 column~ nnd beams' The ~ollowing ~xpl~ins the eompo~ition9 of 5econdary b~aling me~her~ and the support ~y~tem of a primary ~tructure, by this isuppor~ ~y~to~ of secondnry bearinB memb~r by p~i~ary column and ~m~. The explan~tionwill be done in the c~se of more than ~ floors/ l lay~r on the in~ermediate layer of primary st,ructure ~A). Th~ c~se of the ro~f layer ar1d the case of 1 floor~ l layer will be expl~ined lAter. The suppor-t syste~ o~
the secondary members and second~ry ~tructure ~ B) by the lO primary structure (A) lnt.he c~se of more than 2 floors/ l layer in ~he interm~di nLe l~y~rs of a primary structure tA1 can be diYided into the rollowin~ three ~yste~.
1) 'Support syst~m by primary vertical plane' The first system, shown in ~ICS. l, ~ 3, 3 I through 3-7 (secondary; steel frAmes), and FIGS. 96-1 through 96-6 tsecondary: wooden construction; ordinary, 2 X 4)1 is A syste~
~hich is struc~urallydesigned so that the lat~ral sides ol`the eolumns or the wull which has the support-str~ng~h equi~alent to th~ columns of the primary structure ~A; (~uch as bearing ~alls, wall~ of wall-type rig.id fr~mes; hereinafter, itwill be c~lled ~the equivalent wall'), that is, the verticu} plane of primary strustur~ ~A) can support th~ secondary benring memb~rs, ~nd the seoondary nonbeAring memb~rs ~nd secondary light-wei~ht ~e~ber~whichis ut~ached on thesecondary beuring '~ ~5 ~embers (h~r0inafter, it will be called 'the support system by ;~ pri~ary vertical plane').
~,' This sy&te~ is fit n~t only for 'primary dependent type secor~dary struetures', but ~l~o for 'prim~rysel~-support.~ype second~ry structura'. Thi~ system h~s a particular advanta~e ~0 wh~n a prim~r~ qtructure (A) i8 structurally d~signed ~o that the horizontal member6 such a9 the beams, slabs and the ~ finish~ ctc. th~t Are ~ttached on ~hem o~ ln~ermediate floor~
o~ socondary structurcs ~B) c~n be supported by the vert~cal plane ofoolu~ns or 'oquivalent wall~'of the pri~ary structure ). This syoten~ i~ re~tricted to supportin~ the hori~ontal : ~ . ' ~ , `', . .' ' ' , 2~31~ 2~ ~6 ()3 3~2~ ~l7~ AURl~r~ r~ 3 ~ 6 6~ f~ ~ ~
member~ such as the bcams r~nd ~labs of interi~ediAte floors of secondr~ry structur0 (B), arld has no overl~ppin~ of ~ernber~ of thi~ primary structure and secondary structure nor ov~r}appin~
of loAd trAn~mii3sion routes o~ the primary 6tructure and sec~ndary stru^ture. Therefore, it i6 B sy~tem with the 8imple5t ~econdury members' composi-tion in 'prirnary dependent typc Recondary struQture~,~ndthu~ becomrasvery r-~cononlical for the second~ry structure ~B). By this systelll, the number of anchors of pri~uary structure (A) can be fe~, and further~or~, the As~umption ofthe r;econdary members' loads that acts on the c~lumns ~r 'e~uivulent ~lls' of pri~ry structure (A) c ~n be comp~r~iYely simple. Ilowever, co~p~red wi~h 'the support system by priinary horizont~l plane' rrien~i~ned later, the hc,ri~,ont~l stress of primAry stri~cture (A) ~t earthquake e~c~
16 becomes large and therofore is a disadvantage upon the structural an~lysis ~nd the horizont~l b~arin~ capAcity. But when r~strictir.,g the ~upport-positioY~ of secondary structure by primary sLructure (A), i.e., the ~lexibility u~ l~hr~
verticAl level of interi~lcdi,~te floorr~ Is~e ~Ii3S. 3-3, 3-4, and 3-6, i~ cr~se3 of 2 floors/ l laycr ~ primary struc~ure, the po~ltions of the v~rtic~l le~i316 of interm~diate floors ~an ~e res~rict~d accordi~g to thece;lin~ hei~ht), the disadvan~ges of the primury structure ~A~ upon the hori~ontal bearin~
c~p~rity and structural analysis are relieved, the qtructural cnloulation bec~s easier, and th~ number of anchor~ can also be reduc~d. Prim~ry structure (A) by this sy6t~m i~ ~uit~ble for wall-type structures th~t ~a~e ~any columns and beAring wAll~, and for w~ll-type rigid fr~me s~ructures.
2) 'Support oy~;tem by prim~ry horisontal plane Th~ second sy~tem, shown in FIGS~ 4, 5, ~ hrough 6-12, 7, 8, 9 ¦~econdarY; ~t~el frnmc~, FIaS. 96-3 throll~h 95-6 (s~cond~ry: wood~n construction: ordin~ry, 2 X 4 ), has a ~tructurnlly de~igr~ed primary structure BO ILnAt second~ry bearin~amber~,nndsecondnry nonbcnrln~memb~rs and secondary 36 li~ht-wei~ht~e~bcr8whichi~ attachedonthe ~econdary be~ring :
:;' ' .

, - . . .

:~ . :: :: :: .
.: :

I ~! J ~ ~ 1 21~ 3 I FJ 2 '~`: J ~ 3 '3 2 ~ ~J t~ . 7 2 ~U~ " 3 1~ ll 6 I-' :J .' 6~
member~ and second~ry nonbe~ring ~m~rs c~n be supported on t.he upper, lower and lateral sides of the beams or the ~labs th~t have the same support-strength (parts of slab that hav~
thc structur~l functio~equivalent to beam~ iuch ~s void slabs, S l~Ltice be~m ~labs, which ~ill be called 'eguivalent slnbs' herein~f~er) of a primnry ~tructure, i.é., by the horizollt~l plarle of ~ primar~ structure (A~ (hereinaftor, it will bc cslled the 'support sy~tem by pri~ary hori$ontal plane').
This ~ystem is fit no~ only ror 'primary depend~nt type secondary structure7, but also for 'primary selr~support type ~econdary s~rmcture' as in FICS. ~-11 and 86. This system hss ap~rticulAr~dvantagewhen aprimAry structureis structurally de~igned so that the horizontal pl~ne of the ~irders or 'equivalent slabs' of the primary structure can su~port the 1~ verti.onlD~nlberssuch~s columns~hich support beams, ~labs and the finishes which is attAched on them of secondary structure (B) tth~ composition of secondary structure ~) in this case take~ the form th~t the horizontR1 mambers such as beams of 'intermadiate floor~ of the ~condarY structure ~) are :~20 support~d by the vcrtical m~mbers such B~ colu~ns whose ends .'nre supportad by ~ primary structure).
Furthcrmore,upon structural plnnning,this system suppor~ing both ends of vertic~l rnembers ~uch as columns of secondary ~tructurc ~B) by a primary structurf ~A~ ~nd forming the ~ap betw~en th~ verticAl memb~ræ such 8s column~ o-f seconda.ry ætructur~ (B) and the colum~ or wAlls of primary structure (A), ~nd mAintainin~ ln a ~apwh~n horizontal loadæ ~ct sllch as during earthguakes, has Asp~cial ~dvant~ge. Also, in 'prim~ry self-support type secorldary ætructure'~ this ~dvantage ia the ~ame (apart from the f~ct that the upper and lower ends o~
vertical mcmbers such a5 columna of ~econdary structure (B) support0d by primary ~ruct~r~ (A), ara mutually connected by ~econdary ~e~ring ~omb~rs ~uch a~ bcams and girder~, it is the ~me s0cond~ry bc~rlng m~mber oompo~ition with ~primary dcpend~nt ~Ype secondary ~tructurc'). Th~t i~, the sy~t~rn has ; ---- ........ , _ ~, , .
; . . , :, . .

i39~12~31~ ~2:3~ 03 ~29 61~2 AUR1~ "3 ~Oo P~3 63 ~ s~
~ ~p~cial ~dvantage ~n that it forma a gap bet~een the ver~ical memb~r~ such B~ columnB of 6econd~ry be~rin8 ~ember~, arld th~
~alls~ column~ of a prim~ry structure ~A), and prevent~ t.hem from ~ont~c~ each other (see FIGS. 6-11 ond 86).
5 Horizontal lo~s sueh as earthquakes do not act on ~he columns - or WA11S of a primary structure (A). FOI~ this reMson, structur~l calculation beco~es po~sible bytreating the luad of s~condary ~tructure ~ s a l ive load, sn~ the assu~ion o~
live load c.an also be comparativ~ly eAsier. Also, because the 10 load is trnnsmittcd only t~ the horizontal plane of the beAms or the likc Or primary structur~ (A) whichis advMntageous upon horizontal bearing capacity and not to the vertic~l pl~nes of the colu~ns and walls orthe like of the primary structur~ (A), the horiæontMl ~tres~ distribution st times of earthquakes 15 becomes A great adv~nta~e. The ~tructural analy~is ~nd the calculAtionofhori~o~tMl stressestothe primarystructur~ are ~ also simpllfied. Mor~over, the nu~ber of anchors of primary ; .~tructure ~A)becomes 19SS compared~iththe 'supportsyst~m by bothprimar~ertical and hori~ontalplnne'~s mentioned later.
20 Howe~er, this secondary structure oomposition requires consider~ble the stiffness for th~ vertioal me~bers such n~
oolumns of th~ seoondary structure the both ends of which ar~
supp~rtcd by aprimary structure (A). Also1when the horizontal ,~ plane of the prim~ry ~tructure (A) ~uppor~ only one ~nd o~ the'~ 25 both ends, brAces or seismic re~istin~ walls of the interior of th~ econdary structure are requir~d, losing the flexibili~y.
The prim~ry struotur~ (A) by thi~ ~ystem does not r~quire the columns ~nd bellring w~ th~t support s~cond~ry structure (B) : ~nd is suitable for pure rigid fr~
303) ~Support sy~t~m by both pr1m~ry vertic~l ~rd hori20rlt~
plane~' The th~rd ~yst~m,r~hownin FlGS. 10, 11,12, 12-1 through 12-10 ~s~condelry st~ei fr~me~ nd FICS. 96-7 throu~h 96-12 . ~
., (~econdsry~ wooden construction; ordin~ry, 2 X 41, is the r 35 4~$t~m ~tructur~llydesi~ned~oth~ts~oond~ry b~arin~ members, ".
., ,, . . . .. _ ... _ _ ~ . . ,, _ .. `~ :
:, .;
. .

3 1 E3 2 2: 3 9 0 3 3 ~ 2 9 1i 1 7 ~ f~ ~J~ 'J ~ 0 6 P ~ 4 and nonbearin~ ile~bers and light-~eight membcr~ which are ~ttach~d mn th~ ~econd~ry bearin~ memb~rs, can be support~d on the upp0r s~des, lowe~ sid~, lateral sides ~f .he columns or 'equivalent walls' and the bea~s or 'eguivalent slabs' of a primary structure, i.e. by both vartic~l nnd horizontal planes of a primary structure ~A) (herein~ter. it will be ca~.led '~upport systc~ by b~th rrimary v~rtic~l ~nd horizon~al plane'), Inthisca~,the estination of thc ~aximum support-load in the vertic~l pl~ne of the primary structure ~A) is the same as in the ca~of 'xupport syst~mby primary vertic~1 plane', and the estimativn of th~ maximumsuppor~-lo~d in the horizontal pl~ne of primary structure (A) 1~ the same ns in the ca~e of 'su~ort ~ystem by prim~ry horizont~l plane'~ By these estimations of th~ load it i~ structur~lly desi~ned. In this case, both ~upporting forms of secondnrystructure lB) by 'support systen~
`~by prim~ry ~ertical plan~ and by 'support syst~m by primary hori~ntal plan~' become possible and thorefore the m~imum Plexibility i~ obt~ined.
~;20 Mor~ov0r, the abo~e-mentioned problem o the 'fiupport system by prim~ry horizont~l pl~n~ re6tr~nin8 the int~rior flexibility by sei~mic resisting wall~ nnd brnc~s cnn be solved Al 50, This system is fit not only for 'p~imary dependent typc secorld~ry structures',but ~lso for 'primary self-support type secondary s~ructure', shown in FIG. 12-9. This 8y8tem i8 advuntageous e~peciAI Iy ~hcn it i~ Qtructurally de3igned so that mainly horizontal member~ such ~s beams ~nd slAbs of 8econd~ry structur~ (B) and v~rtiool m~b~rs 3uch AS column6 and Lho ~inish thnt is attnch~d on them c~nbe sllpported by both vertical plhn~ ~nd hori~ont~l planes of th~ columns or 'oquivulent walls' and th~ b~ams or 'e~uiv~lent sl~bE' of a priMAry ~truct-~r~ thi~ ca~e,iti~ AdvAntA~eou~ bec~us~ the flexibility of ~econdary ~ructUre (B) wbich is support~d by pr.im~ry tru~tur~ (A) becomes gro~ter.

.,; ... . .

..
, .~...... . .

19~2~12~31~ 22:~0 03 3229 61-f2 AUR1'r~-J~ "3 006 P~5 ~ 3 i Similarly, ~ the 'suppvrt ~ystem by pri~ary vertical plane', in the c~se which r9striot8 thn supported position of secondary structure (B) by A primAry ~tructure ~A) (i.e., tho extent of flexibility of vertical level for lntermsdiate 5 floor), l.e., in the case which restricts the ~upportin~
position of th~ columns or 'equivalent wails' of a primary structule ~see FICS. 12-~ an~ 12-8), the disadvantages vr the horizontal ~aring CapQCity of the prim~ry~ructure (A1and o~
structur~l nnalysis is relieved, and therefore the ~tructural 10 calculation becomessimpified, ~nd the numberof anchorscan be r~duced further.
'rhe prim~ry structure by this system is ~uita~la for wall-type structure~ and wall-type ri~id fr~me structures that ha~e many columr1~ ~nd bearing Wall5, such a~ in the f irst system.
Ia Described above ~re the three 6ystems. Th~e three sys1:ems would bechosen by the structur~l form ofprim~ry structure (A) a~ mentioned nbove, the choico of ' primsry self-support type se~ondury structure' or 'pri~ary dependent typc secondary ~t~ucture' and the flexibility ~nd the economical viewpoint.
20 ~) 'Support ~ystem on roof l~yer'.
:~ Next, '~up~ort system ~n roof layer' and secondary boarin6 ~ 1nembers compo~ition will be explained. The usa~e of the roof . ~
layer create~a ~ense of living in adotach~d housP ~nd hns much ~ charm. Not only i fi i t advanta~eou~ for reducing the `- 25 construction cost, but ~lso forreduci~ the land cost as well.
ThAt is b~c~use th~re i~ a lvt of the roof ~lexibility of the aecondary structure, the shep~ of the roof can freely aorrespond to the sh~dow r~gul~tions and obllqu~ lin~ limit~, therororo more s-torey~ can ba built~ and moreover, the ~0 con~truction co~t will bo ch~apor than building made of ~C if industri~lized housi~g is adopted.
The roof l~y~r us~s the same support ~y~tam expl~ined sbove, :~ but n concr~tc for~ wlll bo explaln~d in the follvwing.
,~ l) 'Support 6y8~0~ of prim~ry noncon~truct~d upward typ~ on ,~ 35 roof layer'.

.'........................................................................ .

~ ", ~ .

-.'. : . '` '. .

, J99~12~31~ 22:4n 03 J22J 6]72 ~URI~7~ `3 ~06 F~

66 '~ 3 The co~position of second~rY structure in this system of -simply ~ettinB indu~tri~lized hou~ing on the roof becomes 'primAry sel-supporting type 3econdary atructure'. Thi~
ys~em i~ the ~othod of Rimply plsci~g Y~cond~ry structur~s on the roof lAyer and ~upporting it, snd ~dopts the 'support system by prim~ry hori~.ontal plane' as mentioned ~bove. The difrerellc~ between this eystem ~nd ground layerJ in~ernlediat~
layers is that there sre no upper ~upporting horizontal planes in this syste~. That is, this system is structursll~ desi~ned 1~ so ~hat secondary bearing members and the norlbealing ~embers and light-weight members ~hich ~re attached on th~m c~n be supported on the upper and lAterAl sides of the beams or 'equivslent ~l~bs' (void sl~bs, p~rts of slabs whlch have the sa~ ~un~ti~n ~ benms of l~tt;ce b~4m sl~b~) of the roof of a 1~ pri~ary structure ~hereinafter, it will be called 'support ~y~em of prim~ry nonoonstructed upward type on roof layer').
Thi~ method incre~ses the fl~xibility of the e~tern~l form of th~ ~econd~ry structure but restrict~ the flexibility o~ the ir~terior bcc~u~ it reyuires b~Arin~ w~ and braces inside the sccond~rY ~tructure~
FICS. 87-1, 87-2 and ~Y ~re the embodiment of ~hls system.
The~e embodiments are the C~9~ when ~nchors for the second~ry be~ring member3 ~re set up ononly onthe upperor lateral sides of the beams ~r 'equivalsnt sl~bsl of roo~ }~yers o~ primary structure (A) ~nd only supportthe vertic~l ~embers such as ~h~
column5 o~ ~econdary bearing members, ~nd the hori20ntal m~mb~rs ~uch ~s the column~ of upper floorR sre ~pported by 6aid vertic~l members (~UppOl`t system bg primar~ horizontal pl~ne' A~ mentioned Abov~). In thi~ case1 it iq advanta~eous bec~u~e the 1exi~illty of the Eeond~ry structure increa~es.
: ~IGS. 88-1 through 88-3 show the c~se~ ~h~n ~eis~ic isolators ~22) m~d~ of rubber be~ring~ or the 1Ike ore ~et up on rec~t~cle~ (12) which ~re connaot~d to anchors ~t ~ppointed positions in the prim~ry structur~ nd the second~ry 3tructur0 ~B) is supported by thos0 seismic i~olAtor~ (22). 8y ' .~

~ ' ` '' " ~:' `~

': ` ` ~ ' `` '. .

-~.

1992~ 31~ 22;qi 03 3229 617~ AU~ it~`'s ~ 6 P37 ~ 7 doing thi~, the seismic force that acts upon the sscon~Qry s~ructure ~ nd pri~ary structure (A) c~n be raduc~d.
2) 1Support sy8t~m o~ prim~ry con~tructed upward type on roof layer ' S ~he 'pri~ry dep~ndent type sacondary s~ructur~' ~entioned ~bove i~ effective in solving these probl~s. That is~
constructing upw~rds columns or 'aquivalent ralls' (be~rin~
wAlls, w~lls of w~ type rigid fra~es) of a primary structure ~A) on the roo~ layers of the prim~ry structure (A), adopting the 'support Eystem by prim~ry vertical plnne' or 'support systsm by both plilnaryvertical and hori~ontsl pl~ne~ mentioned : ~bove, supporting s~condary bearing horizontal members of ~econd~ry structur~ by s~id columns or ~equivalent ~alls~ of the pri~ry structure ~A) which h~d b~en con~tructed upwards, or bythe beams or 'equival~nt slab~' of tha roo.~ ~fthe primary : ~tructure, and m~kin~ said column~ or 'equivalent walls which had be~n constructPd upwards supyort the seismic forces o~ the s~cond~ry ~tructur~.Bydoing this,the be~ring w~ or brace~
:~ inside the secondAry structure ~ra not ~ec~ssary ~nd the 20 flexibility of the interior incre~ses. N~mely, this support ~y~tem constructs upwards column~or 'equiv~lent w~ ' on the roof o~the pr~ry ~tructuro ~tructur~lly de~ign~d sothat the upp~r sides, lat~r~l sides of s~id colu~ns or ~quiv~lent w~lls~ constructed upward~, and thc upp~r ~idas, later~l sides 25 of thc beams or 'eguivAl~nt sls.bs' o the roof of primary structure (A), c~n ~upport th~ hearin~ members of 6econdary 8tructures, andthe nonbearinB ~ember~un~ ligbt-weight~bers which are attached Gn said bqurln~ mo~ber~ ~h~reinufter, it ,~ will bo c~lled the 'support ~ystem of primury con~tructed upw~rd type on roof l~yer').
Thi~ supportsy~tema~n adopt~bov~-~entioned ~supportsystem `: by prim~ry v~rticAl plane~ or Isupport ~yst~ by both pri~ry vertic81 and hGrizont~l plane~, ~nd th~ diffarerlca in '~upport ny~t~ by both pri~ry v~rtical and hori~ontul plune' between thi6 c~ nd th~ c~3e udopted in ~round i~y~r.s and ;~
,, .

.. . .
,. .

'.`:' :

~392~12.~31~ 2~:~2 ~13 3~29 6172 ~U~ " 3 Ol~fi l'J8 6B ~ ~I$ ~ 3 intermediate lsyers, is that there ~se no hori~ont~l planes that can support upwsrd in this c~se. a ~ 'Support system by prim~ry vertic~l plane'.
ThiR '~upport system b~ pri~ary vertica1 plhne~ is a system 5 th~t structurAl de~ign is done so that th~ bearing members of - secc~ndary str~cture and thier attnching nonbe~rin~ members and light-weight ~embor~ can b~ suppctrted by the upper sides, lat-?ral ~ides ~f said columns or equivalent walls constructed u~wards. The cther dst~ils o~ this 6ystem are the s~me as in Above-mentioned 'support system by prim~ry ~erticAl ~ n~'.
~ IGS. 90-1 through g~-3 and 93-1 show the e~bodi~ents of this ~y~tem. The~e are the Ga~R whon the columns or equivalent walls uf ~ primary structure ~A) are constructed upw~rds on the roof l~yer of the primary structure ~A), Anchors for second~ry bearing me~bers are set up only on the upper sid~s and l~teral sides o~ s~id colu~ns and walls, and s~id ~nchors support the secondary be~ring me~lbers and be~r the horizont~l-,tres~ ~uch aY earthquakes acted on ~he sectnd~ry structure ~above-~entioned 'support system by pri~ary vertical plane').
Z0 ~.'Support ~y~to~ by both priu~ry vortical ~nd hori20nt~1 pl~ne' This 'support system by both prim~ry vertical ~nd horizcJntal plano' i-~ ~ sYStsm which atructurally design~ .~o th~ the :: bearinx m~mbers o~ secondary structure and thier attaching :~ 25 nonbearingmembers ~nd light-wei~ht member~can besupported by ~the uppe~ ~ide, lateral sido of said colunlns ~r eguiv~lont ''w811s c~nstructed upward, and by tha upper ~ide, lAteral side of the ~eams or eguivA1~nt ~labE of of the roof layer o~ B
~primary ~tructure. ~he other det~ils ot thi~ system ~re the ;30 ~Ane ~8 in ~b~ve-m~ntioned 'support sy~te~ by both pri~n~ry ivertical ~nd hori~ont~l pl~n~'.
:FIGS. 92-1 And 94-1 ~ro tho ~bodiments vf this ~yste~ and are .:the ca~e when ~nchors ~or se~ond~ry ~Arin8 n~e~bars are set on th0 upper ~ido ~nd l~ter~l ~ideofthe ~eam~oro~uivnlont s1ab~
36 of th~ roofl~yer in ~ddition to the n~ch~r~ of ~bove-montion~d . ~

., } , , ,. _, ,._ ... . _~"_ ._ ... ... . . , _ . ~:
' ~

:: ~
,, ~ . ~ .

- - . . : ,, ,. : .

~ ' 1992~1?~2'~:43 ~3 3'229 6172 A~ 7~ 6 ~39 69 ~v ~
'support ~y~tem by p~lmary vertio~l plane' Rnd -~upport the s~cond~ry be~ring members.
c . Proper u~in~ of constructin~ upward untill intermediAte floor or the hi~he~t floor.
The method of supportin~ ~econd~ry be~ring members and bearin~
the hori~ontal force Quch a~ e~rthquAke acted o~ the seco~ldRry structure b; construc~ing upward th~ colu~lns or equivalent w~lls of 8 primAry struct~re (A) on the roof la~er of the ~rin~ry structuro (A) calldecrease the number of bearing walls or br~ces of the secondAry ~tructur. Therefore, th~ ~ethod of constrllctin~ upw~rd the columns or e~uiv~lent ~alls of primAry structura (A) untill the extent of the limit of the horizontal -bearing capacity to resist earthqu~ orce etc. csn get rid of the bearing walls or brac~ of th~ second~ry structure within Qaid exteint of the construc~ed upward height, and i5 d~antageou~ for the interior flexibility of th~ ~eoondary structure. For this, the ~ethod that the colu~lns and ~he be~rin~ w~lls of the primary structllro~ (A) ~re construc~cd upwsrd untill the ext~nt of the limit ofthe hori~ontnl hearing c~pacity rather th~n untill the int~r~ediat~ floors or the highe~t floorof the required hei~ht of the æecondary s~ruoture i~;on the roof layer, i~ ado~t~d ~o ~ to get rid of the bearin~
;~w~lls or br~ce~ of the secondary structure. FLGS. 9l-1 to 91-3 show the case~ in which tl1e wall-columns in ~h~ mid-I~egion Or `:~2~ the d~pth direction with the hori~ontal beAring cay~cit; are .con~truc~ed upw~rd until the highe~t floor ~nd the outside Golumns without resisting the hori~ont~} forces are cunsturcted up~ard until the int~m~di~te floor o~ the req~ired height of ;~the ~iecondAry ~tructure.
,~30 3) 'Support ~y~tem of both primary con~itructed upwusd und non-concitructcd upw~rd t~p~ on roof l~yer' Also by the combined u~ of the roofluyer coo~position with the 'support sy~te~ of prlm8ry constructed upw~rd type on roof l~y~r' ~nd with the '~upport sy~ita~ of pr1~ary nPncon6itrucited 36 upwArd type on roof luy~r~, it i~ possible to h~ve the .~

,i~
.

.. : :-. , . , : .. .:
: . .:

13g~12~ 22:~14 ~3 32~'1 6]72 ~U~ 'J ~ " 3 o~ 3 ~lexibility ~f both the exterior and interior form of ~he ~econd~ry structure ifnecess~ry (ref~rto the ~ig.92-l, 94~
This ~ethod is ~190 th~ cc.~bined use of thc prin1ary sel~-support typo secondAry structure ~nd the primary depend~nt t~pe secondar~-~tructure.
In this type of support system, the p~r~ of ~he roor layer where a primary strueture is not constructed upward is above-~entic.n~d 's~port system by primAry horizontal plane', ~nd ~he p~rt of ~he roof layer where ~ prim~ry structure is constructed upwArd csn be divided into t~o me~hods ~uch ~Q
'support sy~tem by prinl~ryvertical plane` and 'su~port sy~tcm by both primaryvertical Ar-d horiz~n~al pl~n~'mention~d a~ove.
Bec~use of this, this syste~h~s more fr~edom of choic~ for the plannin~ o~ ~ prinlary ~tru._ture ~s well ~B the flexibility of ~S second~ry structure con~position.
In ~hi~ 8y5t~m, sclid c~ mbirled U~iA~ S weil L~S plane combi~l~3d us~Be can als~ be ccnsidered: n~me~, th~ combined usM~e o~
:~ solid ~3-D) 'constructad upward type' and 'p.imury noncc.nstructed upward type', and the com~ined u~ge of solid 'pri~ary sel-support type s~condary str~c~ure' and 'prim~ry depend~nt t-,~pe secondary structure'. ~y combining these two combined usagcs, i.~. plane combined u~e and ~olld combined ; usa~e, varlou6 problam~ c~n b~ ~olYed.
FICS.92-land 94-l aretheembodiment~of thi~ ~upport ~ystem, In the3e c~se~, the fle~ibility of the intern~l and extern~l - form of seco~dary structure c~n be obt~ined.
; E~pecially in the r~l~tio~ with tho g~rd~n, th~ outside part will need more flexibility of the for~ than the ~id-region extcndin~ evar the future. Thus the w~ column~ in the ' 30 mid-region of th~ primAry ~tructure (A) ~re constructed upw~rds, ~nd the colum1ls on the ~ut~ide p~rt ~re not constructed ~pw~rds tAlso, this ~ethod i~ effective becRus~ it ' will p~g5 the ~h~dow control rc~ulAtions ~nd the oblique line re~ul~tion~, whichwill ~e mentioned l~ter). Con~equer1tly, the low~r ~loors 6tnd the mid-region Adopt~ ~prim~ry depend~nt typr , .

.

", 1 9 3 2 S~ 1 2~ 31 E3 2 2: 4 5 0 :3 3 ~ 2 ~3 6 1 ~ 2 r~UR I ~ t7 1~ " 3 0 0 6 F 4 1 71 ~ i13 secondary s~ructure', and the out~ide p~rt ~dopts 'primary ~elf-support typQ secondnry structure'.Also, as with the FIG.
~0-~, the uppor floor in the ~id-region adopt~ 'primury self-suppor~ typ~ s~condary structure'. Th~ ro~on of ~dopting the D~ethod th~t the primary structure are not constructed upward~ ~1ntill the highe~t floorand the column~ on thc outside pArt Bre not constructed upwnrds ~ applying 'primary s01f-6upport type secondary structure' for s~id out~ide purt ~nd said higho~t floor, i~ not only the flexibility in the form of roof3 ~s in det~ched houses. but also th~ f~ct that it will offectivel) increase the r~te of building volume (which is also the method of storey height reduction~ in the ~ren with severe ~ ~hudow control regulations ~nd oblique line li~it regul~tions.
: If tho form of the roof i5 desi~n~d according to shadow control re~ulationsand oblique line li~it r~ulations, then there will ,.~ be ~or~ building volume th~n tohav~ simple flut roo~s. The form of pri~sry structure (A) constructed upwards i8 fi~ed not only by the structur~l problemsmentioned ~bove and the fle.~ibility ~ of the ~xternal fo~m, but ~lso by such re~sons as well. ~hi~
.~ 20 3yst~m c~n rospond to ~ll these needs ~nd~oreover, enables the ,;.~ fre~dom of secondary structure.
~; Though theso embo~iments ~how the cnses when there ~re tWG
~ ring wall-column~ ~nd girders in the mid-regionofthe depth '. direction, th~ e msthodcsn alsobe ~dopted i~ thc cas~s when ~5 there is only one bo~ or more tha~ th~t.
'- l5) ' Support system of secondnry non~be~rin~ member nnd secondnry light-wei~ht member'.
Ther~l Ati onshipamongsecondArynonbearingms~bers,~econdary li~ht-weight ~enlbsrn, undprimary ~tructure (A), and then their compo~ition in 'primnry salf-supporttype second~ry 8tructure~
~nd ~primnry depond~nt typ~ seoondary 8truotur2' is now ~xpl~ined.
1) 'Pri.m~ry ~elf-~upport-type ~ccondnry.~tructure'.
'Prim~ry self-s~pport type s~oond~ry 8tructure' needs the clo~ed relation~hip among the ~iecondary baaring memb~rs, ; ' . . - ~ .

' ~ . . .
; :.

~: . ' . :

l9Y2l]~31~ ~2:46 0~ 3~'Y Sl72 AU~I'rj~7~ "3 0~6 F42 72 i~J~ ~ ~srj~
secondary nonbearin~ me~bers ~nd secondar~ light-~ei~ht ~ember~toenh~nce industrializatio~-rat~ ~nd ~niti~ation. For this resson, mostly, the rela~ion of conncction and support with p~m~ry ~tructur~ (A) ~eed only to o~ ~mong second~ry be~riJ1g ~embers. Wh~n trying to rai5e the r~te o~ factory production like this, it is needcd to m~ke stron~er relAtion of ~upport between secondary nonbearing ~emb~rs and second~ry bearing memb~rs, ~nd seco~dary light-weight members and s~cond~ry nonbe~rin~ and benring ~mbers.
21 'Primary dependent type ~eondar~ structu~e'.
Onthe other h~nd~As mentioned aboYe, Iprim~r~ d~ndent type secondary struct.ure' ~ill increase the dependence with a primary structur~ ~A) and forms the ~ubstitute dependent relation with ~ prim~rystructure.Secondary nollbearing me~b~rs o~ tllis sys~em are either set u~ directly on prim~ry structure (A) without by the secondary be~ring ~e~crs (-~ee FIGS. 132 to ,: 205) or are omitted by being substitllted by primar~ structure (A), e~cept in cBseS wh~n they ar~ conn~cted h~ith s~condar~
intermediate floors of 2 ~oors/ 1 l~yer or wi~h sec~ndary b~Arin8 m~mbe1s such as colu~ns that ~upport the floor~ (see ; FIGS. 206 to 20B~. Also, secondary li~ht-weight m~bers are either sct up dir~ctly on primary structur~ (A) concernin~ the ~.
pAr~ which directly ~c~ to the primary ~tructure(A) (see FIG.
131) or are o~itted by b~in8 substituted by primAry s-tructure ~A), except ln cases when they serve as the finish set up on secondary be~ring ~embers a~d second~ry nonbearing members. By these f~cts, double ~tructure c~n be ~mitted and storey height can b~ reduoed. TherQfore, secondary nonbearing m~mbers are ~upport~d by the primary structure or ~ccond~ry be~rin8 ~0 ~embors, and ~ocond~ry li~ht weight ~ombqr~ hre supported by the prim~ry ~tructure, ~econd~ry nonbe~ring members or .; .~econd~ry bearin~ member~ kin~ ~ore close ~ub~titutln~
dependent rel~tionfi ~ith ~ primary ~tructure like thi~ would ~olve~ those proble~s ~entioned above.
3) 'Support sy~tem of the secondary nonb~aring member'.

,; ' ' '' " ' `

1 9 9 2 ~ 1 2 ~ 3 1 ~1 2 ~ 7 0 3 3 ~ 2 9 6 1 ~ 2 AU~ J '~ i " 3 1~ 0 6 P 4 3 ' Support s~stem of the ~econd4rY nonbe~ring me~nber ' is the Yys~m ~hich is ~tructur~Llly designed so that ~econdary nonbearing ~bers such A~ extern~l wa~ls, doors, windows, pnr~itions et~. nnd the dttAChing ~ini8h c~n be supported on 6 the upper, low~r And lslteral ~ide~ of the columns, walls, beams ~nd slab~ of ~ primary structure~
.~ Also, mostly it is need~cl to make the structural design ;. cc~n~iderin~ the ~oad conditions together with ~he ' supportsystem of secondary beari~lg ~e~b~r by primary column and be~m' ,~ 10 me~tioned in (3).
~) 'Support syst~m of secondary ll~ht-w~i~ht mamb~ls' ~ 'Support syste~ o~ secondary light-weight mcmbers' is the `~ sy~tam in which secondary li3ht-weight members ~uch as the i~ finish, furring strips, bAseboArds, wall trim~, paper holder~
~nd hat ha~ers c~n be supported on overall the upper, lower, lnterAl sid~s of the beams, slabs, colu~ns, walls, par~s of .~ nddit~Q~al castin~ conc:rete, permsnent concret~ forms, ~, e~cluding the part where the reinforcing b~rs crosse~ch othQr, ,~ c,f 1l primary structure.
--'; 20 Xt dc~es not n~ed t~ b~ a special structur~l design, and can be : an o~dinarydesign.Hc)wever, in thecase of anchorsthatare set ~p after the con~truction of a primary ~tructur~ mentioned l~ter, it is necessary to oonsidar the civil law.
5) Support ~yste~l of 'prim~ry dependent type second~ry s~ru~ture' in 1 floor/ 1 lsyer .
In thc case of 1 floor/ 1 layel of primary structure ~A), ~he~
it is the case of 'primary structure dependent type s~condary stru~ture~, as it does not need to support secondary bearin8 memb~rs ~8 ~ent;onedl~t~r, itwill be A ~tructural desi~n from the ~upporting conditionsofs~cond~rylight-weight members snd s~condary nonbearing members.
~6) 'Exclusive ~upport syatem of w~oden and o~h~r li~h~
~econd~ry be~ring member' Reg~rdingthe~upport-strength of ~up~crt 8ystem for secondary beuring member~ ~re limitod to me~er~ of woodoncto., of light , ,:

. , - : : ~ :

' ' ~ ;: , :~. ; ~' . .

1~2~1~q3~Ei 22:4~ U3 ~~;~9 6~ URl~ 71~;~7it~ `'3 Gijb P44 7~ g~
iron ~eel etc., ~nd oflight new cer~ic~etc.~hereinAfter, it will ba c~lled 'wooden ~nd other li~ht ~econdar~ boRring me~bers'), it is better to cGn~ider ~nid support-~trength ~g th~ eguivAlence to the~upport syYtem of secondRry nonbearing S menlbers' or to consider ~aid ~upport-stren~th as the mi~w~y in the support-strength of 'support sy~m of s~condary bearing me~bers' and 'support system of sscondary nonbearing members' n~entionod D.bove ( in ca~es of g~ner~l u~ whl?n i t is pos~.ible to support ste~l frRmes ~nd PC or the like), as there i~ not :nuch differ~nce in both support-load of the secondary bearin~
mem~ers and the socondary nonbe~ring me~bers, e.~cept the '~ support of large span beAms with heavy support-lond or the ; support o~ ool~mns that support s~id lar~e SpAn be~m5.
In the C~9e oE oonsid~ring as the equivalence to ' the support ~yste~s of secondary nonb~aring member~', it is bette:r to consider similRr1y as the equiv~ence ~upport-stre~gth to 'the support syste~ of ~econdnry beRrin~ ~o~bers~ of gonerul use ` mentionad ~bove, or to consid~r as th~ midwRy in ~h~
;~ ~upport-~trength of 'the support syste~ of second~ry bearing ~0 m~mbers' and '~he suppGrt systeni of ~ccondary nonbearin~
m~mbers', in the position of the ~upport of large span beam , which enl~rge ~6 ~pportin~ lo~ds~r the ~uppor~o~ the bottoms .~ of colums,~ which 9UppOl`t s~id lArge ~p~n bea~.
Also, in the ca~e of considering as the midway in the support-strength of 'support sy~tem of sec~ndar~ bearing me~bor~' and Isupport syst~m of ~econd~ry nonb~rin~ members', ther~ n cAse when more structure rsinforen~ent is n~cessary than in the c~ c.f ~he support of wAl1s ~nd slsb~ o~ 'support ~ystem of ~econd~ry nonbe~Iing ~mb~rs' in ter~s of th~
support-~trength of th~ walls and sl~bs of prim~ry structures.
This C~BO iS to support by the upper, lower, lster~1 sides ofthe wsl1s and slabs or the ~o1umns and besms of ~ pric~ary ~tructure which ~re structura11y roi~forced. Tho reinrorca~ent of ~sid wslls ~nd slsbs is strue~urally desiBned ~o th~t th~y can ~upport the 3ccondsry be~rin8 me~ber& with ~tt~ching fini~hcs , . .
.

: - , , ~ :; :
. ~ ' . ` ' '' : ' ' ,' '' ~
: , ; .. , :: ~

1~.J~12~9 22:q~ 03 3229 61-f2 AUR1'l~-}~ ]~"3 006 P45 ~ ?~
~uch A8 above-mcntioned la1~ge sp~n b~a~ls ~nd colum~ which support ssid larKe ~pan be~ Ihereina~ter. it i~ called '~xclu~iv~ Bupport ~y~t~m of wood~ ~nd othar li~ht ~ccondary bearing ~mb~r')~
Al~o tho problcm of the hori~ont~lloAd i~cre~se oE the primhry structur~ i~ the earthquak~q etc., e~plained in the chapter of the above-~entioned 'supportsyste~.byprimaryve~tic~l plAne', becomes 1Q~S import~nt even by th~ u~e of large spnn beams.
: ~ec~use the de~d lo~d has more important influenc~ on ~h~
horizontal load incre~se of theprim~ry structure thanthe 1ive lond ~t ~arthquMk~ motion, and this system can nl~e said dead Iond much sm~l~er than 'the ~upport ~yst~ s of secor1dary bearing ~embars' of gen~rs1 use of steel or PC members etc.mention~d above.
Judging ~rDm th~se fac~s, this 'exclusive support system of wooden s~d other li~ht ~econdary b~ring m~mb~r' is ~n economic~l method which decre~ses the cost o~ th~ str~cture o~
prim~r~ structure ~A~.

~ ~nchor clas~ific~tion.
Next, anchor~ (suppo~ting connection o~ prim~ry struc~ure of ~echanic~l f~steners which include the welding) whioh are set up on pri~ry Btructure~ for secondAry ~em~ers which are ; necessAry with tl~ connection of ~condary structure~ will be explsl~d. In order to ~et the structural ecorlomi~y and tho :~ fle.Yibility of ~econd~ry ~truotures, it is better to divid~
them into thrae type~, heavy second~ry bearing men~bers which influenc~ the 8trength oP primary struct~res (i~ cases o~ the ~en~ral usaincluding the steel orPC ~e~hers, excluding wooden : 30 and other light ~econd~ry bearing members); secondary nonbearing m~mbers which are notso hc~y with a less inEluenc~
on the ~trenRth And which Qre wldely used; Mnd second~ry 1lght-w~i~ht member8 which are more widely u~ed. It h~s to be con9iderod the po~ition, the ~re~, And the position to which : 3B anchor~ of prim~ry ~tructure~ ~re to be s~t. ~urther~are, it is - Ø "", ~,"

, 199~12~31~ 22 4~ 03 32'Y 61;2 AUR~ 3 006 P4 :: 76 ~ 3 : udYal3t~vus to divide theR~ anchor~ into two; 'initial set up type anchors' which are szt up in the initial construction of prim~ry struc~ure; ~nd 'post-construc~ion set up type anchor' which ar~ s~t up after con~tru~tion or ~et up accordin~ to the change of secondary ~Ytructures in the fut~re.
l)An~horclas~ific~tion ~acc~i~din~ to the sup~)or~-strength~.
To r~lizethe structural economicalit,y ~rld the fl~xibility of seeolldary~tructures,byclassyryingthes~c~nrl~ry merrl~ers into - benrin~ members, nonbearing members and light-weight mem~ers, nnd ~h~ anchors into 'ioitiul set up types' and Jpos~-constructionsetu~ypes' whichwill be mention~d l~t.er, and by fixing the po~itions, the arca, and th~ po~ition r~f the set up is ver~ sa~e, certain and economical because supp~rting bond str~ngth can be obt~incd according to rnember~
15 cl~ssifica~ion. N~reover, it iB vcry advantageou~ for structural ~naly.~ nd structuralcalculation as tlle positi~n orthe e~tenLof ~lle lo~d acc.ordin~ to the divisionor secondnry memb~r~ is ~lready known at the initiql dcsi~ning of ~`construction. Also, comp~ret with mAking dll ~nohors to be for ~20 ~econdnry bearing ~embers, with the ca~es when the ~osition or ,.exten~ fDr setting ~nchors are not decided1 and also with the ~ca~es when the position~or Pxtent f~r setting anchore are not :~. fixed according to the classi~ication of secondary bearin8 ;memb~rs, this method largely decrzases the burden of bearing 25 capacity of primAry structures, and further more, takes aw~y unnec~ssaryconnection member~of socondaryand anchorm~mbers.
Al~o, as ~ m~tter of co~rse, the support of lower rank ~econd~ry members by upper rank anchors i.s possible. For exu~plo, nonb~arin~ members can be ~uyported b~ the ~nchors of 30 b~ArinB member~.
Whor1 secon~ary b~rin~ msmb~r~ a-e ~ood~n And other ligh~
~econdary b~Aring mombers, A8 shown in FIGS. 116 to 118, anchor~ do not need to be divided i~to for ~cond~ry benring momber~ And for fi~condary nonbearing ~en-bers, bu~ by le~tin~
~5 them ~o bs or bo~h ~condary beAring m~mbers ~nd 6econd~ry `:
..... _ .. .. _ . .,__ , _. ....... .... _, __" ..,: , . :

. : .

: . ' `
.
.: . . . :

31~ 22:50 03 3229 6172 ~JRI~f7~ t~ 006 P'1 nonbearing members (hereinafter, th~y will be called 'anchors for both secondary b3Aring and nvn-bearin~ members'l, the flexibillty of ~.cc,ondsry members and ~econd~ry str-Jc~.ures incren~es .
Simil~r~y, in ste~d of settin~ up the anchors for secondary nonbearing m~mberR, itis possible to æubstitute by anchors for secondary bearin~ member~ and set M~ny of them up. Also, in cases o~ 1 floor/ 1 layer system in ,ground layers and int~r~ledia~e layers, when ~dop~ing 'prin~ary d~pendent type sec~r~dAry ~truc~ure', there are cas~.~ when ~nchors for ~econd~r~ be~rin~members are not nec~ssary.
This cla6~i~ic~tionisdone by th~ support-str~ngth of anchors ~rom the economic, fle~ibility, construction ~asiness points cf view, andin ~ome c~ses, there is naad for only one kind, and in o~her casefi, it mAy be more economicAl if divided into more kin~. Hc.~ver, in cases when ~doptin~ 'primary d~pend~nt type s~condary structure' in bl~ildingso~ apartment house le~el, in CASe of 2 ormDre floors/ ] lay~r, the dividing intothree kinds mentioned abovc i~ r~tional, and in case of I floor/ 1 la~er, ~0 divi~ing into two kind~ is rational. Alqo, in cases of 'primary self-suppor~ type secondary s~rUC~Ure', in some cRses, s~lecting anchor6 for ~econdRry be~riny members is rationsl.
2) Cl~ssification of ~initial ~et up type ~nohor' and 'post-construction set up t~p~s anchor~
Classifying anchors for secondar~men~bers intc 'initi~l set up type anchors' And 'po~t-construction set up types anchors' ~cquir~ the flexibility and economic~llty of second~ry ~e~bers (comparcd with m~king them all initial set up type~. The construction labor can b~ saved at the initial con~truc~ion~, and i~ alQo ~ble to ccquire n sure ~upport bonding s~r~ngtt according to the ~ember~ clA~sific~tion (such n~ secondary beRring ~ember~ ~nd ~econd~ry non-beArin~ m~mber5).
3~ AdoptiQn of 'anchor type settin~ ~xtent for snchor st initial ~onstruction~ :
Whethorit i~ 'in~ti~l ~at up typos' or 'po~t-con~truction ~et .

; ' ' ~ . ;"

~ 2~]2~31~ 2~:51 03 3229 6l72 AU~ f'7~ "3 0~ P4a `
- 7~ 2~ 3 up types', fixin~ the positionor oxt~nt for set-ting up ~nchors at the initi~l construction ~After constructicn also lf there is no dar~ge to the str~n~th of primary structure) cn~ble to dasi~n the support-~trPng~h And bonding stren;th ~t the initi3l cor~truotion, ~nd therefore b~co~e~ very ~dvantageous for str~1ctur~l unalysis and struc-tural calculation, nnd, cornpared wi~h the c.ases when th~ position or extent for setting anchors is not fixed ~t the initial construct.ion, the burder1o~ be~ring ca~acity of primary struc~ure is d~lr,reased lar~ely.
4) Bonding of prin~ry ~tructure b~ each snchor type ': classification Arnong th~e anchors, anchors for second~ry beuring members ,.
have R lot of ~pport-strength and have l~rge calihers, and bet:ause they noed s~r~ngth for bonding to pr;mury strurtures, ~5 in many c~sas it i3 neces~ryt.o set up ste~l fram~s for bonding (see FIGS. 1~-2 and 130-l to 130-3). Because of thii, in m~ny cases, these ~nchors become ini tial sat up type anchors.
In that point, anchors f~r ~econdary nonbe~ring men~bers ha~e compAr~tively lefis support-~trengthAn~ have fim~ rcaliber~, and because they ~o not need ~uch str~ngth for bonding to prim~ry etlucture, in msny ca~es it is not necessary to set up ~te¢l f~amas for bonding ~see FICS. 126-6 to l29-3 and l30-4 to 130~6). These anchors can be either of 'initial set up type ~nchors~ or Ipoqt-cc~nstructivn ~t up types ~nchors', but 25 because of the proble~s of the decrease of bonding strength by opsning holes Or prim~ry structure ~A), it is bettar for them to be ir~iti~l set ~p type ~nchor.
Anohors forboth ~econdary bearin~ nd non-b~aring members are .`~ thought to have the support-~tren~th between that of anohors : 30 for s~condnry be~rin~ membors and for ~econd~t y nonbe~ring members, and in ~ome c~s~s there iB ~ need to ~et up anchorE~ge r~inforcing burs. Inthose case8, a~ with anchors for secondary bearin~ ~o~burs, in ~ost cas~s they become initial ~et up type ~nohor~.
Furthermoro~ ~ocondAryli~ht-woight~e~ber~ cAn be ~ettl~d for . ' ' . .,,, :

, ~

]9~Z~12~31a 2~ 52 03 ~223 61~2 AU~$1'r~'7~'ri~ '`3 006 P49 :;

79 ~ 3~5~ 3 .~ ev~n li~hter ~nchors (see FICS. 131-1 to 131-3), ~nd can be 'pos~-construction ~et up type'.
5) Effc~ts of ~nchor cl~sific~tion~
To consld~r the position and extant of anchors according to each sacondary m~mbHr~ classification, as mentioned above, and : to consider th~ bondin~ method to p~im~ry structures, limits : the positi~ of lo~d by heavy w~i~ht members of secondary bearing me~bers ~tc. to primary structures. By thisl the r; structurBl analysis andthe structuralc~lculation becomeseasy and the load of primary structure deeres3es, and ~akes it .. : possible for the structur~l economicality of prin~ry ~:;
structure~. Furthermore, it makes sure to ~et enough strength of ~nchor connection accordin~ to e~ch sccondnry men~bcr, and ; compar~d with the set up of ~nchors when ~l1 of them h~ve the ma~imu~ caliber (anchors for~eeondary bearin~ members), it is possiblP to get economicality and con~truction easiness. As eQch anchor isset up~ccording to th~ th~ necess~ry frequency, : the fle.Yi~i~ity of forms ~nd quality of secondary structure incre~ses. Also, because the stren~th can be considered 2C accordin~ to each anchorclassification by the using frequency, th~ cap~ity can bc ~u~ranteed up to the future. Also, at ~he - s~e ti~e, this solvcs th~ problem of the deerease in the : bearin~ cap~city ofprimary struoture, which oocursby th~ Eree ~etting of the Anchor for secondary be~ring me~ber which affeet4the b~rin~ c~pacit~ o~primary ~tructuresinnece6~ary position~ aftcr the constructi~n of pri~ary structures.

O ~he Extent for settin~ anchors ut initial construction :~ Acc~rdin~ to each ~nchor elassi~ication.
Ne.~t,'extcnt for~etting anchor~atinitiRlcon-Qtruction' for anchors which Ar~ s~t ~p on the primary structurc for secondAry bcarin~ me~bers, ~econdary non-bearin~ ~e~bers and secondary liaht-weight ~mborr wll1 be ~xplained.
~1) The axtent f~r 8~tting ~nehors at lnitia1 con~truction for ; ~5 ~condary bearing ~smbers.
, . .
': :
.~

, .. " ;. -:, " , ~,, . 1392~12~31~ 22:53 03 32c9 ~172 AU~ f~ri~P~I~"s 00~ ~50 ~ 3 B~c~us~ sacondary b~aring ~embers are heavy ~nd have ~ large influ~nce of stren~th to ~ri~ry struotur~s, 'initial s~t up type Anchors' is better to be adcpt~d. It is better to fix the set e.~t~nt at the initinl constructionof anchors for secondary 5 b~nrind member~ by adoptin~ ' ~upport s~tem of secondary bearin~ me~ber by pri~lary column~nd ~eaD1', and make the e~tent ~o be upper, lower, l~teral r;id~s (~hrare the bond ~ren~th is assur~d ~nd ~her~ i5 no need to cut the rei~fo~cing bars)or the oolums or equivnlent wall~ ~such AS bearing wall~ and ri~i~
10 fram~ WAlls which h~ve the s~m~ lev~l of ~;trfangth as column ~, beams or equiv~lent slab~ (such ~s void slAbs ~nd ~rid beamed sl~bs whieh huve the snme level of strength a~ girder), oth~r stru~tures considered to ha~P the ~me ~trength as colun1ns and b~AImS Of B prim~ry structure ~A), including the prirnary structure constructad upw~rd~ on the roor l~yer ( ~ee FTGS .
113-1 through l25).
~ t~nt for s~tt.ing anchor~. At i~ c~1~struc~ion' ~or 'suyport ~yston~ by primaly ~er~ioal plane'.
As shown in FIGS. 1, ", 3, 3-1 to 3-~ (s~condary; steel frames~, FICS. 9~-1 and ~6-2 ~econdary: wooden construc~ion;
: ordinary, 2 X 4), it i9 b~tt~r to limit'the extent for setting snchors atinitialconstruction' for 'support system by primary vertical pl~ne' to the l~ter~l 6ide~ (ths extent which can ge~
the same bondin~ ~trength, ~nd which do not cut acr~ss ste~l fram~s) of the colu~n~ or equivalent wslls of ~ prim~ry ~tructurcs. A1FO~ r~garding the ~xte~t.o~ the lateral sides of the columns~r'equivalent walls' oFa primary ~tructure, there is the case case that the extent 1~ limit~d in which the ~iddle gl~or o~econdAry structure (B)i~pl~ced (limiting the cxtent of th~ th~ flexibility oeverticAl levels ofmiddle floors. ~ee FIGS. 3-3, 3-4, and 3-fi).
E~pociully, inthe l~tter ~A~e o~ 1ng the extent in which the middle ~loor of ~oco1ld~ry structur~ tB) i~ set, the number of ~nchors cAn be rcduced.
2) 'Ext~nt for setting ~nchor~ ~t inlti~l c:on~truction' for : , : .
:~ .

I~YC~I2~31H 22 5~1 03 J~29 c~l/Z AURI7;~ r.~ "9 006 P51

8 1 ~8upport sy~t~m by pri~ry horlzo7ltal pl~n~'.
1ike ~hown in FIGS. 4, 5. 6 l to 6-12, 7, 8, and ~ ~econ~ary;
.~ steel fra~esJ, And 96-3 to 96-6 ~s~condary: wooden construction; ordinAry, 2 X 4 ), it 1~ better tn set 'the e~tent S for setting anchors at initial construotion' for 'support system by primarY hori20nt~1 plane' to th~ upper, lower, lateral ~ides (theext~nt ofwhichc7~n as~ure the bond-stren~th ~nd should not. cut the reinforcin~ bar~) of the beunl~ or 'equivalent sl~bs' of a primary structure~.
I0 3) 'Extent ~or Setting anchors at in;tial construct.ion' for 'su~port system by bothprimary vertical cnd horizontal ~l~ne'.
'~he æ~tent for setting anchor at initial eon~tru~tion' ~or .. secondary be~rin~ melubers o~ 'support syst~m by both primary ver~ical and hori~ont~l plane' i divided into two cases;
'settin~ system extent for Anchors at init.al constructi~n on : bothpri~nry v0rtical and horizontal pl~ne' ~n~ 'settin~ sys~em oxtent for snchQrs At initi~l construction on primary hvriæonta1 plar~e'.
l. 'Setting ~ystem extent for anchvrs At ini~ial construction on both prim~ry vertical and hori~ontal plane' Firstly, ~ettin~ syst~r~l e~tent for snchors at initi~
construction on both prim~ryvertic~l ~nd hori~ont~l plane' i~
; ~ho~n in FIGS. lO, ll, 12, 12-l to 12-lO (secondary: steel fru~e~ nd in FIGS. 96-7 ~nd 96-1~ (s~condary: wooden c~nstructiorl; ordin~ry, Z X ~). 'Theextent for ~etting7lnchor at initi~l con~truction' forsecondary bearin~ members in thi7i sy~tem i9 ~et o~ the upper,~ower, lRt~ral sido~ (the ~xtent of whic.h can as~re the bond-strength and should not cut the rcinrorcing bsrs) of the column~ or 'e~uivalent wall9~ ,~nd the 20 bc~m~ or ~e~uivAlent sl~bs~ of a prim~ry structuro. Al~o, r~a.rding the ~xtont of the later~l sides of the columns Or ,'i 'equivrLlerlt w~ ' of B prim~ry structure, th~re i~ the case :~ th~t th~ extont i~ limltod in whioh the middle floor of seeondary structure ~B) is pl~c~d (linlit the ex'cent of the the 35 flexibility oi` v~rticel l~vels of ~idd1o floors, see FIGS. 12-7 ~, .. ... .. __~ ... ,., _,...... ...... _ __ . :~
., . ..
, . ~. : . . :
, . , A ~ c' 2: 5 '1 u 3 ;~ ~ 2 3 6 1 -1 2 ~U~ i f ~ OCl6 P52 8~ t ~ ~ ~
.

~nd 12-8).
~ specially, inthe l~tter case of limiting the cxtent in whieh the middle flQor of secondary structure ~B) i~ ~e~t, the number ~f ~nchors cnn b~ reduced.
2. 'Sotting 6y~em extent for Anchor~ at initial construction on primary horizontal plane'.
Ne~t, 'the setting system e~tent for anchvrs ~t i~ ia].
construction on primary hori~.ontal pl~ne' is shown in ~IC~ .
96-13 ~nd 96-1~1. 'The e~tent for setting anchor ~t initial construction' for secondary bearing me~bers is set on t~le upper, lo~er,~er~l sides ltheextent of whichc~ntls~ure the bond-strength and should not cut the reinforcing b~rs~ of the be~ms or 'equiv~lent slAbs' of a prim~ry structure. It is system in which 'the e~tent for setting ~nohmr ~t initial construction' for secondary bearing members is no~ set on th~
vertical plan~t such as columns or '~quivalont w~lls' of a prim~ry ~rllcture.SecondAIy be~rin~ mbersetc. ~re su~orted by v~rtical planes but not connected to ~ld v~rtical pl~nes.
This qystem, as mentioned lu~r, does not reguir~ nnchors on the vertical pl~rle~. The hori~ontAl force ~tuch ~s sei~mic lo~d vl' s~condary beArinB ~mb~r cr~n b~ tr~nsf~rred to the column~
or 'equivalQnt walls' of aprimary structure ~A). The second~r besring members c~n be connected by the ~nchors for secondary besring ~e~bers which are set ~t the beAms or 'equivalent sl~bs' of the primary ~tructures.
.~ 4~ Roof l~yer.
The roof la~er tak~s the s~me '~xtent ~or setting anchor~ ~t initi~l construction' accordin~ to each 'support system' as mentioned ~bove, ~nd lt will tak~ the form As followings.
l. Pri~Ary non-con~truct~d-lpw~rd typ~ on roo~ ltly~r~
A~ shoun in FICS. 87-l, 87-2, And 89, ~the ext~nt for set~in~
anchors ~tiniti~l con.~truotionfor secondtlryboAring members' of tsupport 9y8tom o~ primary non conctruotion upw~rd type on ~ roof l~er' i8 ~lmo~t the sama ~ ~the ~xtent for ~ettin~
: 35 anchor~ atinitiAlconstruction'for'~upportsyst.om by primary :
, , : , ; .

.. : ,: "

' 199'J~]2~31EI ~ 55 03 32?9 6i7~ AURl'~i~71~ "3 1~06 P')J

83 ~ J 3 horizontal-pla~e' mentio~ed above.The differenc~ from that on the ground l~yer and int~rm~di~te layer~ is that there is no suRporting horiz~nt~ ne of upper ].ayer in the upper par~.
Thnt i6, ' the extent for ~etting Anchors ~t initi~l 5 ~onstruction for secondary be~rin~ momb~rs' i~ the upper and :~
laternl sidss(the extent ofwhic,h CAn assure the bond-strength and whi.ch doesnot cut AC;~o~S the reinforcing bRrs)ofthe beums or 'equivalen~ ~labs' of the roof of ~ primary structure.
~ 2. Prim~ry upw~rd construction type on roof layer.
; 10 As shown in FI~S. ~0-1 thl~ough ~4-1, 'the extent ~or setting ~nchors at ~he initial construction for ~;econdary b~arin~
members' or'supportsy~temo~prima~y upwardconstruction type on rvof lnyer' i~ almost th~ 5anle n5 'the ext~nt for s~ttinX
Anchor~ ~tiniti~1 construction' for 'support~ystem by primary vrrtical pl~ne', for 'support æysten~ ~y primary horizont~l plAne', an~ for 'support system by both prim~ry vertical ~nd hori30nt~1 plane' as ~ention~d a~o~e. The differ~nce from th~t on the ground lay~r ~nd;ntermedi~te layers is thst there is no supportint horizontAl plane Or upper lay~r in the upper part.
~2) Extent for ~etting anchors at initial construotion for s~cond~ry nonbe~ring ~embers.
N~xt, r~g~rding to the seoondarynonbearin~ member that is not h~avy and has less influence on the stren~th of primary ~tructure, for itq wide applio~tion, 'the extent for setting anchor~ at initial construction~ of a primary s~ructure for secondary ~on-be~ring members should be at over~ll the uppe~, lower and laterA1 ~ides of the columns, walls, be~ms And slab~
of the prim~ry structure, including th~ prim~ry constructed upwnrd p~rts on a roof l~yer ~thi.~ ext6nt should asxure the ~0 ~ond-~ren~th ~nd Ahou1d not cut the re~nforc1ng bars; see ~IGS. 113-1 through 128, 132, and 133). ~Ynitial set up type : ~nchor' to a primary ~tructure i8 ~n advant~g~ou~ method to evoid problem4, but 'the extent for ~ettln~ anchor~ at initi~l construction' of ~ prim~ry ~tructure i~ limited precisely between the rainforaingb~rs of~ pri~ary ~tructur~ o th~t it i, ':, ~ ~ . . . . .

1 9 9 ~? ~ 1 ? ~ 3 1 E~ 2 '~: 5 i~ 0 ~ 3 2 2 9 6 1 r ~ A UR l ~ ; P 5 -1 '' ' ~ 4 ~ ~ ~3 wouldn't harm th~.~ (in case of a col~domlnium buildin~, ~et ~
r~gulation, considering this p~rt a~ a monopoly part), ~nd ~ter the oon~tru~tion of A pri~ary structure individual dwellor can rreely ~et up anchors. Thi~ method c~n be ~plJ]ied to th~ casc of ' anchor for secondary be~ring ~ember' and 'Rnchor ~or ooth seoond~ry bearing and non-be~ring memb~r'.
: ~3) 'E~ton~ for setting ~nchors nt initial con~truction' fur boLh ~ccond~ry b~nring ~nd no~-bearin~ n~m~er.
Inthe ab~v~--men~ioned'~clusive sup~ortsystem ofwooden and other light secQndary bearin~ member', when settin~ the medium supporL-str~ngth between secondary bearin~ ~mbers and secondary non-bearin~ members, it is advant~g~ous to use ~` 'anchor ~or both seoondary benring ~nd non-benrin~ member' as the middle si~o ~ne~rly 13~) of the both anchor diameter.
: 15 I~ suoh cases, 'the a~tent ~or se~ting anohors ~t initi~l construction' l~ to be ~ho abov~-mentione~ 'the extent for setting anchors at initial construction' for s~condary nonbe~rin~ members as the same case as thAt ol''~upport systen of secondnry nonbearing member~'. For the position to support .~ 20 the b~sm of lon8 span with ~ large support-lo~d ~nd to support the botto~ end of col~mn to -~upport the bea~, ~he above .~ mentioned 'extent for settin~ ~nchors at initial con~truction' ..
~or seoond~ry be&rin~ ber~ i~ set, and also 'extent for setting anchors~t initi~l construction'which Rrestructurally ~ 25 rein~orced tD be sble to support the said lurg~ be~m of lon~
span or the column to support the snid large b~3~m, is 52t on the upper, 1ower, l~ter~l ~idos of thowal1~ and slabs of ~ prim~ry j ~tructure, including primary constructed upw~rd part on roor l~yer (8~0 FIG~. 11G throu~h 118).
(~ Exterlt for B~tting anehor~ Bt initi~l co1l~truotion' for second~ry light-wei~i1tn~mber 'The ext~rlt for s~ttin~ ~in~hors at inl~lal con~truction' for : seoond~y li~ht wei~ht member3 which ar~ v~ry light but quite u80fUl ~nd most fr~quen~ly used in mAny places, is set at the '! 35 ext~nt bctweon th~ roinforcin~ b~rs of ~ primary structure so ': " ' ;
. . .
, .~
:, ~ , . :

-. :
: ~ :. , , - :
: . .,. :
, . : i : :

2~ 1 a 2 ~ O ~J ~3 2 ~ `3 b l i 2 ~u~ f ~J l`iu~ ) 0 6 r~, s ~h~t it would not harm it, or is s~t ~ the p~rt and extent of ~xtra additi~n~l concret~ of primnry structure shown in FI~S.
131-1 throu8h 131-~ (outside o~ dottad lineY of ~IG.).
I~ n)ay be convcnient to ~ppoint this purt and e~tent 5 ~h~r~inafter, it will bo CRllHd a~ 'extent ~or sett.ing freely ~nchor in post-construction' and this extent can be the monopoly part in the oase of the condo~inium buildinK) as the e.~t~nt wher~ individuAl user can set up anchor freely after construction and set up ~ ~econdary light-weight members 1~ freely.

Anchor arrRngement, Ne~t, the anchor a~r~n~ement is ex~lain~d. Thi~ is i~portnnt especi~lly for 'initial set up type anchor', but ~lso could be 15 ~pplied to 'post-con~truction ~et up type anchor' if it has eno~gh strengtb.
~1) Anchor diumet~r nnd ~nchor int~rval The proL~le~ of keepin~ th~ anchor dia~eter of 'ini~ial set up type nnchor' con~t~nt, ~ssurin~ th~ flexibility of second~ry 20 ~tructure~, in involved with the proble~ of Anchor interval, : leading to a problem of load of tho secondary me~ers which is held by the anchor. It is bett~r to use anchor~ of almost the 3Am~ 6upport-~tren~th, but d~pondi~ on the s~ondary mernber wh.ich the ~nchor nupport~, ench anchor will have a different 25 support-fitren~th accordin~ to the lo~d it bear~ But by - above-mentionr3d ~nchor cln~sification (suppor-t-strength sep~ra~ion), th~ big diPferenoe of supporting load can be ~olved. Within the sume cla~sified anchor type, regardin~ the differ~nce of ~upporting lond, the lond urea of ~econdary : 30 member cupported by ench Anchor i~ limited by usin~ the con~t~nt andequal int~rv~l ~nchor~the anchor intervnl si~e i~
diff~rent by each cln6sified anchor type) and the load ls limited by thi~, ~ndin th~ c~ that the loud excoedsthe limit of ~nchor ~trength, lt wlllbe po~ible to keep anchor str~ngth 35 And the ~nch~rdiametercon~tantbyuuing l~ter-mentioned 'flex " :

,: ` '~' ':, ' ' ~, ,- ~ : , :

I'J9~112~Jl~ S~ 03 322~ ~l7~ rit'J~t~ 06 lJrJ6 8~
sup~ortingconnection'or'superficial anchorfra~e and wr~lding anchor ~ystern' (it is pos~ible to re~ul~rize the ~nchor dinmeter for exam~l~, Anchor ~iameter for secondnry bearing me~ber i~ ~round 20 ~m~ the unit is '~'; hereinafter, 'mm' ~ill be ~mit~ed~>, anchor dihmeter f~r ~econdary nonbearin~
~ember ia around 9~, ~nd anchor dismeter for both secondary bearing and non-bearing member is arQund 13~).
N~, about the .interval of anchor, if thc interv~l of the an~hor gats longer, th~ section ~nd th~ ~ize of the reeeptacle IO such asbrack0tetc. will become lnrger, and thi~will need more pls~e to hide the recep~cle for tha finishing. On the other h~nd, if the anchor interval b~co~es too n8rrow, the number of Anchor will increase~nd causo waste nnd uneconomicality.So it i~ neoessary to ex~mine ~ach cnse of th~ secondary benrin~
1~ member or s~c~dnry nonbea~in~ mcmber depending on the frequ~ncy of u9~e ~nd the ~cale of ~uppor~ing structur~, an~
; decidz the rnost aconct~ieal width of interval and the plrce to - ~et. ~Ip the ~nchor. There are ti~es wh~n the interv~l need be chan6ad dependin~ on the fr~quency of u~n~e ~nd the siz~ of suppo~t-strcngth, but in most cases, cor~sta~t intervals and e~uQl int~rv~l set up i~ often chosen trefel to Fl~. 128 to 113-1~. Since it is convenientin the de~ree o~ free extent and when ~kinB pl~n9, the anchor interval is profitable ;r wel~
used ~odule ~such as 300, 450, ~00) i~ used.
Whandiffart3n~ typeo~ anehorsare set in the same position for s~condary be~ring me~ers, s~condAry non-besring memberY and ~econdary li~ht-weight~embers, theanch~r with higher bcarin~
~ cnpacity (the onc which has ~ore supp~rt-~tren~th3 i~ set ., in~t~d of th~ Anchor with lower be~rin~ c~p~city, t~kin~ all load in ch~rge.
(2) Anchor ~rrAngcm~nt and secondarY ~tructuro com~ositi~n.
1) Anohor crrangement for 8eoond~ry beRring member, and ~ocondary struct~lre compo6ition.
Anchors for ~ccond~ry b0aring m~ber are arranged on 'the ~xtent for setting anchor~ at th~ inltial oonstru~tion' for , . .

.
. ~

.. ~ : . - .. . . . . .

. ,, . :

1~2~i2~31~3 22:5~ ~J3 3229 61~2 hURI~it7~ ?fp~ 3 o~)~ p~,~

~7 second~ry be~rin~ men-bers as mention~d sboYe. N~m~ly, nnchor~
for secondary m~ber~ Rre arrang~d on the upp~r,low~r, l~teral sida~ of the columnr or 'equiv~lent w~118' (bearin8 w~ll or w~11 etc. of ~ type rigid frame), th~ beams or 'equiva1ent slab'~ b part to havcstruotursl functionequiv~lenttv b~am:
voidslab, lattice beamsl~b or the like) of A primary structur~
by ~dopt;n~ 'su~port syste~ of ~econd~ry b~aring member primary column and be~'. And th~ ~nchor intervnl is chosen dependin~ o~ the frequenGy of usage and the suppor~~~treng~h.
For exampl~, it i~ profitable thAt the anchors for the secondary b~aring member in th~ casa of 'support by ~imary vertic~l plane~ ('support sys~emby prim~ry vertlca1plane' or SUppOl`t by pri~ry vertical ~lAne of 'support sys~el~ by both primnry vertical ~nd horizont~1 p}ane'~ ~r~ set within th~
li~ited ext~nt wher~ the intermedi~te floor will be p1Rced.
Anchor for ~econdary bearing nnember c~n be ~1~o used us ~
substitute of anchor for seco~dRry r~onbearing me~ber and therefore, anchor far seeondary be~ring member need be pl~ced corres~onding to the interval ofth~ anchor arrsngementfor the ~econdary nonbe~ring memb~r a~ mentioned later. ~or that r~ason, excluding 1imited arr~n~am~nt, the const~n~ and equal lnterv~lof the ~nchor i~ likelyto~e ~dopted ~xcept the n~rrow interval for th~ fro~uen-tly used anchor.
1. Intermadinte l~yer ~nd ground lay~r.
FIGS. 113-1 through ~18 sho~ the ~nohor arr~n~emeo~ for s~oondary bearin~ men~.b2r of 2 floors~ 1 laysr CB~9 in the in~er;nedi~te l~yer of n primary structure.
a.Anchor arrang~ment for ' ~upport sy~tam by prim~ry vertical plane ~ it~d)' ~ 30 Floor franlin~ plan, FICS. l13-3 through 113-4, ceiling pl~n, ,." FIG. 114-2 and section lnteriorelevAtion~1G. 115-2, sh~w the : anchor arr~ngoment for ' ~upport Byste~ by pr;~ary vertica1 plAn~ ' .
~h~ anchor interval for ~econd~ry b~nring mcmber(6-l~ is con~tant or equal ~For the hori~ont~l dlrectiorl, the module .

- . j, . .

. . . .

, -.

lYY2~23:~0 03 3229 ~l72 AURI~i~'7~ "9 006 F'~!

(~uch aY 300, 450, 900) are u~d which i8 oft~n u~ed in architectural desig~in~). This anchor for secondary bearing member (6~ set ~p on th~ lateral ~ides of the columns or 'equiv~lent wall' of the primary ~truc~ure (.~ nd i~ limited within the areaof intermediato floor ofa secondary struct-lre, and mainly supports ~nd connects the hori~ontsl members~uch ~s b~ams and slab~ of the int0rmediate floor of the secondary ~tructur~.
In th~ c~se of 2 floors~ I laYer of a primar~ structure, t~.e minim~m cei~ing hcigh~ for a room i~ defined by law and c~nnot be leqs tharl tha~. So the free ~xtent of the ceiling height is limited by the officially re~ul~teA height, ~nd also usually does not need tho fle.Yibility e~ceeded the limit (For example, if the coiling heigh~in ~he ~pper arld lower floor isboth 2~00, ~lS and the total is 4800, the lea~t offieial ceiling height ;~allowed aR a room i~ 2100,so tha flexibility of ceiling height is 300 for eachfloor). ~t is-on~iderad to be su~ficien~ if the fle~ibilit~- of the po~ition of secondary flocr is 300 ~Im in vertic~l direction. And ~his anchor arrange~lent is in ~he same arran~ea~ent as in the case of FIG. 3-3, and is po~sible-to move the s~condAry floor level up Anddown shownin FIG. 3-4 and 3-6.
In FIG. 113-~ wh~re secondary non-be~ring members are not placed ~n the sl~b sid~, ~hereis swnterpreof lay~ron the slab s;d~, and 'putting found~tion ~ystem' mentioned lnter i ~dopted.
In this c~8e~ this system isn't suitable for supporting 'primary self-support type ~econd~ry ~tructure'. However, ~primary sclf-support type second~ry 3tructure' can be supported inthe methodthat anchor~ are setup ~t the upper An~
low~r ends (which ie no~r to boam ~nd slab) of the vertical planes s~ch as the c~lumnsor 'eguivalent walls' or the like of prim~ry ~tructure or wi thin the area where the intermedi~e flo~r is plA~ed.
b. Anchor arrangement for 's~ppcrt ~yste~ by prim~ry vertical plAne (overall)' ~ 9 ~ ~ ~ 1 2 ~ 3 1 ~1 2 3: O (~ 0 3 3 2 ~ 9 6 1 7 2 AUF~ f '7 1~ O b P 5 3 89 ~3~5~3 Floor fr~ing plan, Fl~. 113-3 to 113-4, ceiling plan, FIG.
114-2 and section interior ~levation, FlG. 115-1, are the ~nohor arr~nge~ent for 'support syste~ by prLmary vertical pl~ne' in case th~t the supportin~ e~t~nt of verticul plane is not limitsd.
Anchors for seoondary be~ring menber (6~ re xet up on the laterAl side~ of oolumns or the 'equi-~lent wall' of a prjmary ~tructure. Anohorintervals for th~ are~wh~re anchorsare used frequently to support intermedia~ floors of secondary structure Are set narro~ (if necessary~. For oth¢r area, constant and ssme intervals are set. The ~nchor arr~ngement i~
the same a~ FIG. 3-1, to er~able th~ fre~ po~ition of the intermedi~te floorof second~ry ~tructure shownin FIG~ 3-2 and 3-5. ~he f~ib;lityof th~ positi~n of thisintermediate 100r 1~ is more th~n above-merl~ioned '~upport system by primary verticul plane ~limited~ IC. 3-7 shows the compo~i~ion of secondary bearin8 mernbers by the anchor arr~ngement for this support sy~te~ in the c~e of 3 floors/ 1 la~er.
In FIG. 113-4, waterproof layer ls ~pplied on the sl~b, and anchor~ for secondary ronb~ring m~mbers ~re no~ set on the upper sid~s of t~e slabs, ~nd 'putting foundation system' melltioned later ls adGpted.
In this _E~.~, the ~y~t~m is not ~uitable for s~pportin~
'~rimary ~elf-support type second~ry structure' ~s wall as the d. 25 ~bove~menti~ned ' s~pport system by prim~ry vertical plane ; ~limited)'. But 'priolary self-support type ~condary tructure' c~n bc supported in the method that anchors are set . . up ~ the upper and lower ~nds ~which is ne~r to beam and ~lAb) of the ~erti~l plane6 ~uch as the columns or 'equivalent wAlls~ or the like o~ A ptim~ry ~truoturo.
C. Anohor arr~ngement for 'support syst~m by prim~ry horizont~l plane'.
~ 'loor ~ramin~ pl~n, PIC. lt3-1 to 113-2, ceilin~ plAn, FIa.
114-1 ~nd section lntarior ~lev~tion, FIU. 115-3, ~how ~nchor ~rr~nBcm~nt ~or '~upport ~yst~m by pri~ry horiæont~l plane'.
'~
. :~

. '- .
~' ;i ~ . . - ::. .

'! `, ~: , , . :
,': . ' ' . . ' ,. : ' `
' " ~',' ~ , ' . . . . : : I "

I`3Y~I2q3~H 2~:01 0~ Y 61~ k'!7i~ tl~"3 ~ b l'~j ~ 59 ~6~

Anchors for ~cond6ry b~aring m~b~r(6-1) aro set up on ~he upper, lower, l~teral ~ides ~ofth~ be~ms etc.) of the beams or 'equiv~l~nt slQb' of~ pri~ry struc~ure (A~, and th~ ;ntervals o~ anchors nre con~tant or equal. Althou~h the prim~ry ~tructure ~hape is different, this ~nch~r arrAng~ ellt is th~
same as in ~IG. 6-1 to enable the composition of the second~ry bearing ~ember sho~n in FIGS. 6-2 to 6-11. FIGS~ 6-12 showq th~
composition of ~econdary bearin~ m~mbers by th~ anchor arrangenlent for this su~port s~stenlin the cn~e of 3 floors/ 1 ,: 10 lsyer.
In FlG. 113-2, ~nchors for ~econdary bearin~ m~mber (6-1) are 3et Up on the benms of the primary ~tructure (A~, and ars ~sed also AS the ~nchors for second~ry non-beRring ~ember (6-2)~
Because of th~ waterproof ~ayer on the slab, nnchors for secondary nonbearing members ~6-2) ~rc not set on the upper sid~-~ of the slabs. In this case, Iputti~ uundation sJstem' mentioned later is adopte~ above the w~terproof la~er.
This s~stem is nl~o sui~able for ~upportih~ 'pri~ury : 8elf-support type second~ry structure' which is shown in FIC.
: 2~ 6-11 ~nd ~6.
~ d. Anchor arrnn~ement for 'Suuport sy~te~ by both primnry :; v~rtical ~nd horizo~l plane' [support~d by over~11 vertic~l plane).
Floor ~raming plan, ~IO. 113-l to 113-2, ceiling pl~n, ~'lG.
25 114-1 and section interior ~l~v~tion, Fla. 115~ hows the ~nchorarrangsm~nt for'support systemby ~othprimary ver~icAl and h~ri~ontnl pl~n0'.
~his ~nchor arrangem~nt is the c~mplex of th~ Above-~entioned ~nchor Arrang~ent for 'support By~tam by pri.mary vertic~l pl~ne(overall)' And the~nchor arr~ngementfor ~s~pport ~ystem by prim~ry hori~ont~l pl.ane'. Namely, anchors for 6econdary b~aring member~ (S~ are ~st ~p ~t the upper, lower, ~nd laterAl sides of tho columns or 'equivalent w~lls~ Rnd thc be~m~ or 'oq~iv~lent ~lab~' of the prim~ry structure (A). The ~nohor int~rval on th0 area wh~rb tho anchors ar~ used ; :

.. , ~. . ~ : . .: . . -:
, .. . . .

.. . ~ , ~ ~ :. :
:, - . - : ~ : :

I ~ ~J c ~ ,? ~) J ~ b I ~ UR I '~ ! f ~ ~ f ` 3 ~ ~ 6 P ~j ( g I b~
frequently to ~upport the interoediate rl~or Or the s~coadary s~ructur~ i~ sh~rtened, nnd at the oth~r placeq constant ~rd ~ equal interval~ aro ~et up. Anchor~ ar~ ~et up extel-ding fro~
: Lhe ceiling slab to the f]oor sl~b ~t the latera1 sides of a S column or 'equivalent wall'.
I'hi~ type of anchor arrange~lent. has the most flexible e~ten~
in thc ~prim~ry dep~ndent type secondary structure' ~nd i5 the aam~ ~lS showl~ in FIG. 12-t. This anchor arrange~ent ma~es th~
~econdary s~ructure composition po~ible ~s in FIC. l2-2 to I~-G, and also makes the s~cond~ry ~tructure composition possible in the c~se of 'support syst~m by pri~ary Vel`tiCal pl~ne (overall)' in FIG, 3-5 nnd in the ca~e o~ 'support system by primary hori~ontal plane' in FIGS. 5-7, 6-8, 6-10 and 6-11.
In ~lG. 113-~, anchors for ~econd~ry hearing member (6-1) are ~et. on be~ms of the primary structule (A), ~nd the~ are used also ~s anchors for secondary non-be~ring m~n~ber ~6~ rl~
Anchor~ for s~condsry non-bearing member (6-2) are not ~e~ on the s~lrf~ce of the flo~r slab ag w~terproof layer is done on the . surf~ce of the floor. In this case the 'putting foundation' ~20 which will b~ m~ntioned la~er i.~ to bc Adopted.
.~By this system, 'pri~ ry self-~upport type ~econdary structure' can ~iso be ~upported, as well AS above-mcntioned 'support system by primary hori~ontal planc' which is ~hown in ~IG. 12-9 :25 ~. Anchor arrange~en~ ~or 'support system by both pri~.ary vertical ~nd horizontal plane' ~supported by li~ited vertical plane).
Floor framing p1an, FlCS. 113-1 and 113-2, ceilin~ plan, 114-1 ~oction interior olevation, ~I~. 116-~ show ~nchor ~rrnngément in c~se of'~upport by limited suppor~-position of the vertical pl~ne' of 'support sy~tem by both primary vertical ~nd horizontal plarle'.
This ~upport ~y~tem i~ ~ combined sy~tcm o~ 'support systcm by primaryvertic~lpl~ne'(limited) ~nd ~supp~rt~y~tem byprimAry hori~ont~l plane'. Anchor ~rr~ng~ment is ~lso their combined .' .
''' .:
.....
~ '' ' . . :~ , . ~, - .- .

.~ . - .

03 :J ~`29 ~)17 2 A~IF~ ? I`~ " 3 ,1 0 ~2 ~rrangem~nt. Anchors for second~ry bearin~ ~e~bers (8-1) are set up on th~ upp~r, lo~r, l~ter~l sides of the columns or 'uquiv~lcnt w~lls' and the be~ms or '~quivnlent sla~' of a primary ~tructure (A). Anchor interv~l~ for the nrea where anchor8 ~re used fraquently to support thc in~er~adiut~ ~loor of secondary structurss are se~ narrow, and anchor intervals ~or the other are~ are arran~ed to be constant and equal.
Anchors are set, within the extentwhere theintermedi~te ~loor o~ sccondary structurescan~e set,onsaid l~t~ral side~of'the columns or 'equivalent wAlls'.
This anchor arrnng~e~ is iu the s~m~ way as FlC. 12-7 nnd 12-8, and c~n r~alizc almost the same composition of secondnr~
structur~s as th~t of above ~entioned 'support system by ~oth primary verticsl nn~ hori~ontal plAne ~supported by overnll vertical planes)', e~cept the fact that there is less fle~ibillty in the verticaldirection forhorizont~l secondary member~.
By ~hi~ s~st~m, 'primAry s~lf-suppor~ ~yp~ ~corl~ary ~truct~lre' can also be supported, ~s well ns abov~-mentioned 'support ~yst~m by prim~ry horizont~l pluna'.
f. Anchor arr~ng~ment for 'support ~y~tem by both primary verticaland horizontal plnn~'(settin~ ~nchorsli~ited ~nly on horizontal pl~nes).
~ loor framinB plan, FIG. 113-1 ~nd FIC. 113-2, c~iling plan, FIG. 114~ ection interior elev~tion, ~IG. 115-3, show th~
anchor ~rrange~ent for'support sy~tem by both prim~rY vertical and hori~ontal pl~ne' ln the ca~e th~t anahors for sccondary b~ring ~emb~rs arc not s~t up to a ~erticnl plnne. Anchor for secondary beAring ~bers ~ 6-l ) is ~et up on th~ upper) low~r ~r lnt~ral jide~ of beams or '~guiv~lent sl~bs' of ~ primAry structure (A). Anchor interval i8 the constant or ~qlla1.
Thi~ an,h~r ~rrun~m~nt is applicable to tho case of ~bove-m~ntion~d ~s~tting srstem extent for ~nahor~ nt lniti~l :
construcitiononhoriæontal plnne~mone 'theextent for BattinB
anchor~ At initi~l construction' for '~upport 8y8te~ by both .;, .

,......................................................................... .
: , ''`

''. ~ '' ~. : :
::: , ~ : : - , . :: :: :

I Y ~ 2 ~ 4 ll J 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 '' f~lJR l 'J j~ '7 ~ .idm~ ` 3 ;~ 0 6 f ~ J

9 3 i~ D ~
prim~ry ~ertlc~l and horizontal plane'. Of cv~rse i~ i~ al80 possible to ~dopt. this anchor Arrangement for the case of ~bove-mention~d 's~ttin~ ~ystem extent for anchor~ at initial construction on both primary vertical ~nd horizont~l plana'.
This ~nchor arran~e~nt ara to be done in the same w~y ns the anchor arrangeDIentth~t for 'support eystem by prim~ry horizontal plane'. Anchors forsecond~ry bearing members (6-1) srP set on ~he upper, lower, lsteral sidcs of the beams or 'equivslent slabs' o~ a primary structure (A~. This ~nchor rran~ement has conat~nt or ~u~1 interva1s.
The speci~l featur~ of this ~y~tem is not to set anchors for s~condary benrin~ ~smbsrs on th~ vertic~l plane of ~ pri~ary str~c~ure, and secondary bearingmombers are supported by said ~erticAl plnne~ without being connected to said vertical 16 plane~. By thi~ syst~m, n~ al)cJlor i5 required on the v~rticAl plane of a primary structure, however seis~ic load~ etc. of : secondary be~sing memb~rs c~n be transmitted ~o the col~lmn~ or ~equivalent w~ ' o~ a pri~nry strueture. Secondnry bearing members ~re con~ected byanchors for secondary bearing members which nre s~ o~ th~ b~a~ns o~ '~quivalent slab' of A primary s~ructure.
This anchor arr~ngemen~ is in the s~me way ~s FIG. 96-13 ~lthough the shAps of A primary structure isdifferent, and c~n rosli~.e thc sa~e sccond~ry members c~mpo~ition ~s FIGS. ~6-14 ~hrough 96-15.The secondarymemberscomposition in thissyste~
looks ~l~o~tthe s~me ~s in s c~seof 'support sy~tem by primary horizorltal plsne'. But in case of this '~upport system by .~ primary horizontal plan~', the v~rticsl ~mbers such as th0 columns or thc like which support intermediate ~loor of second~ry structure (~) ~re supported o~ly by the hori~ont~l pl~nc~ of the bea~s of or the llke the primRry struct~re (A), ~nd no ~ei~mic lo~d3 of ~id second~ry ~tructure ~re trAn~mitted to the vertical plAnes of a pri~sry ~tructure (A).
As ~ result, the ~esi~ic resi~tin8 w~lls or br~ces ~re neces~ry for the ~econd~ry structures ~B)~hown in FIG. 96-12l :, .
.;
. ~ , . ' .

. .

~ Jfl31~ c.3:05 03 ~22~3 6~72 ~1Ri~f~'r~ "3 0~6 P6~

. 94 ~3~
or th~? consid~r~blt? stiffnes~ is required to the veltical memb~rs ~uch as the colum1~s etc. of s~o~ndRry structur~s 1,he top nnd bottomend of which sre~upported by aprim~ry structur~
(~), shown in FIC. 96-1l. In thi~ ~y~tem, howsv~r, the seismic ; 5 l~ads of secondary ~tructures (8) oan be transmitted to the vartic~l planes of primary s~ructure (A) ~s snid v~rtical members ofsecondurystructurescontuctsa1d vertic~l planes of primary structure (A), and therefore, the stiffness of tht?
vertical ~embers such ns the oolutllns o~ ~econdary structures lO (B) ;~ not so requirQd, ~shown in FIG. 96~1~ througt1~6-l5, no seismi~ resistin~ ~ll and `orac~ is n~?Qd~?d, and the 2 x ~
wooden structure withou~ the continuous colu~n between uppcr and lower ~loor~ can ~lso b~,used.
: By th;~ sy~tem, `prim~ry self-support type secondary l~ 6~ructure' can ~l~o be suppor~ed, a~ well as above-mentio1led 'sup~rt system by prl~nry hori~ont~l pl~n(?'. 2. ~oof layer.
In a roof layer, ~nchor ArrQngement for eAch support sys are applied in the snma wa~ as mentioned ~bo~e as ~ollows.
.~ a. Anchor ~rrang~mant for '~oof lay~r support systel~ of .~ 20 pri~lary no upw~rd ~on~tructing type~ :
Floor framing plan, FIG. ~l9~ ection interior el0vation, FIG. 120-l show anchor arrangement for 'roof layer support sy~tet~ oE pri~ary no upwa~d constructing type'. A~ well AS in the c~se of ~bove mentioned ~upp~rt ~ystem by ~rim~ry ~ 25 horizont~l pl~ne', th~ ~nohor for secondary beari1~g member~
; t6-1) is sut up to uuper sides tlnd later~l sides of beams or ,.: 'equival~?n~ sl~bs' with fi~e~ intt~rbals. In Above ment.ioned;; ~support system by prim~r~ horizo~tAl plane' secondary 3truoture c~n be support~3d by ceiling side~ (undt3r b0ams and 30 ~labs), ho~ever in this o~s~, it is limited Wit}1 only upper - sides of b~ams And slabs ~hown in FICS. 87-l through 89 which .' ~hould ba ~xpl~ined ~ 'prl~ry ~elf- ~upport type secondary ~tructure'.
b. Anchor arran~emant for 'roof layor support ~y~te~ of '. 35 primnry upw~rd aon~tructing type~ (~support system by primary , . , 199~ 131E1 23:u6 03 3229 ~ ,2 AURlq~J~ tl ju"3 ~ 6 P55 vertic~l pl~ne') Floor fr~ming plan, FIG. 1~1-2, and section in-terior eleYation, F`I~S. 122-1 and 122-2 show ~nchor arrangement of 'support systsm by primary verticnl pl~ne' ~mong 'roo~ laycr ~upport ~ystem of primary upward c~nstructin~ t~pc'. In th~
sAme way a~ the 'supporL system by primary verticnl plnne', unchors for sec~ndary bearing members t6-l) m~ntioned above, are ~tup to the lateral ~idesof thecolu~ns(l~or 'equivalent walls' of the primary structur0 (A). In this sy~tcm ther~ Are I0 two ways o~ anchor arran~ement. In one case, the set up extent o~ the ~nchor(6-1) conce.^ned, is limited within thc intermedint:e floor of secondarYstructure (see FIG. 122-~). In oth~r case, anchor~ are arrangod from the floor slao extanding - to the c~iling slab ~see FIa. 122-1). Moreover, when anchorsare arran~ed at the uppar side of the co1umn or 'equivalent ~ wall', the roof of secondnry ~ructures ~B) c~n nl~o be : supported. ..
;~ The composition o~ secondAry structures shown in FIGS. 91-l throu~h ~1-3 become,~ po~sible.
c. Anchor nrrange~ent for 'suppo~t syste~l o~ prin~ry con~tructcd upw~rd type on rooflRyer' ('support ~yst~m by both prim~ry vertical and hori~ontnl plane').
Floor framin8 p1nn, FIG. 121-1 and, section intarior elevation, FIGS. 122-1 and FIG. 122-2 show~ nnchor arr~ng~ment for 'support system by both primary vartical ~nd horizontal plane' ~or,g the 'roof l~cr support Yystem of prlm~ry conYtructin~ type'. This i5 a combined sy~tem of anchor . nrrangam~t, of ~b~vementioned'primQrynoupw~rd construc~i~g '~ type roof lnyer compo~ition 3yhtem' and 'primary upwnrd 30 constructing type roof l~y~r co~po~il;ion sY~tem' ~ ' ~upport 3ystem by primnry vertical plane'). Anohor arr~ngem~nt ~or ~ond~ry bearin~ m~bers ~6-l~ nra to be on the upper, lower, lataral sid9~ of column~ or ~guivalent walls' ~nd bea~s or '~quival~nt slAb~' of the pri~ry s~ructure (A), and is :~ 35 ~p~r~te from 2 method~ of the over~ rr~n~ement ~nd the ., ~.

' '';

' '. ~ : ,. .

:

I~`J~ s'l~ b l~ 3~29 6l72 f~ 3 ~106 P~6 restricted ~rran~e~ent on the lAt~r~l ~ido of th~ column or ~equiv~l~nt wall' of the prim~ry structure ~A~. similarly to the ~nchor arr~ngement for 'roof layer support sy~tem of prim~ry upward con~tructing typa' ('support system b~ primary verticAl pl~ne') mentioned ~bovo.
Anchor arr~ngem~nt of this type, AmOng th~ 'primar~dependent type secondsry structure' of t~e ~oof layer, this sy~tem can g~t the most fle~ibility.
d. Anchor arr~nge~-en~ for 'with ~nd without primnry up~rd constructing type roof l~t~er composition system' Floor framirl~ pl~n, FIG. 123-1 ~ndgectioninterior elev~tjon, FIC. 12~, ~how anchor ~l~rAngementfor 'with and without primhry - upwardconst,ructingtyperoof lsyercomposition system~ ~ Anchor ~rr~n~ement of this system~ ic A co~bin~tion of the abovo mentionod 'primary no upward constructing type roof 1E~;er compo~ition system~ and 'prim~ryu~w~rd con3truct.ing type roof yer composition sy~te~'.
Anchors ~r~ ~rran~ed ~ccor~ing to th~ situatio~, th~t is, for :, the place where no primary str~oture is constructed, ~bove ,, 20 ~entioned 'support system by prim~ry horizont~l plane' is elected f~rthe anchor arrangement, while, for the plAoe wher~
prim~ry s~ructure i~ constructed, either 'support syske~ by ; primary vertical pl~ne' or 'support system by both prim~ry ,:~ vertical Andhorizont~l pl~n~' ohn bechosen. Therfore, by this 25 system~ there ~re more choices for the strùctur~l plunning of the primary Ytructure, hnd the co~-position of secondary ~, strLIctures. A~ong All those cholce~, FIG.123~ nd ~IG. 124 show two dif~errent types of anchor urrAngemant x~ste~
.~ nam~ly, for the place where no pri~ary stru~ture is con~truc~ed~ ~nchor ~rr~n~ement for'support ~yste~by primllry horizontal pl~n~ i8 selected, ~nd for the pl~ce where pri~ary ~tructuru i9 construct~d, 'support sy~t~m by both prim~ry vertic3l and horizont~l plane~ i8 OhO80n.
'~' Bythe ~nchorarrangoment forthis~upport~ystem, composition o~ secondary ~tructuros 8hown in ~IGS. 92-1 ~nd 94~1 become . .

~. . .
.;.

~: . :

: .
.... : :.. . , :

9 ;~ 3229 6 1 7 2 AUF~ J~ ` 3 1!11~ I~;J ~

97 2f~Y3~3 3 possible. As it is expressedat SUppOl~ system, in thls system, the 'primary ~elf-~upport type secondary ~structure' is used tog~therwithth~ 'pri~ary dependenttyp~ sscondary structura', and conscquently, the ~l~xibility ofthee~ternal shapeas hell as thnt of the int~rior planning are provided ~o the secondury structurc.
21 Anchor arrang~ment forr~eco1-dary r~vnb~ario~ members And the composition of second~ry structures.
~nchor arrnngement for s~cot~dary non~earin~ m~mbers is made According to 'the extent for setting At the initial construction' of anchor ~orsecond~ry norlb~alin~melnbers (6-2) mentioned above. Anchor~ are set all uver the upper, the lo~er ~nd the lateral sides Gf colu~ns,w~lls, beams, and slabsof the prim~r~ ~tructure, including ~he roof l~yer where primary structure is ~on~tructed u~ward, within the limi~ 90 tha~ it would not cut reinforcing bars ar,d it would ~eep enou~h bond strength~.
P`or the area where anchors ~rc used ~reaqu~n~ly, unchor interv~ls are set n~rrow, while in gcner~l, constAnt or equ~l 2U intArv~ls are ~et ~in ca~e different intsrvuls can be cho~en parti~lly, or between verticAl dir~otion and horizonta~
diraction, ard ~ore thun 2 differert kinds of intarv~ls may be used). Intervals of anchors for inter;or foundation~ ~nd that of for~ separ~tors are inte~rated (same dist~nce i~ cho~n), and both ofthem can be u~ed as anchors forsecondary nonbe~ring snemb0r~. In th0 o~her ar~a th~ s~nle intervuls oan ~1SD be used (~s a result approximately 450 X 900 intervals ~re often schosen ) .
To uGe ConstAnt or equAl intervAls for vv~rull Anchors s~ up 30 in the prim~ry structure, will contribute not only for the flexibility ofpl~nning, the st~nd~Idi~tionof the diameterof ,~Anchor~, but ~190 ~or the later mentioned recept~cles ~d ;inter-struGtur~l members to r0gur~te support-stlength of econdary nonbearing member~ ~nd to givc ~ po~ibility for 35 m~nu~acturing m~s3-production of common p~rts and :', ii'' - - ~ -_........ .... _ ~,.
~, :
" - . , ~: ; . . .
: . . , : , - -' - ; .. ' : .

1'19~]2~3l~ 23:0~ 0~ J229 ~17~ AURI~i-f~ "3 0~16 ~6 98 ~ , ,.L
st~ndardizAtion .
Moreover by usin~ the same length ~8 UB~d for co~mon in~rior finish foundqtion(ex.ceiling) and for~ ~eparators, most part~
~ncho~ e~n bo substituted, which ~e~arkabl~y econo~i~.e the S quantity of ~nchors, nnd re~ur~te size~ of materials ùsed in c.onstruction site ~nd n~unufacturing common parts and the standardization i~ also po~sible for receptacles and inter-structural members.
Especially in c~se of the adoption ~f 450 X 9G0 ~nchor pitch, which i8 the 6a~e ~6 the finish foundation(such as ceiling~, ths e.~ternal w~ll, external doors nnd windows frame, interior purtition for a furring strip ~embers, interior flnish foundations c~n b~ connectod and supported by a ~oDImon ~nchor ~nearly 9~. The s~me mP~bers are used for the receptacles, inter-structural members (in c~se of the adoption of ~around)q50x900 pitch with the ~p~n of (around)~00 for the .~ inter-structural member and ~around)l50 for the recept~cles, the plate o~ 50~6 (or 65~ in ca~e of angle) is erlough e~cept th~ 50x9 connectin~ member of upper pnrt of exterior doors und ;l~ 2n w:indows frs~e). Al~o i~ will clsar the detail problem, and it `~ has the co~mon part with the Anchor for th~ finish found~tion, economic ~ith the exchangable p~rts. If the concrete for~
~ sspar~tor i~ us~d in the samo interv~ th~t of ~Mohortand it '~ i9 po~sible), this separAtor c~nbe us~d ~s the anchor ~nd thu~
e~abling the flexibility with th~ same level of cost of existin~ ~ethod. Str~n~th of frAme s~paraters can be adjusted to fit for secondary membars, ~8 ~entioned l~ter, and free choice of the OAp nuts, bolts are po~lble. Also anchortype and dismeter can be unificd.
~0 For tho ~l~b wh~re waterproofin~ i~ made~ ~the putting foundatiDn sy8tem', mentioned l~ter, can be adopted so th~t no ., unohor iB necded.
~ Aneh~rs ~Ol' s~condArybeAiring ~om~or~ can b~s~t atupper sidos .; of columns ~nd 'oguiv~l~nt w~ 'of~ primary structure upward 36 constructin~ type on roof layor to siupport roof membors of __ , .. _ ... _ .......... . . . . .... , .. _ ___ _ ... ,, . . ..... . . _ , :
' ... . . , ., -: :

.;: :;., . . . :
:: i ..
: , .. ,:
.~ ,: .::
,: :. .

:- ,-: ,. ::: ::
~. . :.

1932~12~31a 23;~g 0~ 3229 61~2 I'~UR~ 71~;~'r~*~ 0(15 Pl;3 99 ~ 13 secondnry str~ctules ~B).
FI(~S. 113-1 throu~h 115-3 And F:ICS. 11~~1 thrt~ugh 128 s~h~w '~h~t Anchor for the s0condary nonbearing mernber~ (~-2)' for settin8 external wall~ boundary w~ll, p~rtition, doors ~nd window frame, which are set in constant. ~nd equal interv~ls, except the anchor for socondary baaring ~emb~rs ~6-1). Amon~ them, FIGS. 113-l throu~h 115-3 show the ~nchor arran~e~nt in the ca~ o~ 2 ~loors/ 1 lay~r of the in~ernlediate l~yer of primary structur~, and FIGS. 12fi-1 through 128 shGw thAt vf 1 floor~ 1 layer, FIGS.119-1 and 120-1 show that of 'composit.ion system prim~ry no upw~rd con~tructing t~pe r~of layer'. FIGS. 1~1-1, 121-2, 122-l and 122-2 3h~w the AnchorArrsngementfor 'support sy~tern of prim~ry upward con~tructing type on ~oof l~yer' and : FIGS. 123-1 and 124 show the anchor arrangement for 'support . 15 cystem of pr~mary upward constructing typ~ on roof layer~
! In the~e figur~s, all interv~ls ~se ~rr~nged by ~n ~bove :~ ~entioned 450 X 900 pitch,and the ~xternal~ll, outside doors ~nd window~, interior p~rtition, furr.in~ strip mambers, cQn b~
.; support~td and f i~ed by a common anchor, and most r~cept~ol~s nnd inter-structural members c~n ~e the ssale ~ype.~Th~re would be some exception).
The difference between the compo-~ition ofl ~loor/ l lAyer ~nd 2 floor~ l lr~yer of 'prim~ry dependent type secondary struc~ure' when ~et on ground layer and intermediate layer are to be mentioned in the next para~raphs.
;~ a. 'Prim~ry dependent type secondary structur~' in 2 floors/
1 layer.
FIGS. 113-l through 115-3 show the anchor arran~ment for a prim~ry structure of ~ ~loor/ 1 layer. In ca6e of setting the . 30 'primury dependent type ~econdAry ~tructure' in the primary '~ structure~ tho rel~t;on of secondary nonbe~ring menlbers wlth :, ~ocondAry be~ring me~bers~nd the prirnAry ~tructure is shown by the section det~il drawing of FIGS. 207 through 209, In these cas~ ~econdAry nonbeArin8 mo~erB such ~ extcrn~l w~lls and . 35 door~ ~ndwindow~orthe like Ar~ ~,onn~cted ~nd s~pported by the .
.. ..

:' :' ~;, ~ ` ' ' ~ ' ' . ' '' ' , ~ .

,, ~ ,.. .. .

199~12.~23~ 03 3~29 ~ AU~ `3 0~6 1-'i0 100 ~`~$~
primary 3~ructure, except th~ Ch~ that they are su~ported by ~cond~ry be~rlng members such as b~am~ in the intermediat~
floor of ~econdAry ~tructur~.
b. 'Prim~ryda~ndent ~ype second~ry ~tructur~' in 1 f]oorJ I
l~yer.
FICS. 126-1 through 128 sho~ th~ anchor arr~ngement for the . prir~ry structure of l floorJ l layer cn~e, When the 'primary dapendent type secondary structur~'is ~dopted in thi~ primary ; structure, the internal ~pace is 3hut out fro~tthe outside and is constituted by the secondary nonbearing me~bers without secondary bearing members, requri1~g eve~tunlly no ~nchors for r~oondRry bearin~tnembers. FI~S. 126-1 and 126-2 ~re the floor fr~ming plans, FI~. i27is theceiling plan,~nd ~IG. 128is the . interior eluvation. In ~IC.126-2, 'puttingfou~d~tion syste~' ::15 etc. ~9 mentioned lat~r is ~dopted for the w~terproofed layer ~~ithout nny nnchor 58t U~ to th~ floor.
i~The differ~nce be~ween the ' primary ~el f-support typ~
:fiecondary struct~r~' and the 'prinlary dependent type secondnr~
structure' i-Q remArke~ble especi~lly in 1 floor~ 1 layer type.
.20 Thoueh the 'primary self-~upport typo second~ry structul e' would need sscond~ry bearing n~er~bers, the 'primary d~p~ndent type gecond~ry structure' doesn't need s~condary bearin~
'm~m~ers, or the ~nchors for seaond~ry bearing members.
.~Therefore, for 1 floor/ 1 l~yer oa8e~ ths 'prim~ry deper1dent t~Ype seoondary structure' is adv~nt~geous. ~cnsideri~g the '!~story height, when the 'primary self-support type ~econd~ry ~tructur~ adopt~d, th~ 1 floor~ yer ty~e is qui~e ,~disadvant~eou~. That i6~ when primary s~lf-support type r~lsecondary stlucture i~ adopted, in case of 2 floor~/ 1 lAyer type, one set of the doubl~ bs ~nd b~ are requir~d for 2 floor~ of secondary ~tructure, whioh mear~6 th~t each floor of seco~d~ry structurc needs half depth of bcam6 and slabs, contributing the ~tor~y height reduction. Howevar, ln case of ~l ~loor/ llay~r typa, tha d~pthof ~eam and ~l~b i9 count~d for '~35 aach floor le~din~ l~r~er ~toray haight, l~ttin~ thi~ system .., :
~" ~ ~ ,; - .

.
- : ~ .: . -:

l~2~Z~3l~ ~3:~l 03 ~22Y 61~2 ~ 7~ " 3 1~

10~ 3 verydis~dvantng~ous.Inthi~ Q.~peCt, a~ the 'primarydependent typ~ seco~dnry ~tructure' doesn't have the double ~lab and bcnms, the only proble~ i6 the rp~co und~r the floor ~or thæ
free sew~e syst~,which could be ~olved by'the storey h~ight reduction system' ~ntioned l~ter ~this ~ystem cou]d be applicable to both type of secondary structure~. Thus, it is qui te ~dvatageolls to adopt the prime.ry d~,pendarlt type ~econ:l~ry structure in case o~ 1 floor t 1 layer, and for the primary ~elf-support type secondary structure, it is better to adopt 2 or more floor3/ 1 ].Ayer nnd there wou}d be less disadvanta~os for more floors/ 1 layer.
3) Anchor arrangeR~ent ~or both second~ry bearing and non-beAring members, ~nd 3econd~rr structure composition.
~ IGS. 116-1 throu~h 118, 119-2, 120-2, 121-3, 122 3, 123-2, and 125, show the ~nchor6 arrRngement which is used ior 'anchors for both secondary beAring Rnd non-bearing member3 l6-3~' taround 13~7). This is used for ~e~clusiYe supporti~lg system of wooden and other light second~ry b~arinB ~ember~'.
These anchors are ~et up on 'the extent ~or setting anchor at ZO initial construction' for both ~eoondary be~rinE and non-b~rin~ m~mbers ~6-3~ ~9 mention~d abov~. NamelY, thi~
~nchors arran~ement i8 re~a~ded as ~h~ same as '~u~port s~tem o~ secondary nonb~arinx msmber' and i~ Adopted the ~bove-mentioned ~ anohor~nrr~n~eme~t for~econdary non-~earir!g members'. In the supporting pl~c~6 D~ large -cp~n beams or the columnswhich ~uppDrt~he1ar~o span beA~s,the ~bove-m~ntioned '~nchor~ for s~condary b~arinB ~mbers' ~re ~rran~ed, or ~re set in the upper, lower, later~l sldes of the walls and sl~bs iinculuding the upwnrd c~truction parts) of primury ~ructure~ which ~re ~tructu~lly reinforced to be able to : support sAid large ~pnn beams or the column~ to support the 14rge op~n beam~, ~nd the anchor3 ~rrungement ~n the~c par-ts iq 8~ a~ tho s~me ~8 ' Anchor~ arrangcmen~ ~or sccondury nonbe~ring member'.
The~ embodimsnts 8how th0 4nchor ~rr~n8~mon~ for the walls . ~

.
, ~ . .
: . .
.

, ' ~ ~ '' ' 1992~12~31~ 2~:12 C3 ~22~ 611~ AUR1~it7~ tl~"3 O~JS P7 ~nd ~ab~ ~hich ~re 6tructuAlly reinforced ~f th~ primnry structure. Namely, anchors for both second~ry be~rin~ and non-bearing ~embers ~6-3) ar~ sat on the upper; lower, lBteral sides of th~ ~olumns or 'equivalent walls', the beam~ or 'eq~ alent ~lQbs', and the walls and sl~bs which is structually reinforced ~so AS to bc able to support long span bea~1s or th~ columrs ~o support said lon8 span beams) of the primary structure ~A). The anchor interYal for th~ Area where anchors are used fre~uently such ns in the place to set the 1~ in~ermediate floors of seconr~ary ~tructure is r;et narrow, and is set con~At1t and ~qual in the other ~rea.
~ egarding the anchor intervAl, 'the anchor ~rrangement for s~condary nonbe~rins members' is ~pplied to the upper, low~r, l~teral sides of w~lls and sla~s which is structually reinfor~ed of ~he pri~ar~ structure ~A), while 'the anchor ~rran~em~nt for secondary beAring m~mbers' i9 ~pplied to the i,' upper, low¢r, later~l sides o1' ~he columns or '~qui~ nt walls', beams or 'equi~a~en~ slnbs' or the li~e of the pri1nar~
~truc~ur~ (A~, ~nd the anch~r nrrangement for seoondnry nonbe~ring members i~ nppli~d, as the an~hor.s on thes~ plaoes are also to be used as anchors for secondary nonbeAring members.
In thi~ c~se, thc Anchors ~r~ used both for secondsry nonbe~ring m~mber~ and second~ry bearing members, assur~ing more flexibility of secondary ~tructure. As tho difference of dia~1ete~ betwoerl this 1~nchor for both ~econdary bearin8 and non-be~ring ~embers' and '~nchor for ~econdary non-beAring members' is sm~ this does not brir1g the direconomy.
In tho other hand, when thc w~lls and ~l~bs of ~ prim~ry 3truoture ~re not structu~lly reinforced, Anchors Arr~n~oment for ~ccondaryr~on-be~rin~ member~ ~re ~dopted, and anchor~ for both seoondary b~aring and non-be~rin~ ~mber6 Are s~t only on the column~ or 'equivalentw~ ', beams or ~equiv~lent sl~s' of tho primary structure (A).
~nthiscAse, al~o '~upport syste~ by b~thprim~ry vertical and . __,, _ ... ~. " , _____, . _,",_, . _ . .... .. ~_ ....... _ .~ ' :;

. . .

' ~ , '." '~ ;, ''' -",;" '' ''' ~' : ' . ' ' ,, I ~l Y ~ 3 (J J J 2 2 9 b l 7 2 AUI~ s hori~ontal plane' can ~o adoptcd, howev~r the flexibility i~
limited, a~ cornpared with the ca8c of the nbove-mentioned struct~lly reinforced wsl1s ~nd slnbs. In such u e~se, when anohor for bot~ ~econdary b0arin~ and non~bearing mambers are 5 set up only at the coiumn~or ~equival~nt w~118' of the primary structure ~A), it becomes the 'support system by prim~ry ~ vcrtical pl~ne ' ( there would be 'support system ~y pri~ary - verticAl plane ~limitad)' And 'support syst~m b; primary ~irtical plane ~over~ll)', as the s~me AS above-ment.ioned 10 'support sy~tem by prim~ry vertic~l pl~n~'). When anehor for both secord~ry be~rin~ ~nd non-bearin~ m~mbeIq are ~et up only :~ ~t the b~ms or 1equi-~alent slabs' of the primary ~t.r~cture (~), it becom~s tile 'support system by primar~ horizontal plane' 15More, floor ~r~n~ing plan, FIG.116-1, FIC.116-2, ceiling ~lan , section interior e1evation, ~IG. 118, show 'the anchor rranR~ment forbothsecondaIy be~rin~and non b~arin~ ~embers' by '~-lpport system by both pri~r~ vertical and horiz~ntal pl~ne'. By this arr~ngem~nt, the co~position of the secondRry ætruQtur~ have the flexibility ~lmost the sAme or even more th~n the cas~ ot' FIC. 96-5, FIG. 96-6 ~nd the case of s~bove-msntioned 'support system by both prim~ry vertical slnd hori~ont~l pl~ne'.
~oor framingplan,FI~ llg-2 andsecti~ninterior elevs~t~on, .,, 2~ FIG. 120-2, ~how 'the snchor ~rran~em~t for both sccond~r~
b~ring ~nd non-be~ring mecbers'by '~pportssy~t~ of primary non-con~tructed upw~rd typ0 on roof l~yor'.
Fl~or framing ,olan, FIG. 121-3 and sectional interior ele~tion, FIC. 122-3~ show 'the ~nchor arr~n~ement for both 30 sooorid~ry b~aring ~nd non-boAring nlombers' by '~upport sy~stem by 'ooth prim~ry verticAl And horizont~l pl~ne' ~ong 'oupport systom of primary constructed upwe.r-i type on roof l~yer~
For f loor fr~n~ing pl~n, FIG. 123-2 and ~oction int~rior elev~tion, FIG. 126, ~how 'the ~nchor arrAn~omellt for both 36 6econdary be~rin~ and non-be~ring ~emb~rs' by '~upport sy~tem ' , . . .

. , . . ~ . ;

. IY~12~ J:I~ 0~ ~22-j 6llZ ~U~ `3 ~l06 i~7~
.:

by both prim~ry vertio~l ~nd horizo~t~l plane' ~mong 'support ~ystem of ~oth primary con~trtlcted ~pward and non-construct~d upw~rd typ~ on roof layer'.
All the floor framinB plans except FlC. 116-1 show the ca~e wh~n 'the anchor for both secondary beRrin~ and non-bearing n~embers'(6-3)or 'th~ anchor for~econdarynonbearing me~bers' (8-2) Ar~ nots~t on th~ sl~b, as ~t~rproof l~ycris set on the floor. The method of 'putting foundation system' ~s ~entioned later should be adopted on this waterproof layer.

Anchor details For anchors, support strength~ dur~bility, ea~e o~
con~tr~ction nnd preci~ion of cOn~trUCtiGn of the ~ettin~ up po8i tion are pnrticularly import~nt.
~1) 'F~rl~ s~t~ing up ~nchor'.
FIGS. 129-1 ~nd 129-5 are e~ampl~s of th~ c~st-in typ~. FIG.
129-1 i8 an oxAmple gOI' secondary bearing .~e~bers, and FIG.
t~9-5 is all e.~n~ple for secondury non~earing membors.
~2) 'Anchor fr~e sy~t~m' .. 20 Thoughitcould be considered asgeneral type. the anchor frame : system expressed here is thught from th~ point of simplicity, precision and ~conomy ofcon~truction, ~nd within thi~ syste~, .~ an intcrior 'snchor fr~me ~y~t~ a sy6tem that is restricted to nn initial set up type ~nchor.
26 1) 'Intcrior anchor frame systa~' This is an explanation of the case when the anchor i~ composed : from anchor nuts or cnp nuts (8) with th~ ~nchor frame (5~. The ~nchor frAme ~5) is laid under tho ground inside concrete,and ;~ we1d~d to reinforcin~ ~teel 18 in concrete, ~ccompanied wi~h ~nchorage reinforcing steel which i~ fixed to anchor frame (5) (~ee FI~S. 13 through 28~. Forthc ~nchor frame (5), ~tee1 bars, ~ntle~, H And chanll~1 seotion~teels or the like are used. Over the whole thore ~re multiple penetration hole, and on the surf~o~ and baok ~lde of this ~ach ponetration hole, multiple ;; 36 anohor nuts or a~p nut8 8 ~ro set up by woldin~, directly or by ' :
.-- . ._, .
, . ~ - , , , , ". ,~. .,; , .
,. ~ , . . ..
.. . ..

1992~]'~31~ 2~:~9 03 3~23 6172 AURI~,~7~ `'3 ~l6 P7-, 105 ~ 3 ins~rtion. T~o or more anchor nut~ ~8) ar reQulred are 6et up repeatodly, enhnncing the strcn~th of the ~nchor.
On th~ c~ncrete ~urf~ce ~hown in FI~.13 to ~8, of columns ~13, be~ms (2), w~ 3), ~nd sl~hs 14). the ~nchor holes 6 ~rc bored ~uccessively tG the above ~antion~d ~nchor nut~ and cap nuts l8), so as to unite the fixin~ bolt~ ~10~ to the snchor nut~ or c~pnuts (8). FI~. ~8 shows c~p nuts typa by the method.
:E1sewhere, there is ~lso ~ compositio~ that, ~or th~ whole frame, multiple anchor bolts (7) with intervals, are set up b~
~hru~ting the #nchor frAme (5) into conoret~, with its end st~nding out super~ici~ to ~n ~ppointed length, by means of this,fixing nut(9) sre ~ble to be fixed to thi~; projecting p~rt , ( ~ee FIGS, 2~ to 33 ) .
2) 'Superficial anchor fr~e syst~m' and 'We~ding anchor 5y5tem~.
The setting up m~thod of ~nchor fr~me t5) and snchor nuts Ol' cap nu~ ~8), i~ the method sh~wn ~lso in FIGS. 34 to ~7.
~To e~plain this rnethod, not all the ~nchor frame ~5], anchor : nuts orcap nut~(8) ~reperfectlyinside the concretc, on1y the ~nchor nuts ~nd c~p nuts(8) ~re burie~ inslde th~ concrete ~nd thc ~nchor fr~me ~5) i~ set level ~ith the ~urf~ce of the concr~te. The anchor frAme (5~ ls ~ixed by wol~ing to the reinforcin~ steel (18) in the conGr~te~ or fixed by the ~nchorage reinforcing steel of the anchor fr~me ~5J, or fixed by 'nut forfixin~ anchorfrAme't17) to '~nchor bolt for fi~ing anchor fr~m~'(15) which is thru~ted into the surf~ce, or fixed by 'bolt for fixin~ enchor fr~me'll6)to 'anchor nut or c~p nut for fixlng ~nchorframe'(l4) buried in~ide the conc.rete, or the like (Herein~ter, '~nchor bolt for fix~ng anchor fr~mo'(l5) ~rld '~ncho~ nut or cap nut for fixing ~nchor frame'(l~ r~
called ~nchor for fixing ~nchor fr~e' ~14)(15)). Similarl~, FIGS. ~8 to53 ~how ti)e ca~ of anchori~olt~7) u~ed instead of :th~ ~nchor nut~ or c~p nut~ (8).
Inca~that~econd~ryi~lembo~ cnd~1ux ~uppor~ ln~ ~onnection memb0r~' ar~w~lded ~o these ~upQrfloial anchor Pr~ma(5~ Qhown :
. ' -t 'l '~ 21~ 'J l E3 'c' 3: 1 5 0 3 3 ~) 2 '1 6 1 7 2 AUI~ I ~rx-~'7 1~, t ~ 6 ~ ' ~ t 10~ 5~
FIGS. 5~ to 56-4, the s~ttin8 po~iti~n o~the ~econdar~ m~mber~t ~nd the 'flex ~upporting connection memb-3r~' b~comes ~r~e ; within ~he extent of th~ direc~ion and the width of scttin~ up the superf iGial ~nchor frame, Thi~ ~eLhod al~o contributes to j 5 stand~rdi~e tha ~nchordiama~er of'initial s~tuptype anchor' .~ (In this case anchor dia~eter of 'anchor for fixin~ anchor frame'(I4)(15) contribute~ to ~tandardi~ing. I~ could b~ alsD
thought th~t an anchor fr~me became~ a receptacl-3 in this ~cAse~. In thi~ cace. each anchor i~ not necessary, and the .~ 10 required supForting connecting strength is ea~ily secured by changing the si~e of the welding connectiv~ side with recept~cle (12) and anchor fram-3. Standsrd~zing the anchor dia~teter of '~nchor for fixing anchor ~rAme' will be a~o possible. That i~ because ~he support strength increa6e~
r~mark~blly compared with th~ support ctr~n~th of each anchor, due Lo the stiffne~s of th~ whoIc anchor frame~ so there i~ no fe~r that thc r~tquired support s~rength isn't securcd.
Al~, in case of lim;ting Lhe connecting method for secolldary : members and 'fl~x supporting connection me~bers' w.ith these - 20 'superfici~l nnchor ~r~mes' (~)to welding, it isn't neGessnry to se~ up ~nchor nut~ cap nuts ~8) nor snchor bolts (7~ ~s mcntioned abov~.
- Like thi~ king ~he ~nchor fr~ 5) flush with the ccnc~ete surface, as it will be even ~ith the ~round comp~red with a c~ncrete ~ur~ace, the frictionconnection of hi~h~ensionbolt~
: etc. ~nd recept~cle connections etc. can be connected cert~lnly. By mak;ng the compr6ition of fixing, the anchor frame (5~ and nuts or bolts~ in c~se that anchor nuts or cap nuts ~8J b~come unu~abl~ for defncem~nt~ the snchor frame (5~
; 30 of th~t part c~n be tak~n of, and Rnchor nut~ or CAp nut~ 18) which becnm0 unus~ble CAn ~ repAir~d,or anchor fr~me 5 could be exchAnged. Al~o, in c~e th~t 4 desiBn chan~e happens to ~econdary ~tructurc~ B, r~ceptnclos (12), ~nchor frame (6), ~nchor nut~ or c~p nut8 (8~ can bc replAced to other on~s which 36 suits the form, m~tcri~l And 3tructure of the ~econcl~ry , , , ,: , ~ ~ : . ; .

.: , :
.:. , :.:

c~ c3~ 3 32~9 r,l~2 AUF'~l'rit'i~ri~3:~"3 ~ P17 10.7 ~ 13 structure.
U3in~ ~ny of the methods ~entioned above, enough support-strellRth of ~nchor bolts, nnohor nuts, c~p nuts~8) cnn be secured, and the corrosion of the ~nchor frnme 5, arlch~r ~lt!~
or CAp nuts 8 are prevented ~s~e FIGS. 13 to 28) when they Are buried inside concre-te, alld their se~iperm~nent use becomos possible.
; (3) '~ree anchor frsme ~ystem'~
This 'free anchor fr~me system' i9 a kind of transformntion of 1~ the weldod ~nchor frame, And the ~bove-~nt.ioned nnchor frnme to the rail-shaped one with guide ~see ~lG. 57). Sometimes this system, is also set up to the appointed part with cert~in nnchor ~rrnn~ements with a cort~in length (~ee F~G. 58).
F~G. 67 to 59-5 show the system for ~ottin~ up fre~ ~nchor ; 15 frames t~-1) which h~ve channel type, rid~e type and rib chunnol type or the like, or movemerlt adjustin~ rnil~ for ancher fi~in~, on tho pri~ary structure (A~. On this rail, ~ree : mG-ement of the ~nchor and po~ition ~djust~ent oF secondary member with 'fle~ ~uppo~Sng connection mcmbers' will be : 20 p~ssibile.
This free anchor frame (5-1) is set up on primary structure IA) with anchora~e reinforoing 9t~ei or the liko, or, on a pri~lary structur~ ~A) At an nnchor of a ~Ht Up typ~. With a free position possible, ~nchor~ are fi~eà br welding AS in FIGS.
59-1 through 59-5 .with a mo~em~nt adjustlng mnil, or by securing with bolt~.
By n rnett.od ~f ~ 8~ ~p in th~ direction of this r~il, Adjusting an ~nchor will be free inths snid direction, an~ so in tho width direction, by the size and width of the rail.
I~ tho aupport-~ren~th is obtni~d by weldinB or thë L:ihe, thls method could be used not only on secondary nonbearing c~pnol~y and li~ht-~ight mombers, but nl~90 on socond~ry benrin~ ~omb~r~.
~4 ) ~orrl~ sepAra-tor ~yStem There is one ~othod to uso ~nchor in the lnteral sidog of b~am ':
. ~

- ~ .

.~,.

1`J~ 2~: 17 0;~ 2Y ~ 172 AlJFi l ~;PJ~ t .:"3 JC5 1 0~ ;> ~ ~
Z ,poll 1 and wall 3 without withdr~win~ th~ form separa~or to b~ use~ wh~n constructing the fra~e, and another i9 to choos~
the . a diamst~r of ~ for~ ~ep~rator,~djusting its strength responding to the support-stran~th o f the second~ry ~embers on 5 ~orm setting. For form sepa~ er, ther~ ~re cap llUtS t~pes, bolt types and fem~le scre~ types.lhis system is the syste~
that i~ r2s~ricted ~o ~n initihl s~t up type anchor. By using ~ hi~ m~thod severnl ~nchor's members cun be o~itt~d and is - e~tremely economio for being abls to save many p~rts. ~
10 129-2 is an example of 'an anchor for fl second~r~ beAring memb~r', and FIG. 129-4 is one for 'an anchor for u ~econd~ry bearin~ member'.
(5) 'Anchor hole ~y~tem I' In FIGS. 60 throu~h 63, on the surf~ce of columrl ( 1 ) of ~
15 primary s~ructure IA~, be~m (2) ~nd wall (3) al~o h~ve ~nchor holes of an nppointed depth bored at inter~als with anchor bolts t7) inserted thi~ anchor hole, fi~ing anchor bol~s (7) to the column 11) o~ the like Or prim~ry struc:ture ~A) ~nd fi1ing up ~rout material Rround it to fixing r~ceptacles (1~). using ~0 anohor bolts (7~ by fixing nuts ~9).
~I~S. 6~l through 67, show mult~pl~ ~nchor holes bored at an ~ppointed intervals ~nd depth~ into th~ column ~1)of ~ pri~ary ;~ structur~ ~A), ~nd al80 be~r~s (2) ~nd walls (3), layin~ anehor bolt~ ~7) of ex~ending style under the ~round of a conc~ned : 25 anchor hole, to nut receptacles (12) on ~nchor bolt (7)of this ; extendin~ style by fixin~ nuts (9).Fixod fi~ing nuts on anohor bolk~ 17) of this ext~nsionstyle forthe method ~re ~lso sho~n.
Moreover ~IG. 129-3 is ~n exAmple for an anchor nut and cap nut type of ex~nsion styl~, ~nd FIa. 129-6 i~ nn ex~mple for ~ CAp 30 nut type rssin ~nchor, ~nd both ~re for 8econd~ry non~eurin~
meinbers. Anchor of exten~io~ ~t~le anchor nut~ and Cap rluts type of FIG. 129-3, and the case iY shown for r~o~ptacle8 for : ~eccndary non~e~ring ~ambers are fixed ~nd supported.
; For this ~y~tem, therc i6 a typc to 8et up a hole sfter 36 oonstruotin~ th~ pri~ury ~tructure, the holes deep and wide ., . . - . J ~
., .

. '~, . . .
. :
-, , : , ~
~,. .
:-.

~ ' . `' ~,' . ,, 1 9 ~ ~ ~ 1 2 ~13 1 e '~ 3: 1 8 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ AUR I ') ~ " 3 J l) 6 enough for the ~n~hor expeoted r~qulred for the ~upport o~
second~ry ~mbers at th~ initi~l con~truction of the primas~y : structure, tho hol00f aca1iber ~ize ~o tha~ secondary ~embers c~n be add~d onto the conco2 nod nnchor u~ln~ c~p nut~ set up on 5 A r~sinou~ anchor or the lilce. By u6in~ such a m~thod there i5 no problem of strenBth reduction ot'the primary structur~. It i~ Also able to ~djust preci~ely the si~e of the bolts of secondary members And connective ~embors or the iik~ of ~hem, ~s one is free to choose the dia~eter of them. By planning a lQ hole dia~eter ~n~ the anchorAge co~idering the ~upport-stre~gth, this system, is also useful for secondary bearing members.
~6~ 'Ar~ohor hole system 11' FIGS. 68 ~hrou~h 10, show the ~ol~owings. With an appointed int~rv~l, multiple p~n~tration holes ~re bored on the colu~n bæ~m ~2) and wa11 ~3), of ~ primary structul~e ~), t.o thi~
; p~netration hole anchorbolts ~7)~r~ s~t, and receptacles (12) are nu~ted onone or both ends of the ~nchor bo~ ts (, ) by ~i~ing : nut~ ~9).
The formin~ ofa hole after constructing the primar~ struc~llre can al~o be done in this ~yste~. Similarly to the abo~e Dlentioned '~n ~nchor hole sy~tem 1 ', by formin~ the hole to the correct ~ize for the anchor dia~eter that is expeated to be required ~or the support oF s~oondAry ~emb~rs at the f irst ~tage~ of the construction of th~ ~rim~ry ~tructure. ~here won't be probl~ of a str~ngth reduction of prima1y structure snd, BS one i~ free to se1ect the .req~ired anchor diamQter, one is able to adju~t the si2e of fixin~ bolts of secondary be~rin~
memb~rs ~nd connecti~e nlembers or the like accordin8 to the support-~trength. q'hi3 i~ ~n effeative metho~ th~ c~n be u8~d ~aner~ly for ~econdary benring nlcmbcrs.
(7) Anohor in o~ of primary ~tru~t~re of S, SC~ S~.
FIaS. 71 throu~h 77 show the c~se that aolu~n ~ nd be~
of a primary 8tructure (A) i~ oo~po~ed of s~el frame 36 matcri~ls. Various mothods ~xist for fixing ~nchor in thi~

` . ; `

199.~12~31~ 23:19 03 322Y ~17~ AUR1~r~ "3 006 llO ~ L 3 ca~e. Anchor hol~s cAn be ~et on the upper sides, lower sides, lAt~ral sides of columns (l) ~nd bcsn16 t2J- R~ceptacle~ (lZ) can be ~etby fixing bolts (lO) or by fixin~ nuts ~9) Isee ~ S.
71 throu~h 74). Ancho~ nuts or cap nuts can b~ fi~ed to fit anchor hol~ by weldin~. Anchor bolts ~7) can be fi~ed on the surfacc of columns ~1) and beams ~) or anchor bolts ~7) can be ~ixed bypenetr~ting~he anchor holes bywelding ~nd can be used Ren~raly ~or æecond~r~ bearing members.
FIGS. 78 throu~h 80 ~how columns ~ eam8 (2) ~ndwalls t3) of 0 A prim~ry structure ~A), that ore compo~ed Or st~el frame rein~orcsd concr~t~ nchoe 1luts or CAp nuts (8) in this case ; are fixed by weldin~ to Lhs p~rt of a plenum of the penetr~tion hole which is bored at interv~lsinthe 6teel frsme m~mb~rs (l9) in the concrete. Moroo~er ther~ ~re slso other methods to weld anchor bolts ~?) simply upon the 6teel frame m~mbers (19) in concrete, orto set up bybor;ng A penetr~tion hole in the s~eel -~ freme members (I9), and anchor bolt ~7) can be fi~od in the position of the holc b~ welding.

~ 'Po~t-construction set up type anchor' in 'Anchor type ~etting up extcnt for ~nchor At inltlAl construction'.
'Post-construction set uptype Anchor1 which can be set freely after construction is also ~et up ~t the positimn thst h~s no problem conc~rnin~ to the beAring capncity of ~ pri~ry ~5 structurc ~nd e~tcnt or position th~t thc support-streng~h io D~intained. ~t initi~l construction st~ge the Anchor set~ing position or th~ exten~ et where no prob}em will occur to ~fect the beAring c~pacity ot the prl~ry structure, and sufficient support-strength is obtAined (if the problem on 30 bearinB c~pAcity reduction of tha prin~ary structure ~nà the suppott-~trength~re con~irmed, al~o ~fter con~truction~. When ~pp]i~d to oondominium 'o~1ildlng the extent or positiDn (~r~a) ~houd bc pr~s~ribed ~s the monopoly p~rt and, when second~ry m~m~Ders ~re set up ~nchor and joint parts are set up freely at the position nnd thc ~xtent.

.~ , . . . .

.

:.: . - .

J l E3 ~ J: 1 9 ~) J J c~ ~ ~J 6 1 ~ UR l ~r f t'J l~ ` g O U f. I ' d l '' ~y ~uch a method the ~stimated lo~d ~n b~ ~e~ s~ller in structur~l ~nalysi3 ~nd calculatic~, boc~uso the po~ition or the extent which in~luence the prin~ary structure can be set At thed0signir~g st~e ~fore theco~tr~ction, H is advsnt~geou3.
5 And without reducing the bearin~ c~p~city of th~ primary structure ~A), sufficient support strength fit for ~ach : secondary member i~ obtained.
Further~ore, ev~n if the own~r ~f the prlmary structuIe i8 different fro~lthat of the second~ry structure, the problem of 10 sccession in the civil 1AW ~nd the problem of gi~ing dan~age to common p~rtR of thc condo~inium build;ng can be solved.
A position or an extent of ~nchor for secônd~ry light-weight members (6-4) can be thought to be ~t for ~he whol~ are~ of t.he Dl~in fr~m~ in : 15 mos~ c~ces, and if incre~sed volu~e of concrete i~ u~ed ~or t`inishin~l coverage of reinforsin~ steel,by using S~lCtl ~rea no problem occurs on reduction of bearing cap~city, and it may be econonlicAl.
; Again if wooden for~work for cAstin~ concre~e ls left on the 20 surface of conorete within the po~ition or the e~tent, 3econdsry light-wci~ht ~ember~ csn'~asily be ~ixed by nailing o~ scr~wing on the ~urface of it.
FIa. 131-1 ~hows the method of anchoruge for secondarY
light-wei~ht ~e~ber~ (6-4) in an anchor ~ystam of 'initial :` 25 extent ~et up typ~' Atld '~ post-con~truction ~e~ up type'. In the ca~e of ~voidin~ the proble~ on be~ring c~p~eity of the primary structure ~hen pri~ry structure ie constructæd incre~ v~lume of concrete is added, to ~ake 'the extent for frecly ~etting ~nchor~ in po~t-c,on~tr~ction'~36)'. Within thc , 30 part and the ~xtent (from th~ surfRce of ooncrete to the dotted ! lin~ in thc ~Ia.) each u~er c~n 8et up ~nchor~ freely a~ter .~ con~truction or in future.
The problem about ~cce~}ion and ~anuf~cturln~ ~in civil l~w will be aolved if the part or ~he extent iB prescrived by r~le, 35 ~s B monopoly part. At the firs~ 8t~8~ Of con~truction (and if "' ' , ~ .:
.

: : . , : . ..

.: ~

1~92~12~31~ ~3:'C~ ~3 322Y 6172 ~UR1~7~ OOti 112 ~ 3 ~he probl~m on boaring cap~ity reduction of the pri.mry structur~ And th~ support atr~n~th ~re confir~ed) the ~nchor ~etting position and the extent are determined, and if prescribed as a monopoly part in ~ condominium building this method can be ~pplied to ~n~ohors for both ~econdary bearing And non-bsaring members' t only if no problem occurs to the bearin~ capacity of the pri~ary struoture ~nd ~uffi¢ient support Etrength is ob~Air~ed.
Furthernlo~e, in case using the anchors set ~ccording to the : 10 method, for other u~ inthe future and displucement occurs, to support and joint the n~mber in ~n obliquff posi-~ion, ~h~
adoptin~ 'fle~ supportin~conne~tion~composed of receptAc.les, intermediary structure/ interstructur~l membor~ c~n minimize : the dam~e to the primary structure.
O Second~ry member6 ~et~in8 up method ~o prim~ry struc~ure.
llareinafte~, the ~thod th~t seoond~ry m~mbers is set up to pri~ary structure, is described in case of using 'flex ~upportingconn~ction'and incase ofanchordecision position.
(1) 'Flex supporting connection' Th~ 'flex supporting c~nnection' is co~po~ed of recept~c~es : and intermediate structures/inter-structural membersas 'flex su~porting connectionmember'. Thare isAlso in case that it is u~ed both of thes~, and i~ als~ in cax~ that it is us~d ~nly one. This ~stem is fund~entallyneccss~ry for'~n initi~ ~et up typ~ anchor', and 8u~rantees th~ freedom of co~position of ~econdsry me~bers from the fix~d 3nchor. Even in ~::
~post-constructivn s~t u~ typo ~nchor~, this syxtem is neoe~s~ry to gu~rantee the fr~edom of compo.~itlon of ~econdary members after the position~ of ~nchors ~re fixod.
P~cg~rding second~ry beari~g member~, thi~ 'flox ~uppor~ing connection' h~ the function to tr~nsmitthe loadsof secondarY
be~ring ~embera to column~ ~nd b~a~r of h prim~ry structure by 36 'nupport sy~tem of ~econdary b~rl~B member by primary column .~

~' I.~ Y ~! l 0 3 ~ ~J 2~J ~i l ,' 2 AUi~ 'J~ 3 n~ 3 113 ~ 3 ~ '3 and beam', ~nd the function to ad~ust the sup~or~in~ c~llnection between anchor~ ~nd 6econd~ry bearing members. R~3g~rding ~econdary nonbearing ~embèrs, this role of 'flex supporting connecti~n' i~ to ~djust the supporting connectlon between nnchors snd 3econdnry nonbearin~ memb~r~.
Espcci~ in supporting secondAry be~ring members. an int~rmediate structure pla~s the fund~ment~l rolc to ~ran~n\lt the loAd of second~r~ ~tructures to ~ column and a be~7ll Or a I.rim~r~ structure, and becomes ~n indispensable element in 10 'support ~ys-tem of se~ondary bearing me~ber by primary column un~ beu~'.
i'he adjustment of ~upporting cor~n~c~ion between anehors and second~ry me~ber by this method ~ets n~c~3ssary in case tnat position-adjustment i necessary because of th~ di~pl~cement 1~ of ~econdaly members fro~ the ~od~le of anchor pOQition, in csse that lo~d-adjustment is ne~ded for sacondary members bec~use of e.~ceedin~ the support-strengthof an ~nchor, ln c~se :Lhat mat~riul-~dju~t.mellt of secondary m~mber~ i3 nec~s~ary becau3e it is materislly improper for supporting connection, snd nam~ly in c~e ~h~t seccndary memb~rs com~-osit1On requests a higher freedom ~ menti~nsd later.
An in~ermediat~structuref irter~stru~tura.l m0mber ls used for the lar~e po~ition-adjustment for the connection betwoen ~nchors and ~econd~ry members.
~25 A recept~cle i8 used for the small position-adjustment ~or th~
:c~nn~c~ion b~twcen the ~nGhor and ~econd~ry member ~nd ~ho interm~di~te ~tructure/ inter-struotur~l ~embsr. By this way, the freedom of position of s~condary members is ~uArarlteed, nnd the s~ren~h o~ support~ng connection 18 ~sured.
~0 A rec~pt~cl~s, ~n lntermcdiQt~ ~truc~ure or an inter-structural m~bers ~re ins~rtod betwcQn ~econdAry :members und ~nchor~. By thi~ way~ thc mAteri~ djustment of supporting connection g~t~ po~sibl~, the fr~edom of matcri~l of 3econdary m~bors i~ ~u~r~nt~ed, nnd the 8tr~ngth of supporting connection i8 A~Ur~d.

.. ~ .

': , . . :
. . ... .
- :, ., : ~ ~' . :' 1~2~12~31a 23:~2 ~3 ~'29 617Z A~ 0~6 The ~dju~tment o~ suppoltln~ connection i8 n~ ~ ~s~ ~y in case the load of the secondary member~ exce~d~ the c~paclty of one or two anchor. A re.eptacl~ or an lnterm~diste structure~
inte~ tructural membel m~kes possi`ole to ~uppor~ this load of D secondary ~emb~r by covering sevar~l anchors in the same time.
By this way it is~osRible-to standardize the anchor diameter and the support-strenyth of anchor~ and also solve the above-mentioned prohlem.
Inthisway,it is possi~leto st~nd~rdize the anchor posi~ion, the anchor diameter ~nd the supportin~-~trength of anchor,-to gu~r~nte~ the flexibilit~ of the form, the ~ositiorl, ~he structure ~nd the mRterial of secondary ~cmber!~, and to assure :the suppor~in~ connection.
: Further morel this system also solves the following problem 1~ and has the followin~ effect~.
In case th~t the precision of construction of primary :structure is low ~nd there is a large difference be~ween the x~ ointed connection position in ~.rimnry structure and the ^ posiLion of second~ry structures, the recept~cles and the s 20 intermadiate struc~ur~ inter-structurAl member can adjufit this disloca~ion, ~d i~ can a~oid the di6tortion of secondary : structure ~hich hns to follow the primary structure even if it i~ b~d-constructed, ~nd it can enhance the co~struction preclsion o~ ~ucond~ry str~ ure.
: 25 Further,'po8t-constructions~tuptypesnchor'corlventionally .i becom~e ~ener~l for the flexibility of seoondary members. But, this~nchortype h~ anun6tableconnective support-strength of ::
seoondary bearin~ m~m'o~rs. ~hi~ ~nchor type has the problem o~
; strength depre~ionofa primnry~tructure, ~he probl~msof the 30 civil lnw nnd the problemsconcernin~ to the 1RW of condominium because Or wounding a primary BtruCttlre- 'The initiel ~et UP
; typ~ anchor' which sol~s ~he~e ~roblems ~nd ~nhance ar.arlchor perfnrmance, hss the problem of fl~xibility o~ secondary ; members, and rfl~trictes the flexibile range of secon~ary ' 35 m~ber~ in the anchor positi~ns. And thi~ Byst~em ~olves the ., ~ .

: : : : : . . ; : : , ~- , . :

1~92~12~3~ 23:23 o~ 3~9 6~72 AURl~?l~;~'r;t~ t~ 3 006 PB5 both problems and enlarges the usin~ of 'initiu1 set up type anchors ' .
Further, this ~y~tem can set up ln~ul~tion to e~ch joint b~tween ~nchors ~nd recept~cle and an in~er~diate structure~
intor-structu~l momb~r ~nd ~cond~ry member/ secondary stru~ure. For this re~on, this syste~ C~l~ enh~nc~ isol~tion ~nd sound in.~ula~ion ofsecondary structures. Also, by ~etting up i~olation sy~tem of sei~mic i~olator to thi~ joint, this syst~ c~n reduce the ~ mio forc~ to act upon second~ry structure~, nnd simultaneou31y it oan ~1~oreduce ltsstre~;~ to pri~ry ~truotur~.
From tha ~bo~e-mentiorled, this system ~uarantees the ; fl~ibility of the form, the position, the ~truc~ure ~nd the materinl of ~econdary structures. This ~ystem assures the ~upporting connection of edch ioints, enhances the support-stren~th to ~ prim~ry structure ~nd the durability perform~nce of anchors, sol~e~ the problem of strength depres~iotl of a primarj- structure, an~ solves the prob~ems of the civil law and the probl~ms concern~ng to the law of 20 condoll~inium.
~2) The ~ethod to.set up secondary be~rin~ member I`he method used to setupthe ~econdary b~ring ~embor~ such AS
main column, b~m ~nd ~lub ~Lc, composed ~econdary struct~res to ~ primary struc~ure is express~d below.
~lG~. 1 through ~4-2 ~how the c~se thAt stcel m~ori~ re us~d ~8 recopt~cl~s (12~, intermadi~t~ ~tructur~
inter-struatur~l member~ (13) ~nd second~ry bearing me~bers (B-l). FIGS. 13 thr~ugh 80 show the d~tQil in the method o~
their ~etting up.
FI~,S. 81 through 85-3 show the c~ that PC b~, PC bo~rd ~nd AkC bo~rd is u~d ~s ~econdaly b~ring ~o~bers (B-l). F'IG. 81 ~hows th~ ~ethod of setting lJp of ALC bo~rd. FIOS. 82 throu~h 86-3 show the m~thod ue~tin~ up of PC bo~d ~d PC be~m. FIGS.
84-1 through 85-3 show the details o~ their settin~ up. FIGS.
. 35 ~4-1 throu~h B4-3 show th~ det~ils of the ~ettin~ up by ':

. :- , ,. : :;: ::

. : . . :

13~12~31~ 23:2~ 03 3229 ~172 AUR1~7~ ` 3 , 096 P86 - rec~ptacles ~12) of ang1~ in an anchor position. PIGS. 85-1 through 85-3 sh~w the cas~s that US2 recept~cl~s (12) o~ ~he b~nd st~el and the intermedi~te structurs/ inter-structurnl members ~l3) of angln ste~l, for ~econdary members deviated :l fro~ the anch~r po~ition.
~IGS. 95 through 112-~ show the case that wooden material is ~ u~ed a~ ~econd~ry ~eur~n~ ~e~ber~(B-l). Steel snd wood is used ,~ as receptAclas (12) ~nd int~rmediate structure/
:: inter-structural members (13) in this cas~. In these FIGS., :~ lO FICS. ~5, 96, 96-l, 96-3, 96-5, 96-7, 96-9, 96~ 6~ nd FIGS. 97 throu~h ~03, show th2 casa of con~ention~l wuoden structures, and ~IGS. 98 throu~h 103 show the setting up det~ils. And FIGS. 96-2, 96-4,9~-6, 96-8, g6-10, ~-12, 96-15, und ~'IGS. 104 throu~h 110-2, sho~ th~ case of wooden structure ~ x ~, and FIGS. 108-l through 108-6, FIG, 110-1, and FIC.
.~
110-2 show setting up d~tail~ of those. FlCS. lll through 112-2 show the c~ of wooden pan~l buil~ing system, and FIC. 112-1 ~
and FIG. 112~2 show ths s~tting up ~etsils. ;, In the~ FIGS, secondary be~ring memb~rs(B-l~ or the 'fle~
~upporting connae~i~n m~mb~r~' ar~ set up ~t 'tho anchors for : secondary b~aring me~ber'(6-l), and 'wooden and other light ; second~ry bearing members' Are ~t up ~t sither ' ths anchor~
: for ~econd~ry be~rin~ member' ~-1) or 'thc unchors ~or both :; secondAry ~earing ~nd ~on-bearin~ me~ber' (6-3).
Asmentioned abov~, 'flex supportlng conn~ction m~mb~rs' pluy un import~nt part for tho 5~e of setting up second~ry b~aring memhera (B-l~. Ncxt, the r~cept~cles Eor secondary b2aring ';~ membors ~nd the in~ermediata 6tructure/ inter-structurAl .. m~n~ber ~or the second~ry beArin~ member are explnined.
.~30 1) Outlino of ~flox supporting connection mqanber' for secondv,ry ~earirng member R~urdin~ ~ocord~ry be~ring ~bers, 'fl~x aupportin~
connection memberQ' hAve the funat-on to transmit the ~o~d of s~cond~ry bearinR members to tha colu~n~ snd bea~s of the ~i primary ~truoture by '~upporting sy~tem of second~ry br~rlng ., ~.
- - ~_ l99~2~ 23:25 o~ 3229 6l72 A~R~ t1~"3 006 P87 D~

11~
memb~r by pri~n~ry column and beam', and havo a function of support.ing conn~ction ~dju~tmDnt botween A ReCOndal`y bQ~rin~
men~ber ~nd anchors.
Anintor~lediats structurc h~5 thefundamental partt~ transmit the load of secondary structure~ to tho columns and beams of A
primary structure, ~nd is sn indispensable eIement of the 'support systenlof secondary beAring member by ~rimRry column ~nd beam'.
I ~ supporting connective adJust~lent h~ three c~es. In shDrt, the position-adjustmellL is ~ nec~ssary cA~e becnuse secondary member gets ou~ of A module of An anchor position, the load-adjustment is a necessAry c~se bec~use secondary me~bers exceeds a sup~ort-strangth of an anchor, ~nd Lhe m~teri~ djustmen~ is a nscessary cas~ b~cause ~ material o~
1~ s~oondAry ~embers is improper for a supportin~ and connecti~g.
.~ intermediAte s~ructures is imp~rt~nt especinlly for po~ition-udjust~ent ~nd material-adjustmant in these CASaS. A
recept~cl~ is n~cess~ry in their all ca8es.
2) Embodiments of rec~ptAcle for secondAry be~ring ~e~ber A recept~cle ~1~) is ~et ~n the position whore it is supported by so~e anchors ~nd supports secondary structure ~B), intermedi~te structure~ inter-structurAl membor ~13~, a~
mentioned a~ove. A seeond~ry ~tructure (B) ~nd intermedi~te structure/ inter-~tructulal member ~13) is 6et at said r~ceptacl~ ll2) and sAid rece~tacle is set st the ~nchors. As mentiolled ~bove, a recept~cle (12)Adju~t the ~n~hor position's distAnco of secondary mambors and inter~edi~tc ~tructure/
inter-structural members (13). and ~akes ccnnective mutual support of ~heir melubers po~siblu (~P~ FIaS. 2, 3, ~, o, ~, 9, 11, ~nd 12)~
In c~se th~t a support-stren8th isn't got by one or two ~ncho~, in orderto3upportsecondsry m~mbor~ this receptAcles can strid~ across throo or fo~r ~nchor~ to support th~m, a~d g~t their ~ppolntod support-~tr~gth.
Simultaneously, this r~cpta~les 601Ve tho them~ to mako the ,~ , . . .

I r3 ~ 2 ~ 1 2 ~ ~ 1 E3 L 3: 2 6 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ 1 7 . ~ UR I ~ i t ~ 3 1) 0 ~i P ~ ~
. L 3 11~

definit~ typ~ of the above-~lentioned anchor diameter and strength.
Further, the receptacl~cAr~ oconnect ~ndaupport c~rtAinly to prim~ry ~truc~ur~ in case th~t second~ry member~, an intermediate stru~ture, or intor-structural member6 nre material4 ~xcept steel etc. m~terial (for e.Yample; wooden material).
A recoptAcle (12) is ~de of band s~eel, ~ngl~, chunnel, H
section or I section or the like, ~nd is formed lar~el~ enough to aupports~condary ~tructur~ tn) ~nd inter~ediAtc ~truc~l~reJ
inter-atructural ~le~lb~rs ~13). Its ro1e is same with anchors for secondsry nonbearing~members r~cept~cle. A recept~cle for seoondary be~ring members has a v~riation in i~ sh~pe.
Heroin~ftor, this matt~r is co~cr~tely ~xpresced~
6 A rac~ptacle (12)i~ set up ~t th0 upper, lower,lRtaral ~ides a~ the column~ (1), beams ~2),w~11s (3~.in A primary stru~ure ~A) accordin~ to the positio~ tc ~et second~ry b~nring me~ber~
~B-I), secondary structure ~B), il~termediate structurQ~

inter-~tructur~ mbers~13). Then, ~ raceptacle (12) beco~cs a variou~ sh~pe ~ee FlaS. 13 through 2B) ~ccording to the po~ition to ~t 6~condary str~cture [B~, intermediat~
~tructure/ int~r-3tructural ~ember~ (13).
Rec~ptacle~ (12), which is cho~en fro~ ch~nnel section-~nd I
section ~ndll~ction steel ~nd wooden ~uality mAteri~ls or th~
like, according to load of second~r~ bearing membqr~
s~oondury s~ructure~ (B), ~nd by ~ ~ize of ~ d~Ad lo~d, ~re u~ed prop~rly ~ee FICS. 15, 1~, 19, 20, a7, 28, and ~I~S. 104 throu~h 112-2), and e~ch recept~cles~12),in respon~e to siæes of the secondary bearing members ~B-l), secon~ary structure (13), intermedi~te structure~ inter-~tructural n~embers (13) to ~upport thi6, is formed as bein~ lArge enou~h ~o correspond to them, snd it i8 for~ed to ~ ci~e and a shape covering nec~s~ary n~ b~rs of anchors (nec~ssary w~lding lon~th ~nd ~nchors ar~a in ca8c of welding) to get enough anchor strength.
~5 Stlll, roceptscl~ (12) ~ay be ~ br~ck~t form having msrgins ;~

` ', ' ' ": ' I .
.. . : .
.: ' . ' . ' 1'35'~ 23:Z6 ~)3 3229 ~i172 AURlr~ on6 P9~ ~
, of secondary b~arin~ m~mh~r~ (B~ condary structure ~
intormediuto etructure or inter-~tructural mc~bers (13) to ;: c:onnect them.
Receptaclos (12), formed like this, ars conn~ct~d to interm~diate ~tructure/ inter-structural members ~13), or t~
secondaryb~ring memb~rs~B-l)~nd second~ry structure~ B with bolts, nuts or by welding.
Receptacles ~l~) ar~ set to s~it to the appo~nted position of sid~s, top or bottom of column (1), bea~ (2), wsll ~3) of ~
~rimary ~t~ucture (A), ~nd ~re fixed by connsting anchor nut6 ~nd cap nuts (8) fro~ se~eral anchor hole (6) to fixed bolts (10), or by connecting snchor bolts (7) to fixe~ nuts (9).
Tben, i~ CRse th~t ar1anchor fram~ (6)1s set up exposed on the surface of these ~1embers~ recept~clos ~12) are suit on th~
anchor fr~me (5) directly, ~nd ~re fixed b~ connetin~ Anchor ~; nut~ ~rld cap nut~ (8) from penetl~tion hole ~o fixed bolts (10), or anchor bolt~ (7) to fixed nuts (9).
In~`lGS. 48 throu~h 53,an~ethod offi~ing receptacles(l~), in c~e that ~evoral ~nchor bolts (7) ~re set at the surface o~ ~n ~nchoI frame (5)with anint~rval1 und rec~ptao1cs(12~ ~re set to the anchor bolts (7) by fixed nuts (9), is shown. :
The next, is the embodimerlt~ of cases of waldin~ ~ receptacle to an ~nohor frame.
FIGS. 54 t~rough 56-4 show a method of fixing receptacles ~12) on the ~nchor f~ame ~5) by welding, and the method of ~i~in~
~nchor frume (5) to A primary structure ~A) iB to Bot anchor~ge ~tool etc. on anohor f'r~me (5)and to weld this anchorAge !st~el ; on r~in~orcing steel in ooncret~ of A prlmary structurc, ~nd ; arloth~r ~ethod of fixin8 ~nchor f'ramo 15) i8, ~irst, set~ing ~nchor bolt for fixing Anchor fr~me~(15) on skeleton qnrfQce . ~ . .
;~ of a pri~ry structUre (A),~nd then ~lxlng ~nchor fr~e (6) to ,~; thi~ ~anchor bolt~ for fixing anchor ~r~o'~15) by 'nutc for : fixin~ anchor fr~mo'(17), Rnd ~o~e oth~r ~e~hod is tixing anchor frAme (5) to 'anchor nut or c~p nut for fixing ~nchor : 35 fr~m~l4) by ~bolt for fixing anchor ~ra~'ll6).
.;
~:"
, ~ .

.. :......... , . .. ,: . ~ , . , ~ :

199~. ,131~ 83:~7 ~3 32Z9 6!78 AURI~rit~ 3 o~ Pgo ~ hi~ method n~ko~ it pos~ible t~ exehan5e and rop~ir ar1ehor nut~, oap nuts, ~nd an ancho~ fram~ h7hieh have beeome us~less as mentioned above, al~o to exehnnge an anehor i`rame and an anchor bolts to what respond to a 9trueture form of Recondary bearin8 member~ (B~ nd seeontary ~tructures B, and in c~s~
thaL receptae~e~ ~l2) are welded to Anehor frame ~5), this method ~a~s it eRsier to t~ke of f seeond~ry bearing memberY
(B-l) and seeGnd~ry structures (B). In ease of ~ eondominlu~
building, this ~ethod solves ~ problem of ~cce~sion and manufaeturin~ oftheeivil law bymonopolizir1~ ~nehorfran~e (5J
and 'nut f~r f~xin~ ~nchor frame'(l7)~ 'balt for fi.~in~ nnehor frame'(l6).
Regardin~'superfieial anchor frame syst~m(il1cluding what is with anchor nuts or anchor bolt~ that i8 set on the eonerate ~urf~ce of apri~Ary struct~re ~A) m~ntioned above, it is pos~ible to w~ld lntermedi~te structure/ inter-structural ~embers ~l3)or a secondarym~mb~rs ~n~ s~eondary structure (~
to 6~id ~nchor frame (5) directly, not with reeeptaeles (12).
Jn the case that this anehor fra~e is Ylxed by 'anehors for fixing anchor frame'~l4)~l5), thi~ anchor fr~me is thou~ht as doirg a role ofreGept~cl~, as above~n~ntioned 'welding anehor sy~tem'.
Other methods of fixin~ receptaGles (12) are ~ixin~ it wi~h n~lt~ on~nehor boltcwhieh ~rese~ in theeonerete, orfixing it 2~ with bolt on e~p nuts whieh are ~et ln the eonerete ~lso.
~ urthermoro, there c~nbe othermethod~, flrst, settin~ snchor ~r~me~ (5)on the eonorote 3urf~e~ with ~nehorbolts (7),anchor nuts or e~p nut~ (8~, and then ~ixi~t recept~cles ~l2~ with th~
bolts ornuts whieh are soton the ~nehor ~r~m~s(S), or weldin~
i~ to th~ anchor fra~s (5) directly.
;' A190 thore i~ another Dlethod ( in thie CR8~ anchor ~r~mes ~r~
~hou~h~ doing u rol~ of receptAcles ~ th~t intrermcdi~te ~tructur~, int~r-structural mnmbe.r~ (l3~ or qecondury ~tructur~ (B~i~ fixeddir~ctly withbolt~ and nut~orie wcldt3d to the unchor fra~c, without u~i~g ~ny receptucles.

.
. :

~:, ' .. - ,,; ' ~
,,; , - :

199'~ 31~ 23:2~ 03 3229 617~ AURl'r,~ 3 0~)~ P~l ~ urther, even i~ ~n ~nchor r~me with anchor nuts or with anchor bo1ts h~s bben set on the concrets sur~ace, r~cept~cles

(12) c~n be ueldcd dir~ctly ~o ~n anchor ~r~e ~ithout ~ssin~
the~e ~noh~r nu~ or anchor bolts.
FIaS. 71 throu~h 77 show th~ ca~o wh~n column6 (l) and baRms (2) of a primary 3tructure (A) are mude of steel frame materia1s.
- In those casas, r~cept~cles ~12~ are fixed, with ~ d bolts (10) and fi~ed nuts (9) ont.h~ genet~ation holes whichhave been set up with ~n it~terv~lon up~e~ sides, lower ~ides, or lateral ~iùes of colun~ns (1) an~ beAms ~2), on the penetration holes whlch have been ~et up with an interval, or, it's fi~ed with fi~d ~lts (10) on the nnchors th~t h~ve welded anchorrlu~s or ~ CAp nuts on perletra*ion hole~l sQe FIGS. 71 thro~lRh 7~ ).
.~15 Receptacle~ ll2) are ~ixed withfixed nuts (~O~on ~nch~r bolts (7) th~t h~ve becn sei on the 3urface of c,ol~mns (1) alld bean:s (2), further it's welded directry to co1umns ~1~ an~ be~ms ~2J.(~ee FIGS. 75 throu~h 72).
FIGS. 78 throug~ 80 show the ~ase when column3 ~1), beams ~2) 20 and w~lls (3) of ~ prim~ry structure (A) are made ofsteel frame r~inforcing ~teol concrete. ~eccptacle~ ~12) ara ~ixed on anchor nut~ oron c~p n~ts (8)by conn~ctin~ fixed bolts tlO).or fix~d on ~nchor bolts (7) with ~ixed nuts ~g). A160, FlGS. ~`
'97 through 112-2 show the c~qo whon secondary boaring me~lbers r ~ 25 ~ B~ re mAde of wooden clu~ y materi als, and it i s ~lrnost the s~me a6 t.he Cfll.60 O~ ut,oel ~rl~me lin~A~c m~ntiorl~d ~bove.
FIGS. 97 throuRh 103, show A oonverltionAl wooden case, li`IaS.
IO~i tnroueh 110-2 ~how 2 x 4 c~se, and FIGS. 111 through 112-2 how a ca~c of wooden p~nel buildin~ ~y~tem.
33 FIC;S. 98 l~hrough 100, 104 through 107, 108-~1 through 108-6, .~ show tho c~e when secondAry beArin~ memb~r (B-1 ) is a bl3am, v.nd '!' FIC. 101, 102, 104 throuRh 107, lOB-l through 108-3, 109 '6 throuRh 112-2, ~how the c~e whon ~occ~nd~ry be~Lring m~mber tB-l~ i6 ~L colullin.
A~ roc~pt~clcs~ ~ conne::tlve u)et~l ul:an~il orl 2 x 4 u~e, G~c~
.,~

., . ~. . .
. _ __ _ .. . _ .. ..... . ... . ...

1`'92~ 31 El 23: 29 03 3229 6 l ~ 2 AURI~7YI`;~ 006 P92 1~2 u~ensil compo~ed ofband st~el, band steel ~nd wooden materinls or tho like, is us~d. These ~re th~ c~se~ th~t it i~ connected ~o nn nnchor (cap nuts type) with bolt. Also, wi~h secondary bearin~ membcr~ (B-l) and recspt~rles (l~ her~ Is one case S of their connection by means of an inter-~tructural me:ubers .: and Lhere isanother cAseofdirect connection, ~onneo~ion witl thcm, is ~ bolts connection and a nail connection.
FIGS. 35, 41, and-l2, show, in cas~ th~t the suppoIt-strength to ~upport a ~econdary member ien't go~te~ by one or two anchors, Lhe method that receptacles ~uppor-t ~ secordary -: men~ber~ byoovering thre~ or four nnchors ~nd tha~ the required support-stron.qth i~ gotten. Such a m~thnd solves the above-m~ntioned problem to standardi~ an anchor di~e~er and a support-strength. ~IGS. 23 through 24 ~how tho ~etho~ o~ this ~5 support-5tr~n~th adju~Lment, and the method o~ ~upp~rting second~ry m~n~bers in the c~se th~t anchors ~ren't on corrler part.
Like this, incase thR~receptacler;~re setby anchorbol~s and anchvr nut~ ~nd cap nuts etc. or in case th~ the anchor frAme ~5) c~n e~ch~nge to bc ~i~ed by bolts or nuts, ev~n if receptAcles ~re set to dnchor frame (5) by weldinx, i~ is possible to tak~ Apart recepta~les (1~) freely, and al~o the chnnging o~ secood~ry structures ~B) in future becomes flexibl~. In c~se of ~ con~ominium building, the connective i 25 ~ystem by bolt~ and nuts etc. ha~ nvt t:he ~roblem. In case of w~lding, as mention~d ubove, monopoli~ing anchor ~ra~e~ (5) ~nd 'bolt for fixing anc}lor ~rame'~ 'nut~ for fixing ~nchor frame' :. solve the p~oblem of dcces~ion and m~nuf~c~uring Or ~he c~vil ln~.
~G. 130-S ~ho~ u Dlothod of ~n ad~u~t~ent of levelin¢ betwoan a concret~ ~urfsce of ~ primsry structure (A) ~nd recep~acles.
This FIa. 3hows thee~odimont thAt pouri~g non~hrink~ge ~ortnr ; grout m~tarial~ etc. between th~ concrete surfsc~ nnd the r~ceptacle ~dju~t~ leveling snd m~kes ~ certain connec~ion pos~ibl~, Such ~ ~othod is not neco~ary in case ~hnt ,, '1,, .

~, ~

: ' , :
' ~ ...... .' . : ~
' ~'` ' ' ' ~ ~ ' ' ' ' ~r ]992~1CI1318 23:30 0'3 3229 ~1~2 BUR17~t~ rp~l;"3 o/~ pg3 1~3 'superfici~l anchor fr~DIe~ is in use.
It i~ con~onient to ~Be 'anohor hole ~ystem' ~ expl~incd in the chapter of 'Anchor d~tails ', r~garding the minuts siz~
adjust~ent of anchors and r~ceptac1es. I~ 'su~rficial anchor :~ framc ~y~t-~m' is in u ~, ~UC~l a problern doe~n't occur~ ~
3 ) Embodimonts of int0rmediats ~truc~ure~ inter-structural men~ber ~or secr~ndAry bearing rnember Th~ role of i.ntcrmediate ~tructur~f inter-structur~l m~mber for sccondary be~rinB menber i6 ~s fo110wQ. In 'support system 10 Ol s~condo.r~ bearin~ member by pri~ry colurnn and bea~', in~ermediate structur~s~ inter-structural members h~ve the ; rol~ to transmit the loads of secondary bearin8 memb~r~ ~B-1) to thc columns and b~ams of a prim~ry structur0. In casc th~t thepositionbetw~0n econdarybearingmembers (B-1), secondary str~ct~lr~ nd anchors i~ r~m~rkably displacid ~ndthat it is i~possi~le to set up sccondAry bearin~ member~ ~U-1~ or second~r~ 6tructures ~B) directl~ (in cas~ that iL's inlpossible, ~hou~h ~djustment of sD~ll si~e i~ pos~ible at receptacles ( 1~ ) ), in cAse that secondary bearin~ members ~
20 such as columns etc. are difficlt to directly set to the nnchors of a prim~ry structurc tA) ~S said sec.ondElry bearinB rnembers are madc of mAterialg exc~pt steel, an in~errl~adiat~ structure/
intcr-structur~l member(13~ hafi a role of l~r~e position-adju3tm~nt by transmittin~ lo~d ~nd supportin~ and 25 cor~necting in thc ~iddle position to anchor positions. Also, an intermcdiatc structure~ inter-3tructural m~mb~rR (13) has the role to ~ssure the ~upportin~ conn~ction between second~ry . be~rin~ ~cmbers ~B-l)/ secondary structures (~) of fr~e form ; ~nd material and a piimAry structure (A). That's becau~e in~ernlo~iAtc ~tructur~/ inter-structurulmemb~r~ (13) support ; second~ry be~rinB melnbers (B-l~ ~econdary ~tructure (B) Or '~' free form ~r~d mat~rial ~ndconvert them to steel Yrume~ ( FIBS.
43 thro~h 47 ) ~nd m~ke it po~8ibl~ to connect them to receptRc1ee (12). Furthor,in oaso th~tthe strength to ~up~ort ~eoond~ry me~ber~ isn't gotten by on~ or two Anchors, the , :

3 ~

interrnediate structure/ inter~structural m~mbers ~upport .. seoon~ary me~,bers und m~ke it pnssible to get the ~ppointed support-strength by covering thr~e or ~cur anchors, and can .~olv~ the prob~em to sta~dardi~ ~he diamet~rs and .. 5 support-strength of ~nchors mention0d ~bove.
Hereinafter, the embodim~n~ is concretely e~pressed.
1. Steel fr~m~ linea~e ~nd PC line~ge.
For interm~diate structure or irnter-structural members (l3~, m~terinl of a steel fra~le lineage, H section steel, I section, cha-~nel, b~nd steel,an~le, trussmemb~r~ or woodennlaterial or t}~ e is used. ~venif prec~st concrete m~terial can be used as int~rmediate structure orintar-structural me~bers, as long as a D1Argin is composed of a materiAl of steel frarnes, ~nd the form and the material are r~ady to be con~ected to reoeptacl6s.
Intermediate structu~e or inter-structural mem~ers ~13J are com~osed suit~bly by using the abov2-mentioned mR~eria properly .
FIGS. 13 through 16, 29, 341 3~, ~8,49, 5~1, S~, 71, 7~,75~ and 7~, ~how the ernbodiments of intermediate structure or int~r-structural memb~rs (13~ de of H sec~iorl steel, ,~ s~pporting second~ry be~ring members (B-l) composed of the ~ columrs ~nd the beams or the like of a steel frame lineage or : the like, and ~how the method to trans~it loads of secondary , b~Arin~ momb~rs (B-l) to colu~ns ~nd beams of a prim~ry ; 25 atructure by 'support system of secondary ~earin~ member by ; prim~ry column and bea~.
IGS. 43 through 47 show the embodiment that ~0corld~ry structure (B) is (composed) of wall-t:ype struct~lre thQt is by means of PC ~nd a new Gersll~ics b~aterial, and then secondAry 30 be~rin~ w~ll of' ths PC ~nd a new cer~mics m~teri~l is conrlected to ~ prim~ry 6tructure (A) by means of middle supporting conn~ction oî intermedi~te ~tructure or inter-~tructur~1 m~ber~ ( 13) . Al~o they ~how role o~ intorn~ediata structure or ~, ~ inter-~l;ructu~1 mem~srs (13~ wben it i~ dif~icult to c~nncct 35 directly to ~ prim~ry str~lcture (A).

:, ". ~

:.
' ' -- ,, , ~ .

J'J9''~ 3 0~1 J~ 6172 A~lR~ 3 001 P05 ~8~ 3 . Within thc cascs ~IC5. 94 throu~h 47 ~how connective section d~tr~ f interm~di~te structurc or inter-str-;ctural ~emb~rc

(13) with s~condAry bearin~ w~ll ~ade of P~ ~nd a new ceramics or th~ like, and connective scction dctail~ of ~ prim~ry 5 s~ructure (A) with intermediato structure or inter-~trllctura1 members (13).
~. Woodan quAlity linea~
Also, FIGS. 97 through 112-2 show ~hP case that secondary be~rin~ ~ember~ ~B-1) is of wooden quality ~atori~ls, and is ~ 10 ~1mo~ the s~me with the c~seof~ stoel ~ramelineage mantioned : ~bove. FIGS. ~S through 10~ ~re a convcntiorl~1 wooden case FIGS. 10~1 through 110-2 show cases of 2 x -t. FIGS. 111 through ~ 112-2 ~h~w chses of wooden p~nel building sys~em.
.. Soon, FlCS. 97, I04, 106, 1~8-2 throu~h 108-3, 109 through l~ 112-2, 9how the c~se of doing middle supp~rtin~ conn~ction to ~ colu~ns ~1) of secondsrybearing me~bers (B-1) by inLermediate: structure or inter-stt~uotur~l meDIberc (13).
~ `lGS~ 103, show Lhe conneotin~ d~t~ils ol jn~rn~ediaLe struc~ure or inter-structur~l members (13~, with ~ primary structuro (A3 in ~IG. 97. In each ca~e for intermediute ~tructur~ or inter-~tructural ~e~bers ~13), wooden quality materi~l~ sre us~d.
FICS. 100, 104, 105, 108-4, and 108-6, show the case of doing ; mi~dlo supportin~ connectiorl to be~rn~ of seoondary bea~ing 2~ members ~B-l), by interm~dinte struGture or lnter-struc~ural !~ mcmbers (13). As inter~lcdi~te ~truoturc or inter-~truoturAl mcmbers ure used (~3), u~e b~nd steel3 in ~IC. 104 ~nd FIG. 105 nnd u~e wooden qunlity materi~1~, in other ~1GS. ~oth ~re connected to recept~c1es by bolt~, weldin~ or strlking nnils.
3~ Also, ~t is corln~ct~d to secondary bearinR me~ber6 ~ , by ; bo1ta ~nd nail~.
(3) Method of ~ottin~ up ~ccondary nonbu~rin~ members For tho next, ~ methoA of settin~ up ~econdhry nonbe~rin8 member& such ~8 extern~l wall, p~rtition, door~ and window6 35 fr U~ a furri~l~ strip ~r the like to a primary 3tructure is i: :: : :;:
: : ~
! , 1 9 S 2~3 1 E3 ~' :3: ~J 2 0 3 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 2 Au~ t~ " s Q 0 6 P9 5 expre~sad.
FIas. 132 ~h~ough 1~8, and 188, show A ~ethod of s~tting up exSsrnal w~11 OI` the like, ~I~S.159 throu~h 165, shcw ~ method of 3eLting up B partition or the like.
5FIGS. 166 ~hrou~h 182, and l89, 8~10W a method of sett.ina l~p ~In outside window frame or ths like, and FIGS. lR3 throu~h 185 show method o~ setting up outside door or tho lik~ FIGS. 186 throu~h 18~ Lhow a n~ethod of setting up wooden doorc and windows or the li~e.
10l~lG. 190 ~how ~ method of ~etting up h~no r~ or ttle like, And ronce orthe like and FIGS. 191 thro~gb 193 show a method of ; setting up secondary nonbearin~ ~e~b~rs ~B-'>) ~f heavy ma~hine such ~s ~ir-c~ndi~ioning unit etc Irl thes~ ~lGS, seoondary nonbearing ~e~b~rs lB-2 ) ~nd iL~
.: 15 'fle.x supporting connec~ion nlembers' ars set up to anchors for.` secondury non~eAring members ~6-2).
- Of cour~el it'~lso possible to ~e~ u~ ese by anchors of ~n upper r~nk, like anohors for second~ry bearin~ members, arlollor for both secondury b~Arin~ and non-be~rln~ m~mbers( 6-3 ) .
a~caus~ ir th~ position is overl~pped, upp~r r~nk anchors (whose support-str~n~th is larger)t~kes d priority in setting up ~nchors.
As abov~t-merltioned, 'flex supportin~ conrrection~ember~t play ~n in~port~nt rolo ~l~o in ~ method of setting ~p second~ry ~; 25nonbearing m~mbcrs. An expl~nAtion is done dis~:irlcSl~ dividin secondAry nonbearing ~lemb~r~ hereinAf~er.
l) Outlin0 of 'flex supporting conne~tior.' u~nd for ~condary nonbe~rin~ men~b~rs.
i A~ for ~econdary nonb~ri~ mo~bers~ a role Oe 'flex 30 supportin~ connection~ is toadjust a suuporting connsa~ion of both ~nchors and secondAry nonbe~rlng members. Adjus~imont of support connect:ion ~re di~ided into thr~o Ga~eB, B o~se in need ~i of adjustment of its position ~s ~econd~ry me~bers supporting conn~ctiol~ position iBnlt right on th~ modùl~ of ~nchor~, ,, ` ~5 c~e inn~ed of ~dju~tnent b~c~u~c ofits toomuch stren~th, ~nd '.~
''' : ''' ' -~
" , . :-~: ' ' ' .
.. . . . . .

31E~ c3:33 03 3~''9 61~ AUR!~71`~ 1i` 3 ~(16 P96 2 ~

12i a oa5c in need of ~Aterial ~dJu~tment as ~he supporting conneotion isn't a~ro~riate ~s for~aterials.As for se~ondary nonb0aring ~e~bers, there ~re~speciAlly two roles, a ~tarial .~ a~ljust~ent and ~ position ~djustme~t ~
In c~se of adoptin~ 450 ~ 900 pitch for anchors for secorlù~ry nonbe~ring membeI, in ~lmost c~se ~ b~nd ~teel can be usod as r-3ccp~ucle~ for secondary nonbeAring ~e~lber.~, shown in FLGS.
. 132 through 205~ If ~dopting this anchors interval, common men,bers can be used illal~-o~t ~ny o~e, no matter lf seco~d~ry nonbeArin~ memb~rs ~re different from extern~l w~ll, ou~ide interior doorsand window~, interi~rpArti~ion, at`urrin~ strip hnd a wal 1 in m~terials And use. For the n~xt, a~ for s~co~d~ry : nonb~aring member inter-struotura1 mombers, m~inly wooden ;: 4~ality lin~age n~a~eriAl and band steel or nn~l~ are usecl such ~s ~tGS~ 132 through 205, when you consider second~ry nollbearing members (B-2) such as ~xternAl wall, bo~ldar~ wall, .' p~r~i~iOII, doors, ~nd window~.
~`or e~mple, FIGS. 132 through 1~8,155 through l~.show ~ases ,. of fi~ing external w~ll and bound~ry w~ll or the lik~ made of ALC or the like, by intor-s~ructural momb~rs ~ade of an~le.
FIGS. 150 thr~uRh 15~ ~how c~e of fixir.g external w~ nd boundary w~ll or the like ~de of psrtit.ionR m~de ~f ~oncret~
block and brick or the like by inter-struct~rAl me~bers ll3) r~nde o f ang l e .
2~ FIGS. 1~9 through 16~ show c~es o~ fixing pur(:itior~s m~de of wooden quality mAterial~ or ligbtness iron by nta3~-~truoturn1 member~ ~13) r~de of b~nd steel or wooden qu~lity m~tari-lls.
" Purthor, FIGS. 166 thro~gh 185 ~how cA~es of fixing a doors and a wind4w3 frAme, by intcr-atlucturnl ~-~mber~ (13) sll~d~ of b~nd ~; 30 ~teel .
;~ FJ~S. 186 And lB7 chow Cn6eB of fixin~ doors ~nd window frame~, : wood~n gu~lity m~teri~ls, by ~ntor-~tructur~l me~bars ~13) wood~n ~uAlity ~toriAl~.
From ~he ~bove-mentioned, ~s for~condary nonbe~rinR m~mbers ~l~o, no.~tt~r if sacondary n~nbasring me~ber~ ~re dif~cnt in ' :
,_ . ., . . ,_....................................... _ ,.

,: i . : :. : . :

1~9~ 31~ 23:34 03 3229 617~ hUR~ ``g 006 F'Y~

m~terial3 ~nd ~e, from e~tern~l wall, boundary wall, outside i~terior doors ~ncl windows, int~rior p~rtition furring strip and a wall, common members for inter-structur~l ~em~ers c~n be used if the anchor inter~l a~ ~bove mention~d are chosen.
2) E~bodin,ents of 'fle~ ~upporting onnection' for second~ry nonb~aring memb~r~.
l. Method of settin~ up an e~tern~l w~ll, boundary wsll ~nct pnrtition.
FICS. 132 throueh 1~5 amon~ thase, show a ~thod of set~in~ up ~he e.~ternr~l wAll, bound~ry wnlland pr~rtition ~23)by mcAns of ~LC board or the 1 i ke .
Among these FICS., the method o~ setting up e~t&rnr~l wall, : boundr~ry w~ll and partition (23)are shown in ~ICS. 132 through 1~9 . Plur~l receptaoles ~l2) m~cte of bsnd steel are fi~ct to the top or th~ bott~m of slabl1) or be~ms~4) by fi~in~ with bolts. Tothe re~ePtacles, inter-structural ~cmbers(13), m~de of st~el angle, a5'e fi.~e~ by weldin~ or fastenins bolt. A1~d ALC
board is set up between upper ~nd lower sides of ~ inter-structural me~bers to complc~e ths Wallc.
- 20 FIGS. 139 through l4~t sh~w a case oY setting up recoptncles (12) n~acle of ~ngl~ ~o upper and 10WOI ~lab (4) or b~m (2) by bolting, and settin~ ~p ALC,boarddire&~ly to reo~pt~cl~s (12).
Other compositions nre almost th~ ~me ~s the cnse using inter-strl~ctural members ~131. FIGS. 145 through 1~9, show B
2S case of givingn finish, and ~IG. 148, 149 ~how a case of giving n suitable finish for both ~ides o~ éxternal wall, bound~ry w~1~ an~ psrtitlon 1231, e~ah i~ bAsed on o~bodimatl~ of shown in FId.1361138.
~'lU~. 150 throu~h 15~, ~how ~ ca~e o~ uslng band steel~ ror rec~pt~cle~ ~12)and inter-Rt~uctural members ~}3),~nd m~k.ing extern~l w~ nd ~ound~ry w~11s ~nd p~rtition~ (23) compos~d of plur~1 concre~e block or brick otc.(~,4). In cu~ec ~bov~-mentioned, they're pl~nned togethor with u pri~ary ~tructure (A) by eet~in~ r~inforcing ~t~el (25) in ooncrete block and brick eto.~24) a~ m~ny ~ they ne~dl and by h~rdly ', ~; ~ : , .
, ..
' .- '-1'3~12~ a c3 ls 03 3529 6172 ~IJR~ t'?~ j" 3 006 P90 `

weldin~ it~upperend andlower~nd toin~er-structural membcrs ` ~13~.
~ ~IG~ 15~1 ~how a cas~ of setting r~inforcing ~t~el ~25) : directly to receptacles ~12J without using inter-struct~r~l m~b~r~ ¦13) in F~GS. IS0 throu~h 153. Other com~osition~ are almost the same as s~bodlments in ~IG~ 150 throu~h 15~.
FIGS. 155 throu~h 156 are ~mbo~ en~s of e~s~s when wal~s are PC boards and FIGS. 157 through 158 ~re embodimcnts of cnses of when walls are GRl` bo~rds, ~IGS. 159 throu~h 165 S~IOW ~nethods of setting up an extornal wall ~nd bo~ndary wall and partition by m~ans of panel6 made Or ~ood~n or th~ like.
In the&c FIGS. 159 thro~gh 164 5ho~ a case of using wooden q~ality lirlcuge nlaterlal ~or rece~tacles (lZ) und 1 :inter-structural ~ber~ ~13)and FIG. 16B show ~c~se of u~ing 15 light steel fr~m~ lineage ~terial.
FlGS. 159 throu~h 165 show case~ of setti11g ~ plur~l r~cept~cles (12) m~de o~wooden ~uality linea~e materi~l which -; are fi~;cd to upper or lower slab by fastenin~ anchor bol~ set in consit~nt in~rvals. To this rec~ptAcl~s inte~ tructur~l `~ 20 ~embers (1~) which Are wooden qu~lity llnea~e ~l~teriiBl 8r~
fixe~ by fasteni~ bolts.To thiæ inti~r-~tructur~l member (13~
.i, constructin~ axis clAss(29)and on~h~both surface of th~ sxis .~ class finishini~ ~8t~rial6 on this pAnels usied for foundatior ~23)Are given to co~plete the extorn~l wall, ~ound~ry wall and ~, ~5 partition .
!~, ln these FIGS., F`IGS. 159, 1~0, 163, and 16~ show cases whoae .~ receptscl~s ~12~ are composed ofband.Rteel~, and FI~S. 1~1 and 162 show caseswhose receptacles(l2~ are con~posed of a ~e~bers : of awcoden qu~lity lin~ge. ~IG.165 show~ case of uslng me~1 ~ypv ma~erial~ in~teRd of woaden ~u~ y line~g~ material~, considvring fire prev~ntion of inter-struc~ural nlembers ~13) ~nd ~rAm~WOrk ~2~) used for p~rtition.
2. Method of setting door~ ~nd wlndow~ ir~e FI~S. lfi6 t~rough 1~7 sh~w a ~eth~d of 8ettin~ up ~ doors ~nd 3S ~ window3 fra~.

.~ ._. . . . .

:; . , ,; ,: , :

l992~._A31~ ~3:36 03 3229 6172 AuR~ r;~``3 006 P~9 :, h~ ,J~

These ~I~S. show a cas~ of seLtin8 up~ in definit~ interval, plural rec~ptacles (12) ~de Qfband steel tovertical slab t~) or beam ~2) nnchors, by boltin~, a ~s~ of settin~ uE
inter-structur~l ~ember~ 113) to mad~ of band steels to these recoptacls~ ) by w~ldin~ or bolting, a c~se of sattin~ up door~ and ~indows fra~e(31) to the~e lnter-stEuctural members ~l3), by weldin~ or using, subsidyrna~eri~l or the like.
Sguint FIG. 168-l atl~ 170, Gr section~l diaBrnm FIG. 172 wl~h FIG~ l73, both ~re different in ~ertic~l position of 10 receptacles 112~and inter-struotur~l memb~r~ (13)each other.
In ~IG. 170 and FIa. 173. inter-~tructural members (13~ is betwc~n r~ceptac.lPR (12) and pri~n~ry structure (A) whichrn~es lixin~ of'inter-structural members ~l3) easier.
Lik~ in ~IG. 168-1 ~nd 172, it's hArd to oonnoct recept~cles 1~ (12) with inter-structural member~ ~13) considering their v~tr~ical r~luLion~ th~t inter-structural members (13) will be on the receptacl~s ~12~ b~ca1lse concrete side i~ desolat~ for ;` its bad constructio11, an~ two of tho~ don't compose the s~me plan~ e~en if in th~ ca~e they'r~ par~llel whlch makes inter-structural m~mbers ~}~) flGat abov~ recept~cles, .~ Like in ~IC.. 170 ~nd FIC. 113, if you set inter-structural mcmbers ~13) betw~en receptacl-s ~l2) and primary str~cture ~;(A), And clip it by anchors, it'll b0 possible to fix it ~nd the problem al~o, and crsAky joint will bs solved methods oi' :25 connecting reccptacles~12), ~nd inter-structural members ~13) ~both ~bovo m~r~tioned) are w~lding or bolts conncctioning.
FI~.179 shows ~ cAseof s~tting inter-structur~lEnembers ~13) n~ade of hAnd steel cr the lik~ instead oi' inter-s~ructulal ~e~bers ~13) ~de of Angl~ steel in FIG. 13~, ~nd a ca~ie of 30 90tting door~ and windows frame (31), inste~d o~ An external wall ~nd boundAry wAl~. FIGS, 183 through 185 show B de~il o~
~ttin~ up door~ m~de o~ ~te~l. FIGS. 186 ~nd l87 sho~ a detA~
oY sf3ttin~ up ~ooden door~ and wir1dow~.
3. A m~thod of sf3ttin8 up out~id~ ~nd lnt~rlor Yurring ~rip.
PlGS. l45 thro~gh 149, 163 through 165, 175, 178, 179, 181, - r - ~ `'`
; ~
:.: ' .'.': . :

. : ' . , ::, .
. ~ ' : ~ :' ,, . .;

l 9 ~ 2 5~ 1 c i l 3 1 9 2 ~ 1 7 ~ 3 3 2 2 ~1 6 1 7 2 A UR I 'r ,~ i `` g 0 ~16 F~ 0 0 182, ~r~d ~5, show the details of setti~8 up ~x-tPrnal walls, bo~ndary walls, partition~,wa~l~ ofboth insi~e andcut~id~ of doors And wi~dows, floors and ~urring ~trips ~f ceiling.
A~ a.~pressed in the ca~ of scttin~ anchors for secon~ary norlb~aring members, if t.he anchor ArrAng~ment for second~ry nonbearing members is unified to flt for ~eneral ~urring strip by using the ~am~ ~imentions, ~he same Anchor can be used also for furrin~ strip of w~1~ of an insido and outsidc, floor ~nd ceiling.
Li~e em~odiment FIGS. ahove, a furrin~ strip fiL~ beautif~llly, for th~re isn't displacement to fo an Anchor from ~ fulrin~
strip, a ~inishin~ pocket also will be th~ s~m~ si~c as a general finish foundation, and that ~akes `fle~ ~upportin~
: connection members' ~ettle in the pocket.

T~le m~thod of set~in~ up anchors for s~condary nonbe~ring ~ membeIs menLioned above~adopting ~50 x 900 (~bout~ pltch) has .,, A merit A~SO in this point, so it may be sald to b~ ~up~rior sys~em.

~. Method of setting ~p hcavy me~bcrs t~ walls.
FIGS. 191 through 193 show the method of settin~ up heavy m~mbers to wal1s, ~nd they also show the fact that heavy machin2s ~uch as air-condi~ioning unit or the like can be set up to wallR ~r~oly, ~ follow the SA0~ dircction.
5. Va~iation of externAl WAllS ht the top of balconics, 2~ FIGS. 188 through 190 are embodiments in a case ~f ~nchors are s~t ln a defini~e po6itiDn, to show the methods of setting up extelnal wull (23J a~ ~ m~r~in of ~ balcony, window frama ~31), coping (32), and handrail (33) and coping l3~), ar~ ~t up in thc sRme W~y ag sccondAry nonbaaring 0~mb~r~ (9-2)~f partition or the like ~hich ii mentioned Abov~. In ~hort, grind : h~ndrails t33) ~nd coping ~32) ~re set up by f~sterlin~
intor-~tructur~l ~e~rs t13) m~do of band 8~0vl with bolts to an Anchor, and ~o intor structur~l mamb~rs ~13) by welding or f~tonin~ by bolt~.
FI~.lB9 shows the 0~9e of ~ttin~ up inter-~tructur~l membcr~
!

`' ~ ~ .: :

1 3 ~1 ~ 2 1 ;~ ~ 3 1 EI 2 ~: J ~ 0 3 ~ ~ 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUI~ `' 3 ~I t3 6~ P O I
~ ~ ~ 6 j i ~

(13) msde ofb~nd stevl,ins~d of 59ttin~ ~p intCr~-QtruCtUr~l me~bcrs (13) msde of an~le ~teel in FIG. lB8, and the case of ~e~ting up door.Q And window~ fr~m~ (31) inste~d of p~rtiLion~.
Liko cases ~bove, it is possible to set u~ ~n sxternal w~lls, 5 out~ide doors alld windows, coping ar~d a handrail6 by usin~ the same anchor. It i~ also ~pplicable in cascof usin~ receptacles - and inter-structhural momber, whendi~pl~c_m~nt ofthe ~nchors occur, .~' 6. Conclusion.
s mcntioned ~bov~, considering abou~ ~etting up of s~ondary nonbearing me~bers to aprimQry structuro, the oon~n~on ~nchors, . same strength, saine diame~el and same position, can be applied ~or external wall, ~oundary w~ll, outside 1nierior doors and hindows, int~rior partition, in ~pite of diff~rsnce~ of ~ 15 m~t~rial~ and uses, and BlSO receptacles and i.nter~3tructural : ~lembers can be co~mon in ~ost ca6es.
Further more, in ca~ ~doptin~ x 9OO (nearly) ~itch ~or ~nchor inte1va1 for secondar~ nonbsarin~ members, to be ~n ~ inter-structural Dl~mb~rspan 9OO ~ne~rly), recoptacle spAn 450 : 20 (nearly), diameter of ~n anchor c~ be common 9~ ~near1y), ; recept~cle~ ~nd inter-~tructurAl member~, a band stoel 50 x 6 ! (naarly) wiLh the ~ngle steel 66 X 65 (nearly) (e~cept for outsidedoorsand windows fr~me upperp~rt conneotivem~teri~ls :; 50 x 9 ~n~arly)) can be u~ed.
In Addition, like FIGS. 147 throu5h 149, 163 through 165, 175, 178, 1~9, 181, 1~2, and 185, it's neodl~s to mention, bu~ by applyin~ the method lt's ~lso po~siblo to m~ko floor and : c~illng ~ bcard flnish ~nd to set up heRt insulaLor for thermal pur~ose and settingupp~rtitlon ~nd ~doors ~nd A window~ fr~m~
I~S in thr~ ~m~ w~ u6ed in conv~ntional method.
(4) Method of 3ettin~ upwoo~i~n OI` the like 1i~htness secondary bearin~ me~bar~.
, When using ~n ~nchor for s~cond~ry be~ring ~nd sn ~nchor for nonbearing memb~rt6 3), A Inethod of sottin~ up woodan or th~
; 35 like lightne~s sscond~ry b~rin~ ~mbers and 'the flex '.

' ' ' ~ ` .

23~ 3 0:3 32~ 617. f'~U~17~?1`;~ 006 P02 supporting connoctionl~embers' to this anchor i3 the~ame AS or lih~ the mcthod o~ setting up second~ry boarin~ mernbers mell~ioned a~ov~. And also, a method of setting u~ secondary nonboaring mamber~and 'thc flexs~pportingconnectionmembers' to this anchor is the sAme as, or like the ~ethod of setting up secondary nonbearing members mentioned above.
: (5) Method of cetting up secondary li~ht-weight ~e~lbers.
Furtherr 'po~t~construction ~et up type' ancho1 of 'type setting c~t~nt for anchor at initial construction' i~
10 conv~nient for use, ln the method of setting up seconda~y light-wei~ht ~embers like fioish, furring strip, basebcard, ceiling rDtating, and hat h~nging ed~e or the like to ~ prl~ry str~cture. ~ut vf course, there'~ Also a metho~ of setti~lg up ~n interv~1 ~nchor to ~ primary ~tr~oture li~e secondary 1~ nonbearing members, an~ a method o~ m~kin~ anchors for secondnry nonbearing members for both use . ~ supporting c~nn~ction on ~he position decided freely in these oases is don~ by 'flex ~pportir~ conneotiorl'.) FIG. 131-1 show6 'anchor type 3qtting extent for anchor at 20 initial construction' and 'po~t-con~truction set up typ~
~nchor~. This i-~ the ~ystem that r;etc 'ext~nt for setting freely anchor~ in post-construction '(36) at the positlon no influenco in be~ring cnpacity occur~ where on placin~ of r~inforcement; or th~ likc of reinforcint steel of the primary 25 st.ructure, or at th~ position or a~ the p~rt where increase -~
volurDe of concra~0is given when constructing the prlmary structure in order n~t to~Akc ~ny probl~min be~ring oapaci~y, .~~o that each u~er can set up snchors ~ro~ly in this ~art and the extent ~froma surfaceof concreto to A dotted line in the ~IG.) 30 Bft~' QOn~rUCtiOn ~nd in ~uturo.
And al90, in c~ of condominium building or ~.he like an ow~cr of pri~ary 3tructure is different from th~t of secondary ;structures, the probl~ls ~bout ~cces~ion and manufacturin~ in civil law will be solved ifthe part or theextent i~ det~rmi~led by rulo ~ onopoly p~rt~

,, :, :

- ; . ..

-, , , - , :
":

1 ~3 9 2 ~EF I ~ . 3 I Ei 2 3: 3 9 i~ 3 3 ~ ~ ~ 6 1 7 2 A U~? I r ~ t ~ 3 6 1=' 0 3 , ~.
1~4 ~IG. 131-2, shows A method of burying wooden brick ~ccording module decid~d befor con~truction, ~nd fixin li~ht~weight member~ by striking a n~il frcelYtoit or fastening with scrt~w~
when settin~ up. The modul~ of a wooden brick can be almost the 6 same as theanchor arr~n~e~ent fDrseeond~rynon~e~ring member~
in position, and ther~'s ~1 o ~ method in ~ sm~ller, intt~rv~ls.
About the ~i~e Or ~ wooden bric~, it can be said/ the larger, the free;t, ~5 f~r as it can be set up ~o concrete.
FIC. 131-3, shows the method of setting up anchors of nylonplugs or the like by deciding modules when cons~ruction initial or after consLruction~ and fixing the secor~d~ry ht-weight ~e~bers by fAstening the ano~hor or screws when sctting up ~econd~ry light-~eight ~emberq. The ~nodule of this anchor c~n be ~lmost the sam~ ~8 a~c~or for secondary nonbe~ring memb~rs, and there's ~lso ~ method to ~ th~
interval ~m~ller. Therefore, secondary light-weight rllemb~rs .~ arR set up in the extent mentioned above by an anchor for setond~ry ligh~-~eight l~emberE th~t wa~ set up befor~, but of course, it's ~lso possible to set it up by An upper rank ~nehor like anchor ~or s~condary b~arin m~Jnbers ~6-1), anchcr ~or bothsecond~rybeAringand non-beari~g ~e~bers~8-3),oranchor for secondary nonbe~ring me~ber6 (6-~). 8ecnuse in setting up ancho1~, upper rank anch~rstwho~e support-strengthis larger) has priority in ca~e ~ossition of ~nchor~ are ovarlaped.
~6) ~ethod of se~ti~g up piping eguipm~nt.
Ei~hor ~nchor for ~econdary nonbe~ring me~bers(6-2~or ~nchor ~or secondary light-wei~ht~nemberEi (6-3) is ~v~ilable to fix supply pipe(w~ter supply, g~,ol~ctric or the like), dr~ina~e pipa ~dirty~ter, rough dr~ing~, rainydrAina~e), ortha llk~
of arle4uipm~nt.
~ n~I~. 210-1, A embodiment c~sei~ shown th~ Ie-~e~ci~s ~
are 30t up to Anchore for ~0condary nonb~ring member~ or ~rl~:hDr~ f~r ~i~oondAry li~ht-w~i~ht member~ ~n ~ slnb (4], und the support sy3t~ for the dr~in~e pipe are ~et up to ~djUSt A
hori~ont~l level, ~nd slope ne~ded, by flexibile po~itlan of . - : - . . .:

'. 1~9~ J1~ 2'1:40 û3 3~29 6172 ~JR~ 3 006 P04 -?

the re~epticle6 (12)~
~IG.210-2 shows an embodim~nt t~ set up a d.aih~g~ ~ipe oI~h~
Iik~ to the s1~b where a wa~erproof l~yer is donAtsd.
In this ~IG. thamethod of set~in~ up concr~Le ~o~rd, a kind of .~ ~ puttin~ foundation of a small scale, on to a flexibl~ p~sition of the slàb (4) where wa~erprooflayer is donated is showrl. And to set equip~ent pipe to this conerete bo~rd by ~et~in~rnembers as it is e.Ypre~sed at a w~terproofing ~y~tem ~f secondar~
li ht-weight m~m~ers supporting connsction. This sys~em is 1~ avail~ble not only on waterproof layer, but also on general slab.
In both cases, the f1exibil.ity on horizontal pOSitiOh and - lev~ling position of equipment pipings ~re guarantee~.
FIGS. 2~1-1 and 211-1 show the whDle s~stemofconstructin~ the e~uipment piping~ FIC. 211-1 ~how~ ~ rou~h dr~inage and dirty .water, and FIG. 211-2, shows ~he ~t~te of a ruiny~rn;.nage.
~ rhough mo~tion~d later ln det~il, in these FIGS., i~'~ s~owed ;~ h drainage from a fle~ibile posiLion is posei~ with ~he .~ adoption of a p~imary stru~ture wlth a semi-reversed-be~nlfor~
-~ 20 und a drainag~ piping meth4d whithout pa~sing thIou~h a ~eam, controling sLory height,~
; (~) Lev~l adju3tment and subtle si~s and dis~lncement :. adju~tment ~ `IGS. 130-4, 130-5, ull~ 130-6showa ~ethod ofle~l ad~ustmen~
2~ ~etween a ~oncret~ ~urfaces of a prim~ry ~tructu~e ~ide and raceptacl~s (12). FIGS. 130-~ and 130-S are the enlbodiment ef a c~e to insort nonuhrinksge mort~r grout materi~ls ~2l-2) between ~ concrete side ~nd recertAcles to adjust level. ~Ia~
130-6 i~ the embodi~nt; o:f ~ c~e to in~crt isol~tion rubber insul~tion (21-1) between a concrete ~nd recept~cles to fix i~
~ith fixed b~lt~s.In eit}lercas~c~rt~in oonnection ~trenBth i~
obtAindod. ~I~. 130-4 is a~ o~bodi~llt of A c~se of level ~djustment with recon~ry b~arinB ~o~bor~, and FIas~ 130-5 ~nd : 130-6 Are an e~bodi~ant of a c~e ~ ad~u~t~ent with ~econd~ry ~ 35 nonbe~r.ing ~emb~r~. The ca~ of ~djuYtment with second~ry ,:: -: , : , , - :
". . , . :

. . , 1 ~ 9 '' ~ 1 ~ fl J l E3 ~ 4 1 0 3 3 2 2 9 6 1 ~ " ~UR I 'r~7 ~ 'JA ~ U ~i P0 5 v~

nonbea~ing member~ ~hown in ~IGS. 163 throu~h 1~5 is ~ettl~d with wedge or ~ort~r, of w~oddn q~ality materials or th~ like.
It is oonvenient to adjust with 'the unchor hole system' ~xplain~d at above-m~ntioned anchor det~ils concernir~g subtle size ~dju~tm~nt of ~nchor and r~ceptaclc6, but for anchors for second~ry nonbearing members l~s4 si~e precisionof adegree is needcd compare to the case for secondary bearing m~mbers.
F~r size pr~ci~ion of anchor position i~ highly required, for join~s o~` sec~nd~ry bearing me~berq, ther~ is a severe 1~ r~s~riction to set up rec~ptacles to fit the position of snch~r~ pen~r~ti~n p~rti~l caliber because of a proble~
concerning to a strsngth, on the other hand, i~' because in joints for second~ry nonbe~ring members, ~here are less r~strictiur1, and room for adj~sting tha displac~ment c~n be ~eL.
*his m~kes anchor pOSltiOII siæe error lessened wh~n construct~d, by setting room At connective part to mZl~e the c~llber ~t ~olts p~netraLi1lg positi~n bigger or ~ lon~ ellips~
~ype ~t ~n ~nchor snd receptAGles 512), receptacles l12) and ir~t~rmediR~e structur2, and inter structural me~lbers (13), or secondary struc-ture (B) and e~ch connective part, snd puttir.~
~las~lers or besrin~ pressure board (11) grade or th~ like - attached.
(8) And so on.
In a c~se th~t a secondary members position neArly cont.ucLs ~; wiLh an ~nchor, i~ is p~ssible to set up i~s secolldary m~mbers for recept~cles (12) dircctly without intermediate struct.ure or inter-8tructur~1 m~bers (13) by ~d~ustment of form~ and ~, posi~ion Or r~cept~cl~s (12). (~ee ~IGS. 13 through 80, 139 throu~h 144, 16-t, 166 " 58, 188 throu~l 190.) Complic~ted for~s of ~n ~nchor and recep~cles (12), recept~cles (12) ~nd intormediat~ ~ruc~ure, ~nd int~r-structurAl ~a~bers (13~ and 8econdary structure (B) ~An be connected fix~lly And by pin, by ~ connective nu~ber of copi~s, conncctive ~ethod, ~nd connective ~crm, ~nd ~re . . . ~ ,. '': ' . ' ~: ~ : . . . .

:. ,, ' . :

~J 9 2 ~ 7 ~ q 3 l e ~ 3 ~ 2 n 3 ~ 2 2 9 6 1 ~ ~. f~UR ~ 7 'J ~ 0 0 ~ ~ 0 6 13~
~vail~bl~ to select ~dv~nta~eble connective rnethod ~s neces~ity.
Furthermor~ it enables socond~ry me~lb~rs and secondAry structure (B) h~ve iso1ation, sound insulAtion and seismic 5 i~ol~tion to set up to this connectiv~ p~rt insulntion (211 ~see FICS. 21,22, 27, 28, and 13n-~) and seismic isolator (22).
~ee ~ICS. 88 1 throu~h 88-3) By the way, in any above-me~1tion~d elnbodiment, unuRed nnchor holes can be defended fro~ rainwater invasion ~nd be pl~nned improve~en~indur~bility ifc10sesealing materialsor plastic m~terials are fill~d.
Abovc-mt3ntion~d method, is al~o ~vailable to 'primary ~; dependencetypcset,orld~ry structure' or'aprin\~ry~lf-support `~ type ~econdary structure'.
ny ~ method ~nd a corpposition above-m~ntione~d, there is also u cnse that s~cond~r~ members are d~rectly supported ~nd connected ~o recept~c1es (12). Then, secondary momber.~s c~n ~e supporte~ ~ndconnected cerL~inly to a primarv strutture ~) by m~qking receptacles (12), inter~ediate ~tructure or LO inter-struc~ural merllbers ~13) ~nd int~r~edi~te ~tructure, ~nd c~ngu~rnnteed flcxibilityofsecondary structur~s~B) and used aterials wh~n by for~ of structur~s, forms ~nd materiA~s of second~ry s~ructures(B~, second~r~ mo~rs ~ren'tsultAb1e to be directly connected to ~ prim~ry ~tructu~ (A).
0 ~econd~rymemberssupportingconnoctionw~terpLooring sy~te on wat~rproof Lnyer.
Next, ~hc m~thod of supportin~ conn~c~Lonofsecondary mcmbers ,~ on ~ wAterproof layer in the ~,ase of a w~ters~roof ~0 coun~er~cASUre i~xpre~s~d hereinafter~ Themethodsofsolvin~
thi~ problem ~re ~xplAine~ as to ~econd~ry be~ring membQrs, ~econd~ry nonbe~r~n~ membars, supportin~ connection 4y6teJnof ù ~econ~ry light-wei~ht membor~ respectively. Scond~ry beurin~ members n~ed ~ certa:in ~nchor, sacond~ry ligh~-wei~ht m~ b~r4 c~n b~ ~on~ectod ~dhe~iY~ly ~nd ~econd~ry nonboAring ~: . . .

,:~ . " ' , ' ' :
`
; . . : ' . , . ., . . ~ .

I ~"~ I a 23: ~ o~ ~2~ 6172 AIJRl~Jt7~ " 3 ~ 0~6 P07 menlbers belongs to the in b~tween. ~hus, second~ry b~rin~
member~c~n't omit nn anchorand s~condaryllght-wei~ht ~e~bers c~n. Then ~condury nonbe~ring membar c~n, by u~iin~ th~
: meLhod of supportive connoction to ~ain supportive stren~h.
5 ~l)Waterproofing sy~tem of 8econdary be~rin~ member~
supportin~ connection.
1 ) W~t~rproof ing by meAns o~ ' support system Or secondary : bearing member by primary column And beam'.
~hs me-L~od of ~uyportin~ connection concernln~ of secondAry 10 bearing men)bers on a wnterproof layer is the difficult probleDI, thatit~9 impoesible to omit An ~nohor. B~ the way, wh~n secondAry members are setup at A w~terproof point, ~ point with possi~ility of water le~kage, iQ the connecti~e point ~t ~n anchor on slab r~ther than theconnective point at ~n anchor on lS a bean~ such as rever~ed bean~ and semi-reversed-be~m of a primnry ~truotur~ . The method of solvin~ this i~ ' support system of sccondary he~ring member by primAry column und ~es~' to support on column or beam o~ and Along be~m wi~hout supporti~g on a sl~b. When you don't use this supportive method, you'll h~v~ ~ difficult problem ~bout wQterproofin~, concernin~ secondary bearin~ members, not being ~ble to solv~
it by a eusy ~ethod like next mentioned putting bAsic method lika ~econd~ry nonbearing memb~r~, from the problem ~bout supportive And connective ~tr~ngth. Like thi~, considering it in view of ~ waterproofin~ problom, 'sllpport system of second~ry beuring me~ber by primary column And beum' is still effective in a wAterproofing.
~ Aterproofin~ ~y3tam of ~econdary nonbe~ring memb~r~
supporting connection. For th~ next, unchor~ ~or second~ry nonbeAring mombcrs ~re the problQm concerning B w~terproof 1 ~ye r .
For secondury nonbearing mombers h~e high fre~uency to ba ~et up to ~ w~tcrproof lAyer ~nd i~ required to h~ve the ~lexibllity ol` ~he position ~nd forM.
35 WAtorprooflng sy9tom in ~uppor~in~ connoction of ~econdary : ....... . . .
,,: : , :, . .. .
: , ~ , . ~:
: . , , , ,:: .
'~ ' ~' ' ' - ~ , , ~ . . .. . .

1 '3 ~ 4 4 0 3 '~ 2 '~ 9 ~ 1 7 2 A UR l 'J ~ t ~ '` 3 0 0 6 P 0 13~
nonbearing memb~rs to a waterproof lay~r is compors~d of 1) ln SUppOI't syst~m', 2)'Puttin~ foundation ~yfite~ nd the system to m~ke it have support be~ring c~p~city by cnnnectin~
a pr.mary structura to p~tting foundation with connec~ive ~ supporti~ emb~rs if neCcssAry~ and 3) 'Bcnm supp~rt and ; putting found~tion syster.~'.
ThPse thrte systems arc advunt~geble solving system~ to have little possibilit~ of lea~a~e of wat~r ~nd to put up secondury m~mber4 a~ a flexible position, bec~use they c~n omit the 10 anchor forsecondary members at th~ place wh~re ~ waterproofing 1~yer is ~et up, don't bre~k waterproofin~ layer. al~d don't n~ed the waterproofing o~ anchor and anchor itself.
1) 'B~am support syfitem' This system is Lhe syst~m to han~ a bea~l of ~econdAry men~bers .~ t~ on be~ms of ~ primary structure (A~, Across and not to ne~d tho anchor ol~w~terproofing l~yer to bre~lcwat~rproofing l~yer.
~`his system is, li~ FIG. 2~6-1, u~e~ like FIC. 206-1 in tha case Or not intendin~ to se~ up an ~nchor on the slao ~rom w~terpro~fing, the slab for to have b~sn don~ted -' 20 ~terproofing layer of A internlediate layer and roo~ l~yer.
: 2) 'Putting foundation system' When put up second~ry members at a w~terproofing position, a position to have the possibilityof w~t~r leak~ge is ths ~nohor position on a sl~b rather than an anchor position on beam ~uch 2s ~s ~ reversed be~m and a semi-rever~ed-beam of a pri~ry structure~ The systems of supporting connection of s~co~dary ~ members at this part are 'Puttin~ foundAtion sy~te~' and th~
systf3~ to ~a3ca lt h~ve ~upport bearin~ capacity by connecting ~ prim4ry ~tructure to Lhis )A putt1ng foundAtion systnm with 30 ~ socondAry mombora' if noceasary. Tho~ ~yætem~ are adv~nt~blo solvlng Qyatems notto broakw~terprnofin~ er, not to need w~tcrproofing ofan ~ohor or Ar~ ~nchnr itself, not to need to w~rry about wuter 1~3~1cage And to be uble to ~ot up ; ~enondary nonbearing ~ember~ at ~ flaxible position.
35 FI~S. 1~ throu~h 200, ahow tho o~ae not to 3~t up dir~citly - . . , ::: : -, :
... .
- ` ~ .: . : : :-$

l~o supplementary bloc ofconcrete ~nd brickin embodi~entof FIGS.
150 throug~ 154 or s]ab (~, but to set up puttlng foundation ~26) on 41ab ~ 4), -to set up reinforcing bloc (2~) on puttin~
~o~ndati~n (26), and t~ compose A partition. In this ca~e, S th~re ar~ th~ method to ~t up r2ceptacle~t2) ofbAnd 6teel on I~Uttin~ foundatio~1(26), to fasten thein with boltto th~ anchor ir, this puttin~ foundation and to weld reinforcing ~teel (25) to the r~c~ptacles (12~ (see FIG. 198), the method ~o ~eld : rece~tacl~s (12) of st~el to anchor in ~utting found~tion (26~
10 ~nd coweld it ~o reinforcing ~t~el (25), too (~ee ~IG. 199), or th~ ~cthod ~o anchora lowered~e of reinforcing ste~l(2~) into putting foundation (2~j ~see FIG. 200). Other composition~ ~re aln~o~ the s~me as embodin~ents of FIGS~.l50 through 15~1~
Adopti~n nf 'A p~ttin~ f~und~tlon syst~m' like this, enables ~ i~ us to preven~ wat~r leakage ~`r~mthe ~nchor on slab by brcs~ing : wat~rproofi n~ lAy~r ( 2/~,without breakin~waterproofinglayer (271 in the CASe of ha~ing wAterproofing layer (27) on sla~
o~ prima~y struc~ure~ nd ~ prev~nt corrosionof ~nchor ~nd rec~ptacles perfectly.
Then, a putting founda~ion is cornp~sed o~ concrete b].ock, ;:: precast concrete blook or striking concrete block.
: F~GS. l94 thro~gh 197 ~hoh the ext~rnal wall and bound~ry w~ll co~posed of p~nel ~23~ of PC bo~rd or ALC bo~rd ins~teMd of con~rete block in e~bodiments of FIGS. 198 through 200.
25 ~IGS. 204 throu~t1205 show the ca~e to fix pu~-ting founda~ion ~26) of emb~di~nts of FIG~. 194 through 201, to neigh~orin~
b~m (2) for ~xample, by hori~ontal ~upport (28) of H ~teel and to don~te finish.in~ on A surface of an externsl wall, boundary w~ll or outsi~ doors ~nd windows, and other compositions are 30 ~l00s~ s~m~ as ~IGS. 194 through 201.
FIGS~ 201 through 203, ~nd 205 ~how the CBse to Be~ Up doors And wind~ws fr~me (31) inste~d of externAl w~l.l, bound~ry w~ll or p~rtition i~ ~boti~ents of ~IGS. 134 through 196, ~nd 204.
FIa. 202 ~hows the csse n~t to f~sten the pl~te on p-1ttinB
~5 foundation to anchor ~ith bolt~, but to weld in ~mbodi~ents ~f .'~ .
~ ., .
~ '.'' ' ` , ~,`: , ' ' ` , . I . . .' , , :, ' :' ` , ~, ~ ' : : :` :

19~i~01~0l9 60:34 0~ ~2c'~ 6~ f~URI'~i-t7~ 0~1 ~Q6 FIG. 201.
In ~ither above-m~ntioned case~ putti~ found~tion (26) hase w~i~h nnd form to cAp~ble of bo~ring horiæon~al 3tr~C.s ol eArthquakc and wind powe~ ~o act on ~cond~ry nonb~L~rine S members (~-2). ~ower ~Art of putting found~tion ~26) ~nd protestin~ laye~ of a w~terprooring lAyern~a~ bc col~necte~ b~
adhe~ e mate~linl~.
3) '8en~ support ~ puttlng foun~ation sys~enl!.
~his system is the syste~l to make up for th~ defect of both AboYe ~entioned 'Put~ing foundatiorl ~y6t8~' and 'P.eam ~u~port .~syste~1. The 'Bc~m support ~ystem', method to hang the beam of cecondsry ~tructure~ ~1 on beams ~f primary structure (A~
Acros~ c~n only m~ke ~tr~i~ht fvrm. But, this method sets puttin~ foundAtiononit~ yie1din~part,~uar~ntees flexibility 1~ of ~econdary nonboArin~ memberc ~ructure by cuppor~ of ~ secondar~ memb~r3 when yielding be~m h~lfw~y. In ~t~ight line i;- p~rts,thjs n~ethod also ~nd put puttin~ foundation hal~way contribute~ to ~a~e a benmand a b~nlheight smaller. ~nd, this make~ firmer And ~ur~ cert~in ~upporting connectjon po~sible ."0 thenabove-mentioned'Puttin~ four.dation~yste~'. Furtherlllore, like above-mentioned 'Puttin~ found~tion ~y~t8m' ~ this enables blggcr u~ to ~8t be~rin~capacity by connecting of this b~am or puttin~ foundation to ~ pri~sry structu~e by connective and ~upport~ mem~ers.
25 FIGS. 206-1 throu~b 206-3 ~re enl~odiDIer~t~ of cases that secondary nonboaring memb~r~ 2)of externAl ~all or outside : ~vors ~nd windcws are s~t ~p on w~terproafine l~ r, and b~th edges ~f a beam to supporting connect these s~condary nonb~uring mo1ab~rs ~o~2) are support~d by and conn~cted to a pri~ry structur~ (A). This beAm i5 support~d by putting ~oundntion (26~ ~upport~d on wat~rpr~ofing layer of a primary structure (A) in h~lfw~y of ~traight lin~ pArta or yi~ldin~
;. purts of this boam. This puttinB found~tion (26) has w~ights d and formu to cAp~bl~ of bcarin~ horI~ont~l force ~r H~rthquake .35 ~nd wind pawor to ac~on thi~ t~is~cond~ry nonbcnring me~lberu :
;

, .

:~ - , ~ . . . .

`J J ~4 b O J ~ c' ~' Y b l ~ ' A~ 'r, t 1~
(B-2). A l~wers pRl`t And pro~ecting layer vf ~ waterproofiag l~yer, thsputti.n~ found~tion (26)c~nba connccted by adhesive m~teria1s, too. 1`hi~ b~am or putting foundation (26~ and a primary structure ~A) mAy be ab~a to re~ist big~er horizunta1 pow¢r by support.lng connection by horiz~ntRl ~upport (2~) ofll ~tee1. Then, FIG. 206~ the ~luint to show th~ whole, Fla.
20~-2 i~ tha d~tails axonometric, and FIG. 206-3, is the d~tail~ ~ecti.on.
The above-m~ntioned wuterproofing syfitem o~ ppor~in~
conn~ctiorl c.f seco~dary nonbearing ~embers can be use~ for secolld3ry bearing members i~ it ~n get nece.ss~ry supportive ~tre~ngth.
~3)Waterproofin~ system for~upPortin~conrlection oi secondary li~ht-weight ~emberQ.
terproofill~ system for supporting connection of secondary 1i~hs-w~ight members on a waterproof layer, is done by th~
sy~ten~ to fix with weight, b~ adhesive building system, or by combined use ofthem, similarto'putting foundat.ionsystem' as m~r~tioned above. By th~se ~yst.em~, the flexibilit~ setting up ~0 of ~;~condary liE~ht-weiaht member~ i~ guarant~ed and the cernt~in supportins conn~ctiorl b~come~ po~ible ~s w~ll, and a~;
anchcrs which bre~ks ~ wat.~rproof layer ~re not n~eded to be set, ~ w~t~rpr~o~ layer is protected.
FIG. 210-2 ihows the em~odiment of fiettin8 up of a secondary li~ht-wei~ht memb~rs; setting up of equipment pipin~ on a w~rproof1ayQr.Inthi~embodiment,theequlpmentpipin6s are ~et up on a concrRte pl~t~ which is a puttin~ ~uundation of a 3m~11 gcale, ~y tool~ setting up Pipings, and the botto~
~urfac~ of the cDncrete pl~t~ and the prot~ction :Inyer of a wnterproof lay~r ~r~ conn~ct~d by ~dh~sivcs or th~ like.
:`.The abov~-~entloned e~ch w~tarproofing syste~ for the supportin~ connoctionot`second~ry ~n~bersis ~sed not only for a waterproof 1~y~r, but also for ~ ~nerul sl~b which has not b~en waterproofed.

.~ ' .

; ~, . :,~. ,. :: ~

!., ' ~
~:' , : ~ `'' `:

~ 4;3l~ 7 l~ J~2Y f~ " 3 .,~ Q ~ 3 story height ~nd rn~ximum height r~duction ~yst~m The building of a prior artifirial ~ulti-lsyer grour;d ty~e was disadvsnt~Yeou~ in ~h~ con~trUCtiOn co~t al~d the land cost (boc~use of bejn5 un~ble to ~AS~ the r~stri~tion~ Eor an oblique line limit And ah~ight ofshado~r~gul~tions), bec~Llse the story heigh~ is heiger thsn th~t of ~ prior buil~itl~. F~r the mothods for restrainin~ the ~tory h~iRh~ and the maxi~lu~
height are divided as 'h~ followin~.
(l~Pro~erusage ofyrimarydeper.dent typ~ ~econdarystruc~ure/
: 10 pri~ry sel r-~upport typ~ ~ec~ndary structur~.
An ndop~ion of ~A prim~ry dependell~ ~yp~ ~e~ndary struc1.ure' is an advantageous methoù, in ~ ground layer An~ inter~edi~te l~yer, for the ~Ake of reducing the maximu~n height of ~
b~ildi~g. An hd~ptiorl of ~n primar~ depen~ent type secorldary st~ucture' ~et~ ~o adv~nta~eou~ a~ interior the number of interlor ~torie6 becomo~ faw~r like 1 floor~ t layer c~se, especlall~ .
In a roof Juyer! the udoption of '~ primary self ~upport type secondary structure' in a roof l~y~r, B~ld the xkil~lfui ~d~ption Or 'A primary dependent ~ype s~:cond~ry 3~ructure', t.he - ~truoture which ~ roof p~rt iR ~d~ of n secondary structure - reduce~ the ~Aximum height.
t2) s~ructur~l planr~in~ o~ a pr~ary struc~.ur~ in the ground layer and int~rm~di~te l~yer.
Th~ primary st~uc~ure~ruotural plAnningof buildingt~h~L~l~s R chamb~r #p~Ce like an ~pArtm~l1t hou~, mak~ the width of a w311 snd ~ column of thc d~th direction midsection at a front~ge direction l~rge~ kcep l~r~e for hori~on~ earing o~ciiy, and it kee~ ~mnll horizuntal b~rin~ c~pacity of M
~0 oolumn ~n~ n w~ll in th~ o~t~ideto depth directi.on~balconY and corridor side) (~e~ ~IGS~ 1 ~hroll~h 3, B~ ~hrou~h 83, ll3~l throu~h Ll8, ï2t~-l through 128). ~0no~, b~o~u~ the gird~r o~
~ird~r-hcight is~'t ~et up ~or the ~pt.h direction ~uts1d~, it i~ p0~3iblc to muk~ the b~m ~aller, to 8~VC ~ ceilin~ h~i~ht 36 of a ch~mbcr, ~d to redu~e story height.
~ .

,, . . :
, ., ' ; "' ` ,; !
', .

IY~ 4~ U3 ;1~!2':1 fi l ,'2 AUR ~ 7i~ "

A~ cmbodiment FlGS. 1 throu~h 3 showl the ch~b~r~ such a~
bedroo~, for ~xa~ple, are u~ually set up for ~ depth direotion outeide (facing a b~lcony and a corridor) for the ~ke of daylighting condition, then the ceiljng ~lei~ht Or a depth direction outside is required largely. On the other hand, the depthdirectionmid~ectiondoesn't~et dayl ighti ng, so the sort of ~ services room, whichdo~6n't need daylighting, ~r~ ~t up.
Reg~r~ as this part, A ceiling height is ~llowed to be s~all.
For th~t reason, you thinking of a be~m height of a ~ird~r in the sRme way, ~h~ necessnry ~toz~ height c~n ~et small~r in the depth direction ~idsection, a~d ~et larger in the depth directionou-t~ide. Considering the settlcment at the same story ; height, the beam height of' n depth direction out~ide girder need to be ~mall, ~d the beam hei8ht of a ~irdsr of the depth direction midsection conld be large. For ~his reason, it is greAtly yos~ible to m~ke stron~er for horizontAl be~ring capacity at u ~ 1 and a column ~1) of the depth direction midsection for it from ~ thing for ~ bean~height of a girdel of : the depth direction midsection~ larg0r. In a plane plAn for ! 20 th~t reason, hori~ontal bearing capac.ity oE a front~ge direction, needs keeping l~rge at ~ w~ll end a column of the depth direction midse~tion, ~nd itis ~d~ant~eous for the sAke of reducin~ stcry height the hori~o~t.~l be~rin~ capacit~ Or a column ~nd ~ wall outside to the depth direction (facing to a balcony ~n~ ~ corridor) keeps small. Then, in a section plan, keepirlg the beam height of ~ ~irder o~ t.hs depth direction mid~ection large, ~nd keeping -thet of the depth directlon ; outsid~ s~ull are ad~antageous for the s~ke of rcducing a storyheight. The~ thin~, agrbe with the func~ional claim fro~
r~id~nce sp~ce, too. Some other tilne for the width of a column nd a wall of ~de~th dlrectiorloutside (balcony and ~ corridor 8ide), th~ p~ribilit~ o~ mAking th~m smal1er at th~ ~r~nt~e direotion can ~nswer to th~ free cl~im~ of th~ f1exibility of : th~ pl~nning ~f ~ s~oond~ry ~tructur8, and 0xtension nnd rebuilding. Therefora, performin~ thc ~bove-menl-ioned "
''''' J;~12~ 2~1 4CJ 03 3229 ~112 AUR1'r~ 3 1~ P1.

145 ~ 3 s~ru~tural plunnin~ not only roduces st~ry height, but al80 an~wer to ~ clai~ of~ chamber pl~nnin~, and can plan second~ry str~ct.ur~, flexibly, too.
Concretely explaining,the SeCtiOrl Or R primary ~ructure (A?.
that is expressed by embodiment FI~S. 1 thro1lgh 3, two girders p~ss through thc depth dircctlon mid~ection like FIG. 1~
a1~d the besm hei~ht is l~rger ~hsn ~he d~pth direction outside girder. Atthis ~idsec~ion to the depthdirection, a sort of the services room i~ urran~ed for the snke ot` un-necassi~ Or d~ylightin~ and lowcei~ing height, then it is possible to make gird~r-height high~r. F'or the depth direction outside, considerin~ the cha~uc~er of a chamber, this pnrtial ceili height h~s ~he necess~ty to keep large becau~e of daylightin~
to a bsdroom, and there i~ neces~ity to keep girder-~.eight ~ller. By this matter, the column wall in the midsection to the depth direction, csn save horizontal hc~ring capacity of a frontage dir~ction, like ~hown in ~lG. 113-1, the plan of this structuræ (A3. ~ thi~ m~.tter, wall colu~n horizor1tal bearin~
capacity of the fronta~e diroction of the depth direction outside wall c~lumn, car- be small at the frontage direct,ion, ~ and width of it can make it s~all~ st A fron~age direction, ; daylighting ~ide be~omes larg~, ~hlch is ~dv~nt.~geous B9 ch~mber~ ~nd ~lso be able to have the flexihility of planning the chan1ber of a d~pth direction out~lde di~ision ~nd the flexibility of ~xt~nsion ~nd rebuilding (a~ balcony ex~ensior and rebuilding to ~ side is ~e~e~lly thought about~.
These embod.imo~ts, are the c~ses th~t 2 gi.rders are set up for the depth direction ~idsection, bu~ inc~se of l girder or some mor~ eirder.s hAve th~ ~an~c po~ibili~y.
~0 ~3) Pri1~ry structure ~tructur~l pl~nnlng ~ roof l~yer.
1'wo ~ethods are used such ~ the c~se to support s~cundAry ~tructurus di~ctly without constructln~ u pri~ary structur~
upw~rd f~tr a ro~f, aad the case to RUppOrt second~ry ~tructures a8 it i8, and to construct a pri~nry str~cture upw~rd for the 36 roof. Xn th~ ~cond CA~Ct oonstructin~ the wall ~nd the column .... .. __ . .... _ .. '; .
.
, ~ ' ' '' ' - ,;
~ , - . ~ .

l;JY~ 2~l3lH ~ 49 Q~ 2~Y t;172 ~URi~r~ 006 P14 ~ ~ Id ~ ~ ~ 3 ~46 of the depth direction~idsection upward, supportirlg ~ecolldary structures, not construoting the col~mns and w~lls of a depth direction outside (b~lcony and a corridor side) up~ard to the upperluyer, are adv~nt.agecussince they don'tgive restIictive condition to plan the second~ry structure which pas~es the oblique lin~ restrictions and shadow re~ulations ~ee ~iGS~
; YO-l through 94-1 ) . This matter, i~ advantageou3 ~ith a compositiorlo~secondarystr~lctures and the sake of flexibility of exten6iollt~nd rebuilding, tooO The above-rnentioned case is very advantageous because it oarlb~urmore hori~ontal streæ~ in ~he roof la~er, the cAce which kept horiz~ntA.Ibe~ri~ capacity larger by making the wa!i and the colu~n of the dep~h direction wider in the mid-region of the frontsge di~ection in ~he ., intermediate l~y~r, aæthe succ~ssive prim~ry structure form of the int~rmedi~te l~yer boing generally Adopted in the roof l~yer.
~) Freedom of w~t~r soction po~ition and ~ory heig~lt ; r~duction s~stem . 1) Outline.
-~ ~O Prior artiricial ~ulti-layers ground typewa~ disadvan~geou~
in construction cost ~nd la--tlcost, because the story heignt uf it get~ higher th~n the ordinary building. For this reaso also, to mini~li7edo~ble ætructurcto the utmost, ~he ~ub~tRnce tu be ~ble to d~pcnd on a compositiun m~mber6 m~kes a primary structure depend on it at aecondary mambers, and it i9 an ; adv~nt~eous method to minimize n~embers overlap.Fur~hermor~
for 8 beam of A primary structur~ i8 set ~ reversod beam (to a perfectly reversed be~m for beam hei~ht) in order to mAke free po~ition Or w~ter section of ~econd~ry structures, the story hei~ht inore~æ~d. The adv~ntAgeouæ method in orter to solve thjs snd to reduce ~tory llei~ht. i8 til~ method of a '~emi-raver~d-bo~m' that, the hei8ht part n~ce~s~ry for an : e~uip~ent pipin~ space(e~pecially drainage pipe) thAt is ;
neces~ary to ~lc~ water 8e¢tion position se~ ree is formed `` 35 into ~ reversed beam, And th~t the bea~-height part except it ' ,;

.1' 2i~ i a 2 3: ~ ~ 0 3 3 ;~ 2 9 6 1 7 2 f~UR l ~ it7 1`~ " 3 0 0 6 P 15 1~1 7 i~ forrncd into a beam und~r ~lab, ~nd i~ the method that a horizorlt~l dr~in~e pi~e is run to the position where a v~r~ical drninA~e pipe is set in eAch zon~ ~f the beam as a drainage pipe d~esn't pnss ~hrou~h ~ beAm. It is necessaly to adopt an nbove-m~ntioned ~support syste~ of second~r~ be~ring member by primary columnand be~ in order to keep amethod of the latter posiible.
2) 'Semi-rever~ed-beum ~y~t~n~'.
Tho 'Semi-r~ver~ed-beam system', i~ ~xpressed at fir~. T~le problem is thAt se~tin6' A water ~ee~ion po~ition fr~e an~
r~ducing story height is n drains~e pipe to need an underfloor plenu~ nmongeguipme~tpiping(that needs aslope andis the big si~e of its caliber~. Of,her Pquipm~nt piping hardl~ beoomzs a bi8ger proble~ than this.
By this, the si~e including tha size for n ca1i~r Or this dr~inage pipe ~nd the slope siae of dr~ina3e pipe that is nec~ssary for mnkin~ set water section ~usi~ion free, is uecessary for Bn undcrfloor plenulil. Further, when a dr~}n~ge : pipe passes through ~ beam, the covering depth th~t is necossary ~o upp~ ~ar~innl reinforcin~ steel of ~he beam i~
; added to its size. These are the factor3 to increasc the story hight.
In ~uch a c~3e revsrs~d benm is used ~nerary,however a beam height of a rev~rs~d beam more ~han ~ nece~c~ry underfloor plenu~ for this becomes the pri~ry ~actor to increasc the story h~ight, ~or th~t r~ason, the method of ~semi-reversed-benm', formin~ only the height part th~ is :; :
necessary for a dr~inage pip~ ~pace pArt into a reversed be~m and folmin~ the p~rt ~xc~pt i~ 1nto ~ beum urld~r a s1~b, i~ an effetive method ~o reduc~ story height.
3) 'Syste!n of hori~-ontn~ dr~inago pipo r~ n ~o v~r~ical . ~ drninage pipv i~l e~oh b~m zone' The next import~nt ~ethod of s~ory height reduction is, as mcntion~d-nbov~, to avoid the heiBht ir~cressc need~d wh~n a 35 dre.in~g~ pipe pas~o~ throu~h ~ b~m. N~n~ely, the method as :' ~

. ., ~.' .
; - , , . -:~. .. . .

:
,: . .: .~
,` ; '. ,`'`' ' , :

19~2~l2~ 23:5i 03 3229 D 1 ~2 AU~ l'rif~ 3 IJI)D P 16 dr~inage pipe doesn'-t paa~ thrvugh a ~eam. Nam~ly, it i5 the method to run a hori~ont~l ~rain~ pipe there whcre seting up a vertical drainR~e pipe ln each ~one of beams. Thi~ method shortens further the length of a drainM~e pi~e, m~kes ~
5 slop~-height s~nll as the lengthof horizontal piping to run to a t~srtical drai~nge pire gets small for each zone, and leduce~
; the story hoi~h~.
il) Story heiBht reduo~iorl effect o~ ~8upp~rt system of secondary beuring member by primary column And b~am'.
10 The ma~t~r ~hc~hs th~ other ~Cpsct of an ef~ect of the a~ove-mentioned sy~tem 'sup~olt cyfitem of secon~lary bcnrin~
~ember by primary col~mn and beam' (That is, ~ meLhod to limit the part of the pri~ry s~ructure as the suppor~ing positicn ; for secondary struct~re, to thecolumns and equivarentwMlls).
15 Anadoptior~ofnn ~bovs-mentioned 'suppor-tsystemof secondary ~ bearin~ member by prim~ry colu~n and b~am' gets nscessary in ; order to keep this ma~ter po~sible. B~ucau e, in ~up~orting A
; secorldary bearing member in a hori20ntal pl~tf~rnl of a primary : structure AS ~ prior type rlrtificial land, the be~ms increas~
20 and ~t u~ closolr, a dr~inaZe pip~ pass through beams : avoidabl~ d story hei~ht in~reases, as mentioned-above.
~ompare to this, by the 'support ~yste~ of ~econdury beArinB
n~ember by prim~ry colum~l and be~m' the beam interval of a ~rilrtary s~ructur~ o~n be kept l~r~er beca~se a secondary 25 bearin~ memb~r lo~d doe~n't act upon slab of a prim~ry structure or the like, and c~n ~void a be~fil penetration of a dr~in~ge pip~, ,~ By thi~ reason, in case this 'support ~ystem of secondary '~ be~rirlg menlb~r by priml~ry aolumn ~nd bs~l~' is applie~ trim~ry s1,ructur~a c~n bo de~i gn~d with larger b~:nm in~ervnl and avoiding pcn~tra~ion ctn to bc~tDs. Vertical drairlag~ plpin~
whioh prt3vent f1exil~ility Gn pl~nning cun be ~3~t up at a minims.m pACC within th~expo.ndecl Z:oneof b~ams. ~yplannlng :like this, ~rec intarior ~ctrn~ of designing i8 g~ranteed, and story h~i8ht :~ 35 also i9 recluc~d .
. .

, ' ' ~.

. ' . ` ` ` ' ` `

IY`ic~l2~ 2~:5c` ~ ~22Y 6I~ AlJRI~ 'J~ J~ t:~G

In short, th~ method of 'sup~ort syste~ of secondary beAring memb~r b~ primary colum!I anti be~' hAs not on1y the econon~ic ad~nta~e (economy of a col~structiDn cost) OlI buildin~
skaleton, but fiets a wat~r section position fr~, reduces the story height, and r~duces the land co~t.
~ ) E~planation o~ embodimonts.
B~ adopting 'semi-re~ersed-~eso' for bcams Or ~.rim~ry st1ucture,and 'support system of sec~lldary bearing member b,~
primary co1umn and beam', by ~cping l~rge intervai between IU bean~3, eind by t~kin~ n ligh~ g~rden for the position Lhut is enclosed at a girder of th~ d~p~h direGtior~ mid~e~tio~, che et}~od to drop A vertic~l draina~c pipe is chown in FIG. 211-1 in ~IG. 211-2 (besides this mcthod othe~ ~a~ to dro~ a ver~ic~l drain~ge pipe for each zone e~clo~d by ~ean~s, can ~e taken).
By the method, for the ~one tha~ i9 enclosed by ~irdcrs o'; ~he ~idsccti~n of a depth direc~lon. both life drain~ge pipe ~see ~IG. 211-1) from ~ flexiblc position of s~r~ice.q and re.in~ter drainage pipc ~sc~ ~IG. 2il-2) Qr the likP, can b~ con~ectcd directly to A vertica1 dr lna~e pipe ixl ~light g~rden, h.ithout ZC passing through ~ehnlS. Fur~ermore ~1~o fro~l outside of thP
girder enclos~d zono of the ~idsection of a d~pth direction, 11~e drain~ge pipe fro~l ~ flexible position of ~rvices can yaneLrate lower p~rt of a w~11 coluulrl, whcre ste~l dimension h~ve enogb and sp~res forplacingof reinforcementis enough, to conect to A v~rtical drainAge pipe in ~ 1igh-t ~arden wi~hout pa~silI~ through girders~ ~y 3uch a nlethud, mai~tainin~ A
flexibil~ services of dr~in~ge pipo from each po~it~on, of the ~one avoiding to m~ks penetr~tion on ~irders and be~ms, s~ory height is roduced.
Fur~her~ore AS 'a seml-revor~ed-~o~u ~ys~em' is ~dopt~d, height o~ th~ ~e~ bove ~he t`100r siab is 1es~n to almost the 8~u)e ~ the total height of di~Hter of the pipe and the slo~e for itwhichgarantce the ~rexlblep~aition of~rvjce, baonuie in ordor nc-t t.o con~ider ~ neCe~sitY coverin~ depth ~i~,e of upp~r M~rgin~l reinforcing ~teel of the be~, drnina~e pipe :.

.

19'J~ H31~ 2~:53 1~3 3229 61-~2 A~IR~ "3 0'J6 ~ 8 150 ~ 6~
c~liber si~e and ~ dr~ina~e pipe slope slz~ as necl3ssity.
Minimi~ing o. u~c1ess underfloor plenuD~ and limiting onl~ the neces3~ry depth for a re-~e~sl~d b~sm by sdopting 'a emi-reversed-beam syste~ story h~ht is reduced fur~her.
5 Followin~ a content of a primary structurt! of this figure, ~grees for u met.hod o~ a stor~ height reductiorl method of primary structure structural plannirlg of ~n ~bo~e mentioned (2) ground layer And int;ernledi~te layer, use properly it of an above-n~entioned ~l) primary d0pendent type~ }~rimary 10 sel~-support type secondary struc~ure. Then if adopting 'a priDIary dependent type secondary ~trucLIlre~ as FIGS. 1 throu~h 3, t.he story heigh~ is red~lced.
6 ) Ef f ect .
The above-alentioned system can be applied commonly to 'a 15 priruary selï-support typf~ ~ecorld~ry structure' and ~A primary dependent typs secondary structur~'l And it is general system to b~ ~ble to be adopt~ed in c~s~ of setting WAter-SeCtiOnS
~re~ly in a general building. In ca~e Or adoy)t.;ng the system for 'a pri~ry dependen'c type ~econdary structure' es~eci~lly, it 20 can keep the ~rne ~tory hei8ht as that of a general buildlne in 1 floor~ yer ~nd 2 f1Oor6~ 1 layer.

Claims

(1) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures, comprising: the primary structure composed of reinforced concrete, steel frame, steel frame concrete or steel frame reinforced concrete; the secondary structures as modifiable portions supported by said primary structure; 'initial set up type anchors' setting when constructing the primary structure or 'post-construction set up type anchors' setting after constructing or in the future of the primary structure, said anchors being set up on the position, extent or part, which is decided in the initial construction of the primary structure, of the upper sides, the lower sides or the lateral sides of columns, walls, beams, slabs or the like of said primary structure; and secondary members of secondary structures (secondary bearing members such as columns, beams and slabs or the like, secondary nonbearing members such as external walls, boundary walls, frames for doors and windows, partitions and furring strips or the like, secondary light-weight members such as finishes, furring strips, baseboards, wall trims, paper holders and hatracks or the like and equipment piping) supported by and connected to said primary structure either directly or indirectly through receptacles, intermediate structures or inter-structural members by fixing said secondary members to said anchors, (2) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the secondary structures are supported by the beams or slabs of the roof of the primary structure.
(3) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, wherein the primary structure is constructed that secondary structures are supported by constructing upward to the roof of the primary structure the columns, walls, and wall-columns of the primary structure to be able to bear the horizontal stress of the earthquake and the strong wind or the like to the secondary structures and support said secondary structures.
(4) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2 or 3, wherein the primary structure is constructed that secondary bearing members, secondary nonbearing members and secondary light-weight members are classified to according to secondary members' load and that each supporting position or extent of the members is decided at the initial construction.
(5) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structure according to claim 4, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided on the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the columns or beams of said primary structure, or the slabs or walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns or beams of said primary structure (hereinafter, this will be termed 'support system of secondary bearing member by primary column and beam').
(6) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 4, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided on the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the columns of said primary structure, or the walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns of said primary structure.
(7) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 6, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided by the extent, that will set up secondary structure middle floor, within the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the columns of said primary structure, or the walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns of said primary structure.
(8) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 4, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided on the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the beams of said primary structure, or the slabs that have the equivalent support-strength as beams of said primary structure.
(9) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 4, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided on the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the columns and beams of said primary structure, or the slabs and walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns or beams of said primary structure.
(10) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 9, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary bearing members is decided by restricting the extent that will set up secondary structure middle floor, within the lateral sides of the columns of said primary structure, or the walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns of said primary structure.
(11) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent for supporting the secondary nonbearing members and the secondary lightweight members is decided on the upper sides, lower sides or lateral sides of the columns, walls, beams, and slabs of said primary structure.
(12) The structure consisting of n primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 4, 5, 6. 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent setting up anchors is classified to anchors for secondary bearing members, anchors for secondary nonbearing members, and anchors for secondary light-weight members according to the support-strength of anchors and is decided at the initial construction.
(13) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent setting up anchors is classified to anchors for both secondary bearing and non-bearing members (hereinafter, these will be termed 'anchors for both secondary bearing and non-bearing members'), and anchors for secondary light-weight members according to the support-strength of anchors and is decided at the initial construction.
(14) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent setting up anchors for secondary bearing members and anchors for both secondary bearing and non-bearing members is decided according to claim 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10.
(15) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 14, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent setting up anchors for secondary bearing members and anchors for both secondary bearing and non-bearing members is not decided on the columns of said primary structure, or the walls that have the equivalent support-strength as said columns of said primary structure.
(16) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the position or extent setting up anchors for both secondary bearing and non-bearing members, anchors for secondary nonbearing members, and anchors for secondary light-weight members is decided according to claim 11.

(17) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 12, 13, 14, 15 or 16, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the anchors are classified as follows, regarding the anchors for secondary bearing members and the anchors for both secondary bearing and nonbearing members as initial set up type anchors, regarding the anchors for secondary non-bearing members as 'initial set up type anchors' or 'post-construction set up type anchors', and regarding the anchors for secondary light-weight members as 'post-construction set up type anchors'.
(18) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 17, wherein the position or extent setting up the anchors for secondary light-weight members is decided according to claim 11, or extra-increasing concrete part is placed within said extent, and the anchors can be freely set up on said part or extend in after construction of the primary structure.
(19) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18, wherein the secondary structure (hereinafter, this will be termed 'a primary dependent type secondary structure') is constructed that secondary bearing members are composed of horizontal members of beams or the like supported by the columns and walls or the like of the primary structure, or composed of vertical members of columns or the like supported by the beams and slabs or the like of the primary structure and horizontal members of beams or the like supported by said vertical members, or composed of vertical members of columns or the like supported by the beams, slabs or the like if the primary structure, and horizontal members of beams or the like supported by said vertical members or by the columns or walls or the like of the primary structure.
(20) The structure consisting of a primary structure and said secondary structures, which is composed of the vertical members of columns or the like supported by the beams and slabs or the like of the primary structure, and the horizontal members of beams or the like supported by the vertical members, according to claim 19, wherein the space is set up not to contact mutually between said vertical members, and the columns and walls of the primary structure, when horizontal stress of earthquake or the like acts therebetween.
(21) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the secondary nonbearing members are supported by said primary structure or secondary bearing members, and the secondary light-weight members are supported by said primary structures, secondary bearing members or secondary nonbearing members.
(22) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or 18, wherein the secondary structure (hereinafter, this will be termed 'a primary self-support type secondary structure') is constructed that a composition of secondary bearing members is a solid form of a rectangular parallelepiped or the like composed of the vertical members of columns or the like supported by the beams and slabs or the like of the primary structure, and the horizontal members of beams or the like supported by said vertical members.
(23) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 22, wherein the secondary nonbearing members are mainly supported by the secondary bearing members.
(24) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23, wherein the primary structure is constructed that said primary structure is composed of reinforced concrete, (steal frame concrete, or steel frame reinforced concrete, and the anchors are composed of the anchor frames made of band steel, angle steel, H section steel, channel steel or the like, or the anchor frames setting a plurality of nuts or cap nuts (cap nut type anchor bolt) every a definite interval on the anchor frame, or the anchor frames thrusting a plurality of bolts every a definite interval on the anchor frame.
(25) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 24, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the anchor frames setting nuts or cap nuts every a definite interval on the anchor frame, or the anchor frames thrusting bolts every a definite interval on the anchor frame are buried inside concrete of said primary structure.
(26) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 24, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the anchor frames as anchors are set on the surface of the concrete of said primary structure and are set by welding to reinforcing steel in said primary structure, by anchoring by reinforcing steel accompanied with the anchor frames, by fixing 'anchor bolts for fixing anchor frames' thrusting on the surface of said primary structure by nuts for fixing anchor frames', or by fixing 'anchor nuts or cap nuts for fixing anchor frames buried inside said primary structure by 'bolts for fixing anchor frames'.
(27) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 26, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the anchor frames as anchors set sliding metallic material for adjusting the position of connective members of receptacles or the like are fixed by welding, or are fixed by being pressed by bolts or the like.
(28) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 or 27, wherein the primary structure is constructed that said primary structure is composed of steel frame, steel frame concrete, or steel frame reinforced concrete, and the anchors are steel frames of said primary structure, or a plurality of nuts or cap nuts set or a plurality of anchor bolts thrust on said steel frame of said primary structure.
(29) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 or 28, wherein the anchor holes with more enough size of depth and caliber than a destined anchor length and diameter are open in the columns, walls, wall-columns, beams and slabs or the like, or are made penetrate to the beams at initial construction, and anchor bolts, cap nuts and resinous anchor or the like with the caliber of the size adjusting for the secondary members are inserted and set up to said anchor hole by adjusting the size of the fixed bolts for the secondary members or the like at constructing secondary structures.
(30) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 or 29, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the anchors for secondary nonbearing members are set up in the same way as the interval of interior foundation 's anchor or a form separator, or interior foundation's anchors or form separators are used as said anchors for secondary nonbearing members by adjusting the strength or the caliber.
(31) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30, wherein the secondary members of secondary structures, intermediate structure or inter-structural members, receptacles, or anchor frame are supported to said primary structure with the connective form that can be separated for anchor nuts or cap nuts or the like fitted by bolts, or anchor bolts fitted by nuts.
(32) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or 31, wherein the connection between the anchors and the receptacles, the anchors and the intermediate structures or inter-structural members, the anchors and the secondary members of secondary structures, the receptacles and the intermediate structures or inter-structural members, the receptacles and the secondary members of secondary structures, or the intermediate structures or inter-structural members and the secondary members of secondary structures, is rigid joint, pin-connection or connection with insulation or seismic isolator.
(33) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, or 32, wherein the receptacle is composed of band steel, angle steel, channel steel, H section steel, I section or wooden materials or the like.
(34) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, or 33, wherein 'putting foundations are connected to beams of the primary structure by wooden or metal members or the like in case that it is necessary to fix said putting foundations.
(35) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33 or 34, wherein the beams of the secondary structures are hung between the beams of the primary structure, and 'putting foundations' made of concrete or the like are placed in their way or the corners during the hanging of the beams, instead of setting up the anchors on waterproofed slabs of the primary structure.
(36) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 or 35, wherein the primary structure is constructed keeping the horizontal bearing capacity large to the frontage direction by keeping large to the frontage direction the width of the columns or walls or the like in the midsection to the depth direction of said primary structure, and keeping small the width of the columns and the walls of outside parts (facing balcony and corridor sides) to the depth direction.
(37) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 36, wherein the primary structure is constricted by keeping the horizontal bearing capacity large to the frontage direction by keeping large to the frontage direction the width of the columns or walls or the like in the midsection to the depth direction of said primary structure, and keeping small the width of the columns and the walls of outside parts (parts of balcony and corridor sides) to the depth direction and keeping small the girders-height of said outside parts, and correspondingly keeping large the girder-height in the midsection to the depth direction.
(38) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structure according to claim 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36 or 37, wherein the primary structure is constructed by constructing upward columns, walls, wall-columns of said primary structure in the midsection to the depth direction on the roof in order to support the secondary structures.
(39) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 or 38, wherein 'a primary dependent type secondary structure' is adopted in a ground layer or intermediate layer of the primary structure, and 'a primary self-support type secondary structure' or 'a primary dependent type secondary structure' with a roof part made of the secondary structures is adopted in a roof layer of the primary structure.
(40) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 or 39, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the beam of said primary structure is made as 'a reversed beam' standing upward above slab for a beam corresponding to the depth necessary for piping space to make the positions of water sections free, and as 'a semi-reversed beam' standing under slab for a partial beam except said reversed beam.
(41) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40, wherein the primary structure is constructed by setting vertical drainage pipes to each zone enclosed by the beams, and pulling sideways drainage pipes to said vertical drainage pipes from each position of water sections.
(42) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40 or 41, wherein the primary structure is constructed by keeping the beam-interval of said primary structure large by adopting 'support system of secondary bearing member by primary column and beam', setting vertical drainage pipes to each zone enclosed by said beams, and pulling sideways drainage pipes to said vertical drainage pipes from each position of water sections.

(43) The structure consisting of a primary structure and secondary structures according to claim 42, wherein the primary structure is constructed that the column and wall-column or the like is set up to support the beam of said primary structure where drainage pipe is necessary to penetrate a beam, and said a drainage pipe pass through said column and wall-column.